The return value of seq_printf() is soon to be removed. Remove the
checks from seq_printf() in favor of seq_has_overflowed().
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20141104142236.GA10239@salvia
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Since adding a new function to seq_file (seq_has_overflowed())
there isn't any value for functions called from seq_show to
return anything. Remove the int returns of the various
print_tuple/<foo>_print_tuple functions.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/p/f2e8cf8df433a197daa62cbaf124c900c708edc7.1412031505.git.joe@perches.com
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
The seq_printf() and friends are having their return values removed.
The print_conntrack() returns the result of seq_printf(), which is
meaningless when seq_printf() returns void. Might as well remove the
return values of print_conntrack() as well.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20141029220107.465008329@goodmis.org
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
The "else" block is on several lines and use bracket.
Signed-off-by: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
following:
* large mac80211-hwsim changes from Ben, Jukka and a bit myself
* OCB/WAVE/11p support from Rostislav on behalf of the Czech Technical
University in Prague and Volkswagen Group Research
* minstrel VHT work from Karl
* more CSA work from Luca
* WMM admission control support in mac80211 (myself)
* various smaller fixes, spelling corrections, and minor API additions
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=6GIj
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-11-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"This relatively large batch of changes is comprised of the
following:
* large mac80211-hwsim changes from Ben, Jukka and a bit myself
* OCB/WAVE/11p support from Rostislav on behalf of the Czech Technical
University in Prague and Volkswagen Group Research
* minstrel VHT work from Karl
* more CSA work from Luca
* WMM admission control support in mac80211 (myself)
* various smaller fixes, spelling corrections, and minor API additions"
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/cfg80211.c
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch allows to set ECN on a per-route basis in case the sysctl
tcp_ecn is not set to 1. In other words, when ECN is set for specific
routes, it provides a tcp_ecn=1 behaviour for that route while the rest
of the stack acts according to the global settings.
One can use 'ip route change dev $dev $net features ecn' to toggle this.
Having a more fine-grained per-route setting can be beneficial for various
reasons, for example, 1) within data centers, or 2) local ISPs may deploy
ECN support for their own video/streaming services [1], etc.
There was a recent measurement study/paper [2] which scanned the Alexa's
publicly available top million websites list from a vantage point in US,
Europe and Asia:
Half of the Alexa list will now happily use ECN (tcp_ecn=2, most likely
blamed to commit 255cac91c3 ("tcp: extend ECN sysctl to allow server-side
only ECN") ;)); the break in connectivity on-path was found is about
1 in 10,000 cases. Timeouts rather than receiving back RSTs were much
more common in the negotiation phase (and mostly seen in the Alexa
middle band, ranks around 50k-150k): from 12-thousand hosts on which
there _may_ be ECN-linked connection failures, only 79 failed with RST
when _not_ failing with RST when ECN is not requested.
It's unclear though, how much equipment in the wild actually marks CE
when buffers start to fill up.
We thought about a fallback to non-ECN for retransmitted SYNs as another
global option (which could perhaps one day be made default), but as Eric
points out, there's much more work needed to detect broken middleboxes.
Two examples Eric mentioned are buggy firewalls that accept only a single
SYN per flow, and middleboxes that successfully let an ECN flow establish,
but later mark CE for all packets (so cwnd converges to 1).
[1] http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/89/slides/slides-89-tsvarea-1.pdf, p.15
[2] http://ecn.ethz.ch/
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Reference: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/335797
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function cookie_check_timestamp(), both called from IPv4/6 context,
is being used to decode the echoed timestamp from the SYN/ACK into TCP
options used for follow-up communication with the peer.
We can remove ECN handling from that function, split it into a separate
one, and simply rename the original function into cookie_decode_options().
cookie_decode_options() just fills in tcp_option struct based on the
echoed timestamp received from the peer. Anything that fails in this
function will actually discard the request socket.
While this is the natural place for decoding options such as ECN which
commit 172d69e63c ("syncookies: add support for ECN") added, we argue
that in particular for ECN handling, it can be checked at a later point
in time as the request sock would actually not need to be dropped from
this, but just ECN support turned off.
Therefore, we split this functionality into cookie_ecn_ok(), which tells
us if the timestamp indicates ECN support AND the tcp_ecn sysctl is enabled.
This prepares for per-route ECN support: just looking at the tcp_ecn sysctl
won't be enough anymore at that point; if the timestamp indicates ECN
and sysctl tcp_ecn == 0, we will also need to check the ECN dst metric.
This would mean adding a route lookup to cookie_check_timestamp(), which
we definitely want to avoid. As we already do a route lookup at a later
point in cookie_{v4,v6}_check(), we can simply make use of that as well
for the new cookie_ecn_ok() function w/o any additional cost.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Was a bit more difficult to read than needed due to magic shifts;
add defines and document the used encoding scheme.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver uses devm_gpiod_get_index(..., index) so that the index refers
directly to the GpioIo resource under the ACPI device. The problem with
this is that if the ordering changes we get wrong GPIOs.
With ACPI 5.1 _DSD we can now use names instead to reference GPIOs
analogous to Device Tree. However, we still have systems out there that do
not provide _DSD at all. These systems must be supported as well.
Luckily we now have acpi_dev_add_driver_gpios() that can be used to provide
mappings for systems where _DSD is not provided and still take advantage of
_DSD if it exists.
This patch changes the driver to create default GPIO mappings if we are
running on ACPI system.
While there we can drop the indices completely and use devm_gpiod_get()
with name instead.
Signed-off-by: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
over the place and most of the bugs are old, one even dates back
to the original mac80211 we merged into the kernel.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=8uwd
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-john-2014-11-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"This contains another small set of fixes for 3.18, these are all
over the place and most of the bugs are old, one even dates back
to the original mac80211 we merged into the kernel."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
else is unnecessary after return 0 in __udp4_lib_rcv()
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove __inline__ / inline and let compiler decide what to do
with static functions
Inspired-by: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If you use RAW sockets the transport header offset is not set by the
ipv6 stack so when we get to the udp header compression it does not
compress the right part of the packet.
This patch adds a check for this scenario and sets the transport
header offset.
Signed-off-by: Simon Vincent <simon.vincent@xsilon.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Netlink command for nl80211_send_mpath() should be NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers might want to know also when mac80211 has
completed reconfiguring after resume (e.g. in order
to know when frames can be passed to mac80211).
Rename restart_complete() to a more-generic reconfig_complete(),
and add a new enum to indicate the reconfiguration type.
Update the current users with the new prototype.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Deliver up to 128 frames during service period instead of 8 if
unlimited is specified by the client during association.
8 was just an arbitrary value; so is 128 since unlimited can
be any number.
However for large traffic bursts, increasing this value looks
reasonable. Also, it seems that a few certification tests
expect more frames to be delivered during SP.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the RIC data element (RDE) is included in the IEs coming
from userspace for an association request, its handling is
currently broken as any IEs that are contained within it would
be split off from it and inserted again after all the IEs that
mac80211 generates (e.g. HT, VHT.)
To fix this, treat the RIC element specially, and stop after
it only when we find something that doesn't actually belong to
it. This assumes userspace is actually correctly building it,
directly after the fast BSS transition IE and before all the
others like extended capabilities.
This leaves as a potential problem the case where userspace is
building the following IEs:
[RDE] [vendor resource description] [vendor non-resource IE]
In this case, we'd erroneously consider all three IEs to be
part of the RIC data together, and not split them between the
two vendor IEs. Unfortunately, it isn't easily possible to
distinguish vendor IEs, so this isn't easy to fix. Luckily,
this case is rare as normally wpa_supplicant will include an
extended capabilities IE in the IEs, and that certainly will
break the two vendor IEs apart correctly.
Reviewed-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds 802.11p OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode
support.
When communicating in OCB mode a mandatory wildcard BSSID
(48 '1' bits) is used.
The EDCA parameters handling function was changed to support
802.11p specific values.
The insertion of a newly discovered STAs is done in the similar way
as in the IBSS mode -- through the deferred insertion.
The OCB mode uses a periodic 'housekeeping task' for expiration of
disconnected STAs (in the similar manner as in the MESH mode).
New Kconfig option for verbose OCB debugging outputs is added.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds new iface type (NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB) representing
the OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode.
When establishing a connection to the network a cfg80211_join_ocb
function is called (particular nl80211_command is added as well).
A mandatory parameters during the ocb_join operation are 'center
frequency' and 'channel width (5/10 MHz)'.
Changes done in mac80211 are minimal possible required to avoid
many warnings (warning: enumeration value 'NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB'
not handled in switch) during compilation. Full functionality
(where needed) is added in the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The configured tx power is often limited by hardware capabilities,
channel settings, antenna configuration, etc.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[fix tracing compilation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes the following sparse warnings in rfcomm/core.c:
net/bluetooth/rfcomm/core.c:391:16: warning: dubious: x | !y
net/bluetooth/rfcomm/core.c:546:24: warning: dubious: x | !y
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
rtnl_lock_unregistering*() take rtnl_lock() -- a mutex -- inside a
wait loop. The wait loop relies on current->state to function, but so
does mutex_lock(), nesting them makes for the inner to destroy the
outer state.
Fix this using the new wait_woken() bits.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Cc: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Cc: Eric Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Cc: sfeldma@cumulusnetworks.com <sfeldma@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: stephen hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20141029173110.GE15602@worktop.programming.kicks-ass.net
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
rfcomm_run() is a tad broken in that is has a nested wait loop. One
cannot rely on p->state for the outer wait because the inner wait will
overwrite it.
Fix this using the new wait_woken() facility.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Cc: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
Cc: Libor Pechacek <lpechacek@suse.cz>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
Cc: Vignesh Raman <Vignesh_Raman@mentor.com>
Cc: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Pull ceph fixes from Sage Weil:
"There is a GFP flag fix from Mike Christie, an error code fix from
Jan, and fixes for two unnecessary allocations (kmalloc and workqueue)
from Ilya. All are well tested.
Ilya has one other fix on the way but it didn't get tested in time"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client:
libceph: eliminate unnecessary allocation in process_one_ticket()
rbd: Fix error recovery in rbd_obj_read_sync()
libceph: use memalloc flags for net IO
rbd: use a single workqueue for all devices
Yaogong replaces TCP out of order receive queue by an RB tree.
As netem already does a private skb->{next/prev/tstamp} union
with a 'struct rb_node', lets do this in a cleaner way.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yaogong Wang <wygivan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise it gets overwritten by register_netdev().
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipip6_tunnel_init() sets the dev->iflink via a call to
ipip6_tunnel_bind_dev(). After that, register_netdevice()
sets dev->iflink = -1. So we loose the iflink configuration
for ipv6 tunnels. Fix this by using ipip6_tunnel_init() as the
ndo_init function. Then ipip6_tunnel_init() is called after
dev->iflink is set to -1 from register_netdevice().
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vti6_dev_init() sets the dev->iflink via a call to
vti6_link_config(). After that, register_netdevice()
sets dev->iflink = -1. So we loose the iflink configuration
for vti6 tunnels. Fix this by using vti6_dev_init() as the
ndo_init function. Then vti6_dev_init() is called after
dev->iflink is set to -1 from register_netdevice().
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_tnl_dev_init() sets the dev->iflink via a call to
ip6_tnl_link_config(). After that, register_netdevice()
sets dev->iflink = -1. So we loose the iflink configuration
for ipv6 tunnels. Fix this by using ip6_tnl_dev_init() as the
ndo_init function. Then ip6_tnl_dev_init() is called after
dev->iflink is set to -1 from register_netdevice().
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net_rx_action() can mask irqs a single time to transfert sd->poll_list
into a private list, for a very short duration.
Then, napi_complete() can avoid masking irqs again,
and net_rx_action() only needs to mask irq again in slow path.
This patch removes 2 couples of irq mask/unmask per typical NAPI run,
more if multiple napi were triggered.
Note this also allows to give control back to caller (do_softirq())
more often, so that other softirq handlers can be called a bit earlier,
or ksoftirqd can be wakeup earlier under pressure.
This was developed while testing an alternative to RX interrupt
mitigation to reduce latencies while keeping or improving GRO
aggregation on fast NIC.
Idea is to test napi->gro_list at the end of a napi->poll() and
reschedule one NAPI poll, but after servicing a full round of
softirqs (timers, TX, rcu, ...). This will be allowed only if softirq
is currently serviced by idle task or ksoftirqd, and resched not needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix:
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:
In function 'nft_reject_br_send_v6_unreach':
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:240:3:
error: implicit declaration of function 'csum_ipv6_magic'
csum_ipv6_magic(&nip6h->saddr, &nip6h->daddr,
^
make[3]: *** [net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.o] Error 1
Seen with powerpc:allmodconfig.
Fixes: 523b929d54 ("netfilter: nft_reject_bridge: don't use IP stack to reject traffic")
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to Management Interface API 'Start Discovery' command should
generate a Command Complete event on failure. Currently kernel is
sending Command Status on early errors. This results in userspace
ignoring such event due to invalid size.
bluetoothd[28499]: src/adapter.c:trigger_start_discovery()
bluetoothd[28499]: src/adapter.c:cancel_passive_scanning()
bluetoothd[28499]: src/adapter.c:start_discovery_timeout()
bluetoothd[28499]: src/adapter.c:start_discovery_complete() status 0x0a
bluetoothd[28499]: Wrong size of start discovery return parameters
Reported-by: Jukka Taimisto <jtt@codenomicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Upon receiving the last fragment, all but the first fragment
are freed, but the multicast check for statistics at the end
of the function refers to the current skb (the last fragment)
causing a use-after-free bug.
Since multicast frames cannot be fragmented and we check for
this early in the function, just modify that check to also
do the accounting to fix the issue.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Yosef Khyal <yosefx.khyal@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The debufs entry for the BR/EDR whitelist is confusing since there is
a controller debugfs entry with the name white_list and both are two
different things.
With the BR/EDR whitelist, the actual interface in use is the device
list and thus just include all values from the internal BR/EDR whitelist
in the device_list debugfs entry.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After this commit, the attribute XFRMA_REPLAY_VAL is added when no ESN replay
value is defined. Thus sequence number values are always notified to userspace.
Signed-off-by: dingzhi <zhi.ding@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrien Mazarguil <adrien.mazarguil@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Running make C=2 occurs warning:
symbol 'mac802154_config_ops' was not declared. Should it be static?
This patch adds a missing include in cfg.c to solve this warning.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Running make C=2 occurs in warnings:
symbol 'wpan_phy_class' was not declared. Should it be static?
symbol 'wpan_phy_sysfs_init' was not declared. Should it be static?
symbol 'wpan_phy_sysfs_exit' wasnot declared. Should it be static?
This patch adds a missing include "sysfs.h" to solve these warnings.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The sk_prot is irda's own set of protocol handlers, so irda should
statically know what that function is anyway, without using an indirect
pointer. And as it happens, we know *exactly* what that pointer is
statically: it's NULL, because irda doesn't define a disconnect
operation.
So calling that function is doubly wrong, and will just cause an oops.
Reported-by: Martin Lang <mlg.hessigheim@gmail.com>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Some Bluetooth drivers require to reset the upper stack. To avoid having
all drivers send HCI Hardware Error events, provide a generic function
to wrap the reset functionality.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The current kernel options do not make it clear which modules are for
Bluetooth Classic (BR/EDR) and which are for Bluetooth Low Energy (LE).
To make it really clear, introduce BT_BREDR and BT_LE options with
proper dependencies into the different modules. Both new options
default to y to not create a regression with previous kernel config
files.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the HCI_Hardware_Error event is send by the controller or
injected by the driver, then at least print an error message.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the HCI_Reset command returns, the status needs to be checked. It
is unlikely that HCI_Reset actually fails, but when it fails, it is a
bad idea to reset all values since the controller will have not reset
its values in that case.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Currently the ieee802154 6lowpan interface operates on wpan interfaces
only. Setting the wpan mac address over 6lowpan interface is complex and
maybe we can't never do this. This patch removes the set of mac address
handling in ieee802154 6lowpan interface for now.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch use the validation function to check if an extended address
is valid or not while set the extended address.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All PHY attributes should be directly set to the transceiver after netlink.
MAC attributes should be set by interface up. Currently the macparams
netlink cmd contains mixed attributes of phy and mac settings. This patch
moves all phy settings to the netlink receive function for setting macparams.
This is the only way which doesn't change the userspace API and keep the
deprecated netlink interface alive.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the setting of hardware panid address filtering
inside of interface up instead doing it it directly inside of netlink
interface. The netlink call which can only be called when netif isn't
running sets only the necessary panid value in sdata. After an
interface up the address filter will be set with this value.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the setting of hardware short address filtering
inside of interface up instead doing it it directly inside of netlink
interface. The netlink call which can only be called when netif isn't
running sets only the necessary short_addr value in sdata. After an
interface up the address filter will be set with this value.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the setting of hardware extended address filtering
inside of interface up instead doing it directly inside of netlink interface.
Also we don't need to set the sdata extended attribute in netlink. This
is already done by ndo_set_mac_address of net_device_ops.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes the actual behaviour for setting address attributes.
We should not change addresses while netif_running is true. Furthermore
when netif_running is running the address attributes becomes read only
and we can remove locking mechanism in receive and transmit hothpaths
of 802.15.4 subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the wpan_phy callbacks for add and del an interface
on a phy. Instead we introduce deprecated cfg802154 callbacks for this.
Furthermore we introduce a new netlink interface nl802154 which use
different callbacks. The deprecated function is to have a backwards
compatibility with the current netlink interface.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce a function to get the cfg802154_registered_device
from a wpan_phy.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces mac802154_config_ops struct. Like wireless this
struct should be the only one interface between ieee802154 to mac802154
or possible HardMAC drivers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce the cfg802154_registered_device struct. Like
cfg80211_registered_device in wireless this should contain similar
functionality for cfg802154. This patch should not change any behaviour.
We just adds cfg802154_registered_device as container for wpan_phy struct.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the default channel setting. A channel is always set
and there is no default channel setting according 802.15.4.
Drivers should set the default channel and page in probing routine. This
behaviour is currently a lack of all 802.15.4 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
__hci_cmd_sync_ev(), __hci_req_sync() could miss wake_up_interrupt from
hci_req_sync_complete() because hci_cmd_work() workqueue and its response
could be completed before they are ready to get the signal through
add_wait_queue(), set_current_state(TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE).
Signed-off-by: Chan-yeol Park <chanyeol.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Commit c27a3e4d66 ("libceph: do not hard code max auth ticket len")
while fixing a buffer overlow tried to keep the same as much of the
surrounding code as possible and introduced an unnecessary kmalloc() in
the unencrypted ticket path. It is likely to fail on huge tickets, so
get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
If a driver supports reading EEPROM but no EEPROM is installed in the system,
the driver's get_eeprom_len function returns 0. ethtool will subsequently
try to read that zero-length EEPROM anyway. If the driver does not support
EEPROM access at all, this operation will return -EOPNOTSUPP. If the driver
does support EEPROM access but no EEPROM is installed, the operation will
return -EINVAL. Return -EOPNOTSUPP in both cases for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kconfig already allows mpls to be built as module. Following patch
fixes Makefile to do same.
CC: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mpls gso handler needs to pull skb after segmenting skb.
CC: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter/ipvs fixes for net
The following patchset contains fixes for netfilter/ipvs. This round of
fixes is larger than usual at this stage, specifically because of the
nf_tables bridge reject fixes that I would like to see in 3.18. The
patches are:
1) Fix a null-pointer dereference that may occur when logging
errors. This problem was introduced by 4a4739d56b ("ipvs: Pull
out crosses_local_route_boundary logic") in v3.17-rc5.
2) Update hook mask in nft_reject_bridge so we can also filter out
packets from there. This fixes 36d2af5 ("netfilter: nf_tables: allow
to filter from prerouting and postrouting"), which needs this chunk
to work.
3) Two patches to refactor common code to forge the IPv4 and IPv6
reject packets from the bridge. These are required by the nf_tables
reject bridge fix.
4) Fix nft_reject_bridge by avoiding the use of the IP stack to reject
packets from the bridge. The idea is to forge the reject packets and
inject them to the original port via br_deliver() which is now
exported for that purpose.
5) Restrict nft_reject_bridge to bridge prerouting and input hooks.
the original skbuff may cloned after prerouting when the bridge stack
needs to flood it to several bridge ports, it is too late to reject
the traffic.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most code avoids having a default case in interface type switch
statements already, to make it easier to find places that need
to be extended. Change the code in the __cfg80211_leave() and
nl80211_key_allowed() functions to not have a default case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Restrict the reject expression to the prerouting and input bridge
hooks. If we allow this to be used from forward or any other later
bridge hook, if the frame is flooded to several ports, we'll end up
sending several reject packets, one per cloned packet.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If the packet is received via the bridge stack, this cannot reject
packets from the IP stack.
This adds functions to build the reject packet and send it from the
bridge stack. Comments and assumptions on this patch:
1) Validate the IPv4 and IPv6 headers before further processing,
given that the packet comes from the bridge stack, we cannot assume
they are clean. Truncated packets are dropped, we follow similar
approach in the existing iptables match/target extensions that need
to inspect layer 4 headers that is not available. This also includes
packets that are directed to multicast and broadcast ethernet
addresses.
2) br_deliver() is exported to inject the reject packet via
bridge localout -> postrouting. So the approach is similar to what
we already do in the iptables reject target. The reject packet is
sent to the bridge port from which we have received the original
packet.
3) The reject packet is forged based on the original packet. The TTL
is set based on sysctl_ip_default_ttl for IPv4 and per-net
ipv6.devconf_all hoplimit for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
That can be reused by the reject bridge expression to build the reject
packet. The new functions are:
* nf_reject_ip6_tcphdr_get(): to sanitize and to obtain the TCP header.
* nf_reject_ip6hdr_put(): to build the IPv6 header.
* nf_reject_ip6_tcphdr_put(): to build the TCP header.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
That can be reused by the reject bridge expression to build the reject
packet. The new functions are:
* nf_reject_ip_tcphdr_get(): to sanitize and to obtain the TCP header.
* nf_reject_iphdr_put(): to build the IPv4 header.
* nf_reject_ip_tcphdr_put(): to build the TCP header.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use codespell to find spelling errors.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
UFO is now disabled on all drivers that work with virtio net headers,
but userland may try to send UFO/IPv6 packets anyway. Instead of
sending with ID=0, we should select identifiers on their behalf (as we
used to).
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Fixes: 916e4cf46d ("ipv6: reuse ip6_frag_id from ip6_ufo_append_data")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers are unable to perform TX completions in a bound time.
They instead call skb_orphan()
Problem is skb_fclone_busy() has to detect this case, otherwise
we block TCP retransmits and can freeze unlucky tcp sessions on
mostly idle hosts.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 1f3279ae0c ("tcp: avoid retransmits of TCP packets hanging in host queues")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Challenge ACK is described in RFC 5961, fix typo.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, skb_inner_network_header is used but this does not account
for Ethernet header for ETH_P_TEB. Use skb_inner_mac_header which
handles TEB and also should work with IP encapsulation in which case
inner mac and inner network headers are the same.
Tested: Ran TCP_STREAM over GRE, worked as expected.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes checkpatch warning:
"WARNING: Prefer seq_puts to seq_printf"
Signed-off-by: Michele Baldessari <michele@acksyn.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is often quite helpful to be able to know the state of a transport
outside of the application itself (for troubleshooting purposes or for
monitoring purposes). Add it under /proc/net/sctp/remaddr.
Signed-off-by: Michele Baldessari <michele@acksyn.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we cache them, the kernel will reuse them, independently of
whether forwarding is enabled or not. Which means that if forwarding is
disabled on the input interface where the first routing request comes
from, then that unreachable result will be cached and reused for
other interfaces, even if forwarding is enabled on them. The opposite
is also true.
This can be verified with two interfaces A and B and an output interface
C, where B has forwarding enabled, but not A and trying
ip route get $dst iif A from $src && ip route get $dst iif B from $src
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Cavallari <nicolas.cavallari@green-communications.fr>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only count packets that failed cookie-authentication.
We can get SYNCOOKIESFAILED > 0 while we never even sent a single cookie.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fallback device is in ipv6 mode by default.
The mode can not be changed in runtime, so there
is no way to decapsulate ip4in6 packets coming from
various sources without creating the specific tunnel
ifaces for each peer.
This allows to update the fallback tunnel device, but only
the mode could be changed. Usual command should work for the
fallback device: `ip -6 tun change ip6tnl0 mode any`
The fallback device can not be hidden from the packet receiver
as a regular tunnel, but there is no need for synchronization
as long as we do single assignment.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Andriyanov <alan@al-an.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do assignment before if condition and test !skb like in rawv6_recvmsg()
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove __inline__ / inline and let compiler decide what to do
with static functions
Inspired-by: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apply commit e0f36310f7
("ipx: remove unnecessary casting on ntohl")
to all seq_printf/08lX
Inspired-by: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Inspired-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom.
Add infrastructure support for it.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some switches provide chip temperature data.
Add support for reporting it through the hwmon subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting skb->protocol to a private protocol type may result in warning
messages such as
e1000e 0000:00:19.0 em1: checksum_partial proto=dada!
This happens if the L3 protocol is IP or IPv6 and skb->ip_summed is set
to CHECKSUM_PARTIAL. Looking through the code, it appears that changing
skb->protocol for transmitted packets is not necessary and may actually
be harmful. For example, it prevents purposely unmodified (from a DSA
perspective) network drivers from properly setting up their transmit
checksum offload pointers since they inspect skb->protocol to set up the
IPv4 header or IPv6 header pointers. So don't unnecessarily change the
protocol field.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The internal representation of the LE white list needs to be cleared
when receiving a successful HCI_Reset command. A reset of the controller
is expected to start with an empty LE white list.
When the LE white list is not cleared on controller reset, the passive
background scanning might skip programming the remote devices. Only
changes to the LE white list are programmed when passive background
is started.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17.x
This was accidentally changed from list_for_each_entry_safe() to
list_for_each_entry() so now it has a use after free bug. I've changed
it back.
Fixes: 9030582963 ('Bluetooth: 6lowpan: Converting rwlocks to use RCU')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Simon Horman says:
====================
The single patch in this series fixes some minor fallout from adding
support IPv6 real servers in IPv4 virtual-services and vice versa.
It should not have any run-time affect other than perhaps saving a few cycles.
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, despite the comment right before the function,
nf_log_register allows registering two loggers on with the same type and
end up overwriting the previous register.
Not a real issue today as current tree doesn't have two loggers for the
same type but it's better to get this protected.
Also make sure that all of its callers do error checking.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Wrap up a common call pattern in an easier to handle call.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When an interface is deleted, an ongoing hardware scan is canceled and
the driver must abort the scan, at the very least reporting completion
while the interface is removed.
However, if it scheduled the work that might only run after everything
is said and done, which leads to cfg80211 warning that the scan isn't
reported as finished yet; this is no fault of the driver, it already
did, but mac80211 hasn't processed it.
To fix this situation, flush the delayed work when the interface being
removed is the one that was executing the scan.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Tested-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch has ceph's lib code use the memalloc flags.
If the VM layer needs to write data out to free up memory to handle new
allocation requests, the block layer must be able to make forward progress.
To handle that requirement we use structs like mempools to reserve memory for
objects like bios and requests.
The problem is when we send/receive block layer requests over the network
layer, net skb allocations can fail and the system can lock up.
To solve this, the memalloc related flags were added. NBD, iSCSI
and NFS uses these flags to tell the network/vm layer that it should
use memory reserves to fullfill allcation requests for structs like
skbs.
I am running ceph in a bunch of VMs in my laptop, so this patch was
not tested very harshly.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Reviewed-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
This patch adds basic support for monitor mode. Also change the open
call that we set the transceiver mac setting on an interface up. Futher
patches will add a better handling while interface up an interface.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds error handling after skb_clone and deliver only if
skb_clone was successful.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch replace the !netif_running(sdata->dev) instead we doing a
!ieee802154_sdata_running(sdata). Also move this in two separate if
branches to compare with mac80211 code.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds rx stats incrementation when the monitor interface
recevied a frame.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes netif_rx_ni call. Instead we call netif_receive_skb,
we can do that since commit c5c47e67bc
("mac802154: rx: use tasklet instead workqueue").
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes pkt_type set to PACKET_HOST while monitor receiving.
This should be PACKET_OTHERHOST on monitor mode which already set
before.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new hardware flag which indicate that the transceiver
doesn't support check for bad checksum via hardware. Also add a handling of
this while receive.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the actual crc handling while receive. Currently the
IEEE802154_HW_RX_OMIT_CKSUM flag is used to filter a frame with a bad crc.
This patch changes the behaviour of IEEE802154_HW_RX_OMIT_CKSUM to add a
crc while receiving for the monitor interface. After monitor receiving
we remove the crc for frame parsing. This affect the driver layer
because all drivers sets IEEE802154_HW_RX_OMIT_CKSUM and deliver without
checksum.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes a not used parameter in ieee802154_deliver_skb.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch splits the IEEE802154_HW_OMIT_CKSUM hardware flag into
IEEE802154_HW_TX_OMIT_CKSUM and IEEE802154_HW_RX_OMIT_CKSUM. This is
useful to deliver the received crc from the driver layer to the monitor
interface. At the moment we can't do that without change the xmit
handling.
The received checksum should be visible in monitor mode only.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new driver operation to bring the transceiver into
promiscuous mode.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes an unnecessary include of driver-ops header file.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In neigh_parms_release() we loop over all entries to find the entry given in
argument and being able to remove it from the list. By using a double linked
list, we can avoid this loop.
Here are some numbers with 30 000 dummy interfaces configured:
Before the patch:
$ time rmmod dummy
real 2m0.118s
user 0m0.000s
sys 1m50.048s
After the patch:
$ time rmmod dummy
real 1m9.970s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m47.976s
Suggested-by: Thierry Herbelot <thierry.herbelot@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi_schedule() can be called from any context and has to mask hard
irqs.
Add a variant that can only be called from hard interrupts handlers
or when irqs are already masked.
Many NIC drivers can use it from their hard IRQ handler instead of
generic variant.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The WARN_ON in inet_evict_bucket can be triggered by a valid case:
inet_frag_kill and inet_evict_bucket can be running in parallel on the
same queue which means that there has been at least one more ref added
by a previous inet_frag_find call, but inet_frag_kill can delete the
timer before inet_evict_bucket which will cause the WARN_ON() there to
trigger since we'll have refcnt!=1. Now, this case is valid because the
queue is being "killed" for some reason (removed from the chain list and
its timer deleted) so it will get destroyed in the end by one of the
inet_frag_put() calls which reaches 0 i.e. refcnt is still valid.
CC: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McLean <chutzpah@gentoo.org>
Fixes: b13d3cbfb8 ("inet: frag: move eviction of queues to work queue")
Reported-by: Patrick McLean <chutzpah@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the evictor is running it adds some chosen frags to a local list to
be evicted once the chain lock has been released but at the same time
the *frag_queue can be running for some of the same queues and it
may call inet_frag_kill which will wait on the chain lock and
will then delete the queue from the wrong list since it was added in the
eviction one. The fix is simple - check if the queue has the evict flag
set under the chain lock before deleting it, this is safe because the
evict flag is set only under that lock and having the flag set also means
that the queue has been detached from the chain list, so no need to delete
it again.
An important note to make is that we're safe w.r.t refcnt because
inet_frag_kill and inet_evict_bucket will sync on the del_timer operation
where only one of the two can succeed (or if the timer is executing -
none of them), the cases are:
1. inet_frag_kill succeeds in del_timer
- then the timer ref is removed, but inet_evict_bucket will not add
this queue to its expire list but will restart eviction in that chain
2. inet_evict_bucket succeeds in del_timer
- then the timer ref is kept until the evictor "expires" the queue, but
inet_frag_kill will remove the initial ref and will set
INET_FRAG_COMPLETE which will make the frag_expire fn just to remove
its ref.
In the end all of the queue users will do an inet_frag_put and the one
that reaches 0 will free it. The refcount balance should be okay.
CC: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McLean <chutzpah@gentoo.org>
Fixes: b13d3cbfb8 ("inet: frag: move eviction of queues to work queue")
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Patrick McLean <chutzpah@gentoo.org>
Tested-by: Patrick McLean <chutzpah@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a sysctl that causes an interface's optimistic addresses
to be considered equivalent to other non-deprecated addresses
for source address selection purposes. Preferred addresses
will still take precedence over optimistic addresses, subject
to other ranking in the source address selection algorithm.
This is useful where different interfaces are connected to
different networks from different ISPs (e.g., a cell network
and a home wifi network).
The current behaviour complies with RFC 3484/6724, and it
makes sense if the host has only one interface, or has
multiple interfaces on the same network (same or cooperating
administrative domain(s), but not in the multiple distinct
networks case.
For example, if a mobile device has an IPv6 address on an LTE
network and then connects to IPv6-enabled wifi, while the wifi
IPv6 address is undergoing DAD, IPv6 connections will try use
the wifi default route with the LTE IPv6 address, and will get
stuck until they time out.
Also, because optimistic nodes can receive frames, issue
an RTM_NEWADDR as soon as DAD starts (with the IFA_F_OPTIMSTIC
flag appropriately set). A second RTM_NEWADDR is sent if DAD
completes (the address flags have changed), otherwise an
RTM_DELADDR is sent.
Also: add an entry in ip-sysctl.txt for optimistic_dad.
Signed-off-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Acked-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing upcoming Yaogong patch (converting out of order queue
into an RB tree), I hit the max reordering level of linux TCP stack.
Reordering level was limited to 127 for no good reason, and some
network setups [1] can easily reach this limit and get limited
throughput.
Allow a new max limit of 300, and add a sysctl to allow admins to even
allow bigger (or lower) values if needed.
[1] Aggregation of links, per packet load balancing, fabrics not doing
deep packet inspections, alternative TCP congestion modules...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yaogong Wang <wygivan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch generalizes commit d6a4a10411 ("tcp: GSO should be TSQ
friendly") to protocols using skb_set_owner_w()
TCP uses its own destructor (tcp_wfree) and needs a more complex scheme
as explained in commit 6ff50cd555 ("tcp: gso: do not generate out of
order packets")
This allows UDP sockets using UFO to get proper backpressure,
thus avoiding qdisc drops and excessive cpu usage.
Here are performance test results (macvlan on vlan):
- Before
# netperf -t UDP_STREAM ...
Socket Message Elapsed Messages
Size Size Time Okay Errors Throughput
bytes bytes secs # # 10^6bits/sec
212992 65507 60.00 144096 1224195 1258.56
212992 60.00 51 0.45
Average: CPU %user %nice %system %iowait %steal %idle
Average: all 0.23 0.00 25.26 0.08 0.00 74.43
- After
# netperf -t UDP_STREAM ...
Socket Message Elapsed Messages
Size Size Time Okay Errors Throughput
bytes bytes secs # # 10^6bits/sec
212992 65507 60.00 109593 0 957.20
212992 60.00 109593 957.20
Average: CPU %user %nice %system %iowait %steal %idle
Average: all 0.18 0.00 8.38 0.02 0.00 91.43
[edumazet] Rewrote patch and changelog.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NetworkManager might want to know that it changed when the router advertisement
arrives.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Vijay Subramanian <vijaynsu@cisco.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
The helper function can't ever create negative values, so use
u32 pointers as the function arguments as the caller does.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
radar_detect_width is unused since commit 97dc94f1d9
("cfg80211: remove channel_switch combination check")
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to the time it takes to process the beacon that started the CSA
process, we may be late for the switch if we try to reach exactly
beacon 0. To avoid that, use count - 1 when calculating the switch time.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we are switching from an HT40+ to an HT40- channel (or vice-versa),
we need the secondary channel offset IE to specify what is the
post-CSA offset to be used. This applies both to beacons and to probe
responses.
In ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie() we were ignoring this IE from
beacons and using the *current* HT information IE instead. This was
causing us to use the same offset as before the switch.
Fix that by using the secondary channel offset IE also for beacons and
don't ever use the pre-switch offset. Additionally, remove the
"beacon" argument from ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie(), since it's not
needed anymore.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The m->pool_to[] array has "maxpools" number of elements. It's
allocated in svc_pool_map_alloc_arrays() which we called earlier in the
function. This test should be >= instead of >.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Userspace can add keys to an AP mode interface before start_ap has been
called. If there have been no calls to start_ap/stop_ap in the mean
time, the keys will still be around when the interface is brought down.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[adjust comments, fix AP_VLAN case]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use spin_lock_bh() as the code is called from softirq in networking subsystem.
This is needed to prevent deadlocks when 6lowpan link is in use.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the sysfs handling in a own file. This is like wireless
sysfs file handling.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the open_count variable increment in open and close
calls of netdev.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These functions can be static in mac_cmd file.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These channel attributes was part of "channel context switch while xmit"
which was removed by commit dc67c6b30f
("mac802154: tx: remove xmit channel context switch"). This patch
removes these unnecessary variables and use the current_page and
current_channel by wpan_phy struct now.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These variables should already be zero, so we remove the extra assign to
zero.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds synchronization handling in start and stop driver ops
calls. This patch is mostly grab from mac80211 which was introduced by
commit ea77f12f2c ("mac80211: remove
tasklet enable/disable"). This is to be sure that we don't run into same
issues.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the current handling of started boolean. This is
actually dead code, because mac802154_netdev_register can't never be
called before ieee802154_register_hw. This means that local->started is
always be true when mac802154_netdev_register is called. Instead we
using this now like mac80211 to indicate that an instance of sdata is
running.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This variable should be handled like ieee80211_local struct of mac80211.
We rename this variable to started now to have the same name convention.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch reworks the handling for setting the state like mac80211. We
use bit's instead a bool variable. The mutex is not needed because it use
test and set bits which are atomic operations.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the driver ops callbacks inside of wpan_phy struct.
It was used to check if a phy supports this driver ops call. We do this
now via hardware flags.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch replaces all directly called driver ops by previous
introduced driver-ops function wrappers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce a driver-ops header file with function wrappers to
call the driver ops. These wrappers checking on right context
information and warn if optional driver ops are called when these aren't
implemented. This behaviour is like mac80211 driver-ops header file,
just without function tracing calls.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ieee802154_ops structure should be never changed during runtime.
This patch declare this structure as const to avoid a runtime change.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These functions can be static inside the iface file, because it's not
used anywhere else. This patch moves these functions into iface file.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the monitor implementation file and put all monitor
stuff into iface file. It's now small enough to put all necessary
handling into iface.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These days we allow simultaneous LE scanning and advertising. Checking
for whether advertising is enabled or not is therefore not a reliable
way to determine whether directed advertising was used to trigger the
connection creation. The appropriate place to check (instead of the hdev
context) is the connection role that's stored in the hci_conn. This
patch fixes such a check in le_conn_timeout() which could otherwise lead
to incorrect HCI commands being sent.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.16.x
The le_conn_timeout() may call hci_le_conn_failed() which in turn may
call hci_conn_del(). Trying to use the _sync variant for cancelling the
conn timeout from hci_conn_del() could therefore result in a deadlock.
This patch converts hci_conn_del() to use the non-sync variant so the
deadlock is not possible.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.16.x
ERROR: "lockdep_ovsl_is_held" [net/openvswitch/vport-gre.ko] undefined!
Reported-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original motivation for this change was to allow the helper to be used
in files other than actions.c as part of work on an odp select group
action.
It was as pointed out by Thomas Graf that this helper would be best off
living in netlink.h. Furthermore, I think that the generic nature of this
helper means it is best off in netlink.h regardless of if it is used more
than one .c file or not. Thus, I would like it considered independent of
the work on an odp select group action.
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Cc: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@noironetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-10-28
Please pull this batch of fixes intended for the 3.18 stream!
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"Here are a few fixes for the wireless stack: one fixes the
RTS rate, one for a debugfs file, one to return the correct
channel to userspace, a sanity check for a userspace value
and the remaining two are just documentation fixes."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I revert here a patch that caused interoperability issues.
dvm gets a fix for a bug that was reported by many users.
Two minor fixes for BT Coex and platform power fix that helps
reducing latency when the PCIe link goes to low power states."
In addition...
Felix Fietkau adds a couple of ath code fixes related to regulatory
rule enforcement.
Hauke Mehrtens fixes a build break with bcma when CONFIG_OF_ADDRESS
is not set.
Karsten Wiese provides a trio of minor fixes for rtl8192cu.
Kees Cook prevents a potential information leak in rtlwifi.
Larry Finger also brings a trio of minor fixes for rtlwifi.
Rafał Miłecki adds a device ID to the bcma bus driver.
Rickard Strandqvist offers some strn* -> strl* changes in brcmfmac
to eliminate non-terminated string issues.
Sujith Manoharan avoids some ath9k stalls by enabling HW queue control
only for MCC.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there is a mismatch between enabled tagging protocols and the
protocol the switch supports, error out, rather than continue with a
situation which is unlikely to work.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
cc: alexander.h.duyck@intel.com
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The internal and netdev vport remain part of openvswitch.ko. Encap
vports including vxlan, gre, and geneve can be built as separate
modules and are loaded on demand. Modules can be unloaded after use.
Datapath ports keep a reference to the vport module during their
lifetime.
Allows to remove the error prone maintenance of the global list
vport_ops_list.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a device ndo_start_xmit() calls again dev_queue_xmit(),
lockdep can complain because dev_queue_xmit() is re-entered and the
spinlocks protecting tx queues share a common lockdep class.
Same issue was fixed for ieee802154 in commit "20e7c4e80dcd"
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The rwlocks are converted to use RCU. This helps performance as the
irq locks are not needed any more.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This reverts commits c6992e9ef2 and
4cd3362da8.
The reason for the revert is that we cannot have more than one module
initialization function and the SMP one breaks the build with modular
kernels. As the proper fix for this is right now looking non-trivial
it's better to simply revert the problematic patches in order to keep
the upstream tree compilable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It is a precondition of the function that daddr be equal to dest->addr.ip
if dest is non-NULL, so this additional assignment is just confusing for
stupid engineers like me.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Use daddr instead of reaching into dest.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
introduce two configs:
- hidden CONFIG_BPF to select eBPF interpreter that classic socket filters
depend on
- visible CONFIG_BPF_SYSCALL (default off) that tracing and sockets can use
that solves several problems:
- tracing and others that wish to use eBPF don't need to depend on NET.
They can use BPF_SYSCALL to allow loading from userspace or select BPF
to use it directly from kernel in NET-less configs.
- in 3.18 programs cannot be attached to events yet, so don't force it on
- when the rest of eBPF infra is there in 3.19+, it's still useful to
switch it off to minimize kernel size
bloat-o-meter on x64 shows:
add/remove: 0/60 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 0/-15601 (-15601)
tested with many different config combinations. Hopefully didn't miss anything.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This feature is defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.23.13. It allows
the AP devices to keep track of the hardware-address-to-IP-address
mapping of the mobile devices within the WLAN network.
The AP will learn this mapping via observing DHCP, ARP, and NS/NA
frames. When a request for such information is made (i.e. ARP request,
Neighbor Solicitation), the AP will respond on behalf of the
associated mobile device. In the process of doing so, the AP will drop
the multicast request frame that was intended to go out to the wireless
medium.
It was recommended at the LKS workshop to do this implementation in
the bridge layer. vxlan.c is already doing something very similar.
The DHCP snooping code will be added to the userspace application
(hostapd) per the recommendation.
This RFC commit is only for IPv4. A similar approach in the bridge
layer will be taken for IPv6 as well.
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Allow to recycle a TCP port in conntrack when the change role from
server to client, from Marcelo Leitner.
2) Fix possible off by one access in ip_set_nfnl_get_byindex(), patch
from Dan Carpenter.
3) alloc_percpu returns NULL on error, no need for IS_ERR() in nf_tables
chain statistic updates. From Sabrina Dubroca.
4) Don't compile ip options in bridge netfilter, this mangles the packet
and bridge should not alter layer >= 3 headers when forwarding packets.
Patch from Herbert Xu and tested by Florian Westphal.
5) Account the final NLMSG_DONE message when calculating the size of the
nflog netlink batches. Patch from Florian Westphal.
6) Fix a possible netlink attribute length overflow with large packets.
Again from Florian Westphal.
7) Release the skbuff if nfnetlink_log fails to put the final
NLMSG_DONE message. This fixes a leak on error. This shouldn't ever
happen though, otherwise this means we miscalculate the netlink batch
size, so spot a warning if this ever happens so we can track down the
problem. This patch from Houcheng Lin.
8) Look at the right list when recycling targets in the nft_compat,
patch from Arturo Borrero.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new expression provides NAT in the redirect flavour, which is to
redirect packets to local machine.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch refactors the IPv6 code so it can be usable both from xt and
nf_tables.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch refactors the IPv4 code so it can be usable both from xt and
nf_tables.
A similar patch follows-up to handle IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The code looks for an already loaded target, and the correct list to search
is nft_target_list, not nft_match_list.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Let compiler decide what to do with static void __ipxitf_put()
Suggested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use %08X instead of %08lX and remove casting.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
unsigned char *sha (source) was already in original git version
but was never used.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RTS rate, one for a debugfs file, one to return the correct
channel to userspace, a sanity check for a userspace value
and the remaining two are just documentation fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=m/XT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-john-2014-10-23' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"Here are a few fixes for the wireless stack: one fixes the
RTS rate, one for a debugfs file, one to return the correct
channel to userspace, a sanity check for a userspace value
and the remaining two are just documentation fixes."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes the naming convention of mac802154 rx file. It should
be more named like mac80211 stack. Furthermore we introduce a new frame
parsing implementation which is much similar the mac80211
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of twice lock and unlock mechanism this patch hold these locks
only once at one position.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the skb_reset_mac_header call before frame parsing
while wpan rx and before monitor deliver functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a PACKET_OTHERHOST setting when a monitor interface
receives a skb. All receiving skb's to the monitor interface should
be PACKET_OTHERHOST.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY to skb->ip_summed before delivery.
There exist no transceiver with IP checksum functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the skb->protocol setting to the position when it's
needed. It's only needed when frame parsing was successful.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the mac802154_subif_rx function and do the necessary
calls inside of ieee802154_rx function. The ieee802154_rx is small
enough to move the functionality inside this function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This removes the call of monitor receive funktion when any interface
type call xmit. There exist no such use case that a monitor interface
should receive the actual sending frame. One use case could be that a
wpan interface and monitor interface could be running at the same time
on one phy. Then the monitor interface receives the wpan frames also.
Furthermore we adding support for promiscous mode setting. With
promiscous mode setting we can't run a wpan and monitor interface at the
same time.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes all relevant receiving functions inclusive frame
parsing into rx file. Like mac80211 we should implement the complete
receive handling and parsing in this file.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch is similar like d20ef63d32
("mac80211: document ieee80211_rx() context requirement"). The
netif_receive_skb call requires with softirqs disabled. This patch
adds a warning if softirqs are pending while calling ieee802154_rx.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tasklets have much less overhead than workqueues. This patch also
removes the heap allocation for the worker on receiving path.
Like mac80211 we should prefer use a tasklet here instead a workqueue to
getting fast out of interrupt context when ieee802154_rx_irqsafe is
called by driver. Like wireless inside the tasklet context we should
call netif_receive_skb instead netif_rx_ni anymore.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch replaces the memcpy with a put_unaligned_le16. The placement
of crc inside of PSDU can also be unaligned. With memcpy this can fail
on some architectures.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As we have decouple decompression from data delivery we can now rename all
occurences of process_data in receive path.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As process_data now returns just error codes fix up the calls to this
function to only drop the skb if an error code is returned.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Separating skb delivery from decompression ensures that we can support further
decompression schemes and removes the mixed return value of error codes with
NET_RX_FOO.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_MINSTREL_VHT is set, the module param
minstrel_vht_only tells minstrel_ht whether to allow the mix of ht rates
with vht rates.
ATM, minstrel_ht skips ht rates when minstrel_vht_only is true, but it does
that even if vht is not supported, which makes the sta rates fallback to
legacy as no ht rate gets enabled.
Fixes: 9208247d74 ("mac80211: minstrel_ht: add basic support for VHT rates <= 3SS@80MHz")
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All the callers of ieee80211_mgd_probe_ap_send return right
after they call the flush() callback. This means that calling
flush() is uneeded since its meaning is to wait until the
queues of the device are empty.
Devices that know how to report status on Tx will do so using
the regular path (ieee80211_tx_status) and this status will
trigger the continuation of the flow of the probe
(ieee80211_sta_tx_notify).
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is useful when creating virtual interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is useful when creating virtual interfaces.
Keeps udev from mucking with things it shouldn't, since
the default MAC is never seen by udev when specified on
the cmd-line during creation.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[check for feature flag in nl80211 to force drivers to set it]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will be helpful when using the mac80211_hwsim
wiphys and automated testing. Let user create the
vifs as needed, and named as expected.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support creating wiphy devices with an optional name.
This will be used by hwsim to have better automated control
over virtual radio creation/deletion.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Kernel will attempt to use the name if it is supplied,
but if name cannot be used for some reason, the default
phyX name will be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[while at it, use wiphy_name() instead of dev_name(),
fix format string issue reported by Kees Cook]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do not reuse skb if it was pfmemalloc tainted, otherwise
future frame might be dropped anyway.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Gushchin <klamm@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the worker information struct out of skb control block.
Instead control block we declare it static inside of tx.c file. We can do
that, because the worker can't be used twice at the same time. It's
protected by stop and wake netdev queue.
This patch fix an issue that the "struct ieee802154_xmit_cb" doesn't fit
into the skb control block on some kernel configuartion reported by
kbuild test robot.
It was introduced by commit fe24371d66
("mac802154: tx: remove kmalloc in xmit hotpath").
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes the naming convention of the tx functions like
mac80211. Just with an 802154 instead 80211 inside the name.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the stats increment of successful transmitted packets
in the right place when the skb was really successful transmitted.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch replace the pr_foo printout function to netdev_foo printout
function. Inside the xmit handling, the interface is already known.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch holds rtnl lock while sync xmit inside of workqueue.
Otherwise we could down the interface while worker xmit handling.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the existsing xmit callback to xmit_sync and
introduces an asynchronous xmit_async function. If ieee802154_ops
doesn't provide the xmit_async callback, then we have a fallback to
the xmit_sync callback.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In case of an error we should call kfree_skb instead of consume_skb which
is called by ieee802154_xmit_complete function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch uses the queue utility helpers inside the xmit worker of
mac802154 subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new file net/mac802154/util.c which contains utility
functions for drivers, etc. This file contains functions to start and
stop queues for all virtual interfaces, this is useful for asynchronous
handling by driver level.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the channel hopping feature before xmit. There are
several issues to provide a real channel hopping (timing requirements,
etc...).
We don't have any known kernelspace protocol which really use this
feature. And I don't know an real user of this feature.
We simply drop this feature now.
This patch removes also the hold of pib lock which isn't needed by any
real driver xmit callback implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce some new stack variables to avoid multiple
dereferencing inside the xmit worker function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the kmalloc allocation for workqueue data. This patch
replaces the kmalloc and uses the control block of skb. The control block
has enough space and isn't use by any other layer in this case.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the netdev xmit callback functions into the tx.c file.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
percpu tcp_md5sig_pool contains memory blobs that ultimately
go through sg_set_buf().
-> sg_set_page(sg, virt_to_page(buf), buflen, offset_in_page(buf));
This requires that whole area is in a physically contiguous portion
of memory. And that @buf is not backed by vmalloc().
Given that alloc_percpu() can use vmalloc() areas, this does not
fit the requirements.
Replace alloc_percpu() by a static DEFINE_PER_CPU() as tcp_md5sig_pool
is small anyway, there is no gain to dynamically allocate it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 765cf9976e ("tcp: md5: remove one indirection level in tcp_md5sig_pool")
Reported-by: Crestez Dan Leonard <cdleonard@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver_ops callback function is never used by any driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Small rename to use the name workqueue than dev_workqueue. To bring the
same naming convention like wireless into 802.15.4.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This function adds a wrapper to call netdev_priv to getting the sdata
attribute. This is similar like the IEEE80211_DEV_TO_SUB_IF function
inside wireless stack implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch replace the mac802154_to_priv macro with a static inline
function named hw_to_local. This brings a similar naming convention like
mac80211 stack.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renamens the slaves attribute in sdata to interfaces and
slaves_mtx to iflist_mtx. This is similar like the mac80211 stack naming
convention.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the hw attribute in struct ieee802154_sub_if_data to
local. This avoid confusing with the struct ieee802154_hw hw; inside of
local struct.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Like wireless this structure should named ieee802154_sub_if_data and not
mac802154_sub_if_data. This patch renames the struct and variables to
sdata instead priv sometimes.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch rename the mac802154_priv to ieee802154_local. The
mac802154_priv structure is like ieee80211_local and so we name it
ieee802154_local.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The identical struct of the wireless stack implementation is named
ieee80211_hw. This is useful to name the variable hw instead of get
confusing with netdev dev variable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the ieee802154 header into include/linux instead
include/net. Similar like wireless which have the ieee80211 header
inside of include/linux.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Like the wireless core.c file this file contains function for phy
allocation and freeing. Move this file to core.c to get similar
behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The wpan-phy header contains the wpan_phy struct information. Later this
header will be have similar function like cfg80211 header. The cfg80211
header contains the wiphy struct which is identically the wpan_phy
struct inside 802.15.4 subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The wpan.c file contains the interface handling functions now. It's similar
like the mac80211 iface.c file. This patch renames this file to iface.c to
have similar naming convention in mac802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the mac802154.h internal header to ieee802154_i.h like
the wireless stack ieee80211_i.h file. This avoids confusing with the
not internal header include/net/mac802154.h header. Additional we get
the same naming conversion like mac80211 for this file.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ieee802154_dev functionality contains various function for
allocation and registration of an ieee802154_dev. This is equal to the
net/mac80211/main.c file. This patch rename the ieee802154_dev.c to
main.c to have the same behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds self-tests for the c1 and s1 crypto functions used for
SMP pairing. The data used is the sample data from the core
specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a basic skeleton for SMP self-tests. The tests are put
behind a new configuration option since running them will slow down the
boot process. For now there are no actual tests defined but those will
come in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to make unit testing possible we need to make the SMP crypto
functions only take the crypto context instead of the full SMP context
(the latter would require having hci_dev, hci_conn, l2cap_chan,
l2cap_conn, etc around). The drawback is that we no-longer get the
involved hdev in the debug logs, but this is really the only way to make
simple unit tests for the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
use clkoff_cp for hci_cp_read_clock_offset instead of cp
(already defined above).
Suggested-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes an unnecessary tailing semicolon after macro
define. Otherwise we get a trailing semicolon while using this macro.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixs a typo in address filter defines from IEEE802515 to
IEEE802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fix a typo and fix align instead allign.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the FSF address in files which belongs to ieee802154
and mac802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the error case where credits is greater than max_credits there
is a missing l2cap_chan_unlock before returning.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently there are potentially 2 skb_copy_expand calls in IPHC
decompression. This patch replaces this with one call to
skb_cow which will check to see if there is enough headroom
first to ensure it's only done if necessary and will handle
alignment issues for cache.
As skb_cow uses pskb_expand_head we ensure the skb isn't shared from
bluetooth and ieee802.15.4 code that use the IPHC decompression.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <martin.townsend@xsilon.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
netif_rx() only returns NET_RX_DROP and NET_RX_SUCCESS, not returns
negative value
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Value returned by this macro might be used as bit value so it should
return either 0 or 1 to avoid possible bugs (similar to NSC bug)
when shifting it.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
rfcomm_send_nsc expects CR to be either 0 or 1 since it is later
passed to __mcc_type macro and shitfed. Unfortunatelly CR extracted
from received frame type was not sanitized and shifted value was passed
resulting in bogus response.
Note: shifted value was also passed to other functions but was used
only in if satements so this bug appears only for NSC case.
The CR bit in the value octet shall be set to the same value
as the CR bit in the type field octet of the not supported command
frame but the CR bit for NCS response should be set to 0 since it is
always a response.
This was affecting TC_RFC_BV_25_C PTS qualification test.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Systematically removing the LE connection parameters and autoconnect
action is inconvenient for rebonding without disconnecting from
userland (i.e. unpairing followed by repairing without
disconnecting). The parameters will be lost after unparing and
userland needs to take care of book-keeping them and re-adding them.
This patch allows userland to forget about parameter management when
rebonding without disconnecting. It defers clearing the connection
parameters when unparing without disconnecting, giving a chance of
keeping the parameters if a repairing happens before the connection is
closed.
Signed-off-by: Alfonso Acosta <fons@spotify.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch ensure that the rtnl lock is hold while newlink callback.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch improves the packet registration handling. Instead of
registration with module init we have a open count variable and
registration the lowpan packet handler when it's needed.
The open count variable should be protected by RTNL.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
NULL-checking conn->dev_class is pointless since the variable is
defined as an array, i.e. it will always be non-NULL.
Signed-off-by: Alfonso Acosta <fons@spotify.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There are scenarios when autoconnecting to a device after the
reception of an ADV_IND report (action 0x02), in which userland
might want to examine the report's contents.
For instance, the Service Data might have changed and it would be
useful to know ahead of time before starting any GATT procedures.
Also, the ADV_IND may contain Manufacturer Specific data which would
be lost if not propagated to userland. In fact, this patch results
from the need to rebond with a device lacking persistent storage which
notifies about losing its LTK in ADV_IND reports.
This patch appends the ADV_IND report which triggered the
autoconnection to the EIR Data in the Device Connected event.
Signed-off-by: Alfonso Acosta <fons@spotify.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The values of a lot of the mgmt_device_connected() parameters come
straight from a hci_conn object. We can simplify the function by passing
the full hci_conn pointer to it.
Signed-off-by: Alfonso Acosta <fons@spotify.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch fix ERR_PTR(-rc) to ERR_PTR(rc). The variable rc is already a
negative errno value.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fix byte order handling in reassembly code of 802.15.4
6LoWPAN fragmentation handling.
net/ieee802154/reassembly.c:58:43: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to integer
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fix byteorder issues with fragment tag of generation 802.15.4
6LoWPAN fragment header.
net/ieee802154/6lowpan_rtnl.c:278:54: warning restricted __be16 degrades to integer
net/ieee802154/6lowpan_rtnl.c:278:18: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/ieee802154/6lowpan_rtnl.c:278:18: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] frag_tag
net/ieee802154/6lowpan_rtnl.c:278:18: got unsigned short
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There is no point processing pkts which are PACKET_OTHERHOST
in 6lowpan as they are discarded as soon as they reach the
ipv6 layer. Therefore we should drop them in the 6lowpan layer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Vincent <simon.vincent@xsilon.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The kernel should reserve enough room in the skb so that the DONE
message can always be appended. However, in case of e.g. new attribute
erronously not being size-accounted for, __nfulnl_send() will still
try to put next nlmsg into this full skbuf, causing the skb to be stuck
forever and blocking delivery of further messages.
Fix issue by releasing skb immediately after nlmsg_put error and
WARN() so we can track down the cause of such size mismatch.
[ fw@strlen.de: add tailroom/len info to WARN ]
Signed-off-by: Houcheng Lin <houcheng@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
don't try to queue payloads > 0xffff - NLA_HDRLEN, it does not work.
The nla length includes the size of the nla struct, so anything larger
results in u16 integer overflow.
This patch is similar to
9cefbbc9c8 (netfilter: nfnetlink_queue: cleanup copy_range usage).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently neither account for the nlattr size, nor do we consider
the size of the trailing NLMSG_DONE when allocating nlmsg skb.
This can result in nflog to stop working, as __nfulnl_send() re-tries
sending forever if it failed to append NLMSG_DONE (which will never
work if buffer is not large enough).
Reported-by: Houcheng Lin <houcheng@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit 462fb2af97
bridge : Sanitize skb before it enters the IP stack
broke when IP options are actually used because it mangles the
skb as if it entered the IP stack which is wrong because the
bridge is supposed to operate below the IP stack.
Since nobody has actually requested for parsing of IP options
this patch fixes it by simply reverting to the previous approach
of ignoring all IP options, i.e., zeroing the IPCB.
If and when somebody who uses IP options and actually needs them
to be parsed by the bridge complains then we can revisit this.
Reported-by: David Newall <davidn@davidnewall.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch save the fn before doing rt6_backtrack.
Hence, without redo-ing the fib6_lookup(), saved_fn can be used
to redo rt6_select() with RT6_LOOKUP_F_REACHABLE off.
Some minor changes I think make sense to review as a single patch:
* Remove the 'out:' goto label.
* Remove the 'reachable' variable. Only use the 'strict' variable instead.
After this patch, "failing ip6_ins_rt()" should be the only case that
requires a redo of fib6_lookup().
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there is a RTF_CACHE hit, no need to redo fib6_lookup()
with reachable=0.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is the prep work to reduce the number of calls to fib6_lookup().
The BACKTRACK macro could be hard-to-read and error-prone due to
its side effects (mainly goto).
This patch is to:
1. Replace BACKTRACK macro with a function (fib6_backtrack) with the following
return values:
* If it is backtrack-able, returns next fn for retry.
* If it reaches the root, returns NULL.
2. The caller needs to decide if a backtrack is needed (by testing
rt == net->ipv6.ip6_null_entry).
3. Rename the goto labels in ip6_pol_route() to make the next few
patches easier to read.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove trailing whitespace in tcp.h icmp.c syncookies.c
Signed-off-by: Kenjiro Nakayama <nakayamakenjiro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to iterate all stations currently uploaded to them.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During reconfig the station list is traversed in order and station are
added back to the driver. Make sure the stations are added to the driver
in the same order they were added to mac80211.
This has a real side effect - some drivers (iwlwifi) require TDLS
stations to be added only after the AP station for the same network.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers need to know which station is the TDLS link initiator.
Expose this value via the mac80211 ieee80211_sta structure.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an IV is generated, only the MAC header is moved back. The network
header location remains the same relative to the skb head, as the new IV
is using headroom space that was reserved in advance.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Export ieee80211_ie_split function, so it can be reused by
drivers which need to insert additional elements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When displaying a rate through debugfs minstrel_ht guesses its flags
comparing group indexes. Since 3ec373c421 ("mac80211: minstrel_ht:
include type (cck/ht) in rates flag"), the rate flags of interest are
present in the mcs_group-s, so use it.
While improving the code, this also fixes a smatch false positive
"error: testing array offset 'i' after use" in minstrel_ht_stats_dump.
This warning only triggers after 9208247d74 ("mac80211: minstrel_ht:
add basic support for VHT rates <= 3SS@80MHz") with
CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_MINSTREL_VHT unset because then MINSTREL_VHT_GROUP_0
is above MINSTREL_GROUPS_NB and smatch only barks when the "testing
array offset" seems to prevent possible out of bonds accesses (which
does not happen here since i < ARRAY_SIZE(mi->groups)).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Thanks to Andrea Arcangeli for pointing out these checks are
obviously unnecessary given the preceding calculations.
Reported-by: Andrea Arcangeli <aarcange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The commit "net: Save TX flow hash in sock and set in skbuf on xmit"
introduced the inet_set_txhash() and ip6_set_txhash() routines to calculate
and record flow hash(sk_txhash) in the socket structure. sk_txhash is used
to set skb->hash which is used to spread flows across multiple TXQs.
But, the above routines are invoked before the source port of the connection
is created. Because of this all outgoing connections that just differ in the
source port get hashed into the same TXQ.
This patch fixes this problem for IPv4/6 by invoking the the above routines
after the source port is available for the socket.
Fixes: b73c3d0e4("net: Save TX flow hash in sock and set in skbuf on xmit")
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pskb_may_pull() maybe change skb->data and make nh and exthdr pointer
oboslete, so recompute the nd and exthdr
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The crafted header start address is from a driver supplied buffer, which
one can reasonably expect to be aligned on a 4-bytes boundary.
However ATM the TSO helper API is only used by ethernet drivers and
the tcp header will then be aligned to a 2-bytes only boundary from the
header start address.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel.garcia@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ->ip_set_list[] array is initialized in ip_set_net_init() and it
has ->ip_set_max elements so this check should be >= instead of >
otherwise we are off by one.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When a port that was used to listen for inbound connections gets closed
and reused for outgoing connections (like rsh ends up doing for stderr
flow), current we may reject the SYN/ACK packet for the new connection
because tcp_conntracks states forbirds a port to become a client while
there is still a TIME_WAIT entry in there for it.
As TCP may expire the TIME_WAIT socket in 60s and conntrack's timeout
for it is 120s, there is a ~60s window that the application can end up
opening a port that conntrack will end up blocking.
This patch fixes this by simply allowing such state transition: if we
see a SYN, in TIME_WAIT state, on REPLY direction, move it to sSS. Note
that the rest of the code already handles this situation, more
specificly in tcp_packet(), first switch clause.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When a key is tainted during resume, it is no longer programmed
into the device; however, it's uploaded flag may (will) be set.
Clear the flag when not programming it because it's tainted to
avoid attempting to remove it again later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the currently existing APIs between mac80211 and the low
level driver to implement WMM admission control.
The low level driver needs to report the media time used by
each transmitted packet in ieee80211_tx_status. Based on that
information, mac80211 will modify the QoS parameters of the
admission controlled Access Category when the limit is
reached. Once the original QoS parameters can be restored,
mac80211 will do so.
One issue with this approach is that management frames will
also erroneously be downgraded, but the upside is that the
implementation is simple. In the future, it can be extended
to driver- or device-based implementations that are better.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no reason to ever set invalid CW_min/CW_max to the
drivers, we should catch it in higher layers. However, the
consequences of setting it wrong can be quite severe, so
double-check at a low level and error out for invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During the review of the corresponding wpa_supplicant patches we
noticed that the only way for it to detect that this functionality
is supported currently is to check for the command support. This
can be misleading though, as the command was also designed to, in
the future, support pure 802.11 TSPECs.
Expose the WMM-TSPEC feature flag to nl80211 so later we can also
expose an 802.11-TSPEC feature flag (if needed) to differentiate
the two cases.
Note: this change isn't needed in 3.18 as there's no driver there
yet that supports the functionality at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats to allocate percpu stats and initialize syncp.
Fixes: 22e0f8b932 "net: sched: make bstats per cpu and estimator RCU safe"
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The synchronize_rcu() in netlink_release() introduces unacceptable
latency. Reintroduce minimal lookup so we can drop the
synchronize_rcu() until socket destruction has been RCUfied.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Reported-and-tested-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Locking dependency detected below possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0 CPU1
T0: tipc_named_rcv() tipc_rcv()
T1: [grab nametble write lock]* [grab node lock]*
T2: tipc_update_nametbl() tipc_node_link_up()
T3: tipc_nodesub_subscribe() tipc_nametbl_publish()
T4: [grab node lock]* [grab nametble write lock]*
The opposite order of holding nametbl write lock and node lock on
above two different paths may result in a deadlock. If we move the
the updating of the name table after link state named out of node
lock, the reverse order of holding locks will be eliminated, and
as a result, the deadlock risk.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The debugfs_remove() function can safely take NULL parameters
so the additionally null test isn't required, and there's no
other reason to have it here, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
[rewrite commit message, re-introduce blank line after assert]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the new CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_MINSTREL_VHT is not set (default 'N'),
there is no behavioral change including in sampling and MCS_GROUP_RATES
remains 8.
Otherwise MCS_GROUP_RATES is 10, and a module parameter *vht_only*
(default 'true'), restricts the rates selection to VHT when VHT is
supported.
Regarding the debugfs stats buffer:
It is explicitly increased from 8k to 32k to fit every rates incl. when
both HT and VHT rates are enabled, as for the format, before:
type rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
HT20/LGI ABCDP MCS0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0( 0) 0( 0)
after:
type rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
HT20/LGI ABCDP MCS0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0( 0) 0( 0)
VHT40/LGI MCS5/2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0( 0) 0( 0)
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM, we grep cck rates idx with idx / MCS_GROUP_RATES ==
MINSTREL_CCK_GROUP.
Matching neither-cck-non-ht rates could be done by replacing '==' with
'>', however it would be less versatile or explicit.
This will allow to match VHT rates with IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since 5935839ad7 ("mac80211: improve minstrel_ht rate sorting by
throughput & probability"), the rate indexes are manipulated via u8's
and hence allow for a maximum of 256 mcs_group entries in
minstrel_mcs_groups.
ATM, minstrel_ht advertizes support up to 3HTSS@40MHz, consuming:
8(MCS_GROUP_RATES) * (3(SS)*2(GI)*2(BW)+1(CCK)), i.e. 104 entries.
Support for 3VHTSS@80MHz will require:
10(MCS_GROUP_RATES) * (3(SS)*2(GI)*2(BW)+1(CCK)) +
10(MCS_GROUP_RATES) * (3(SS)*2(GI)*3(BW)), i.e. 130 + 180 entries.
This change moves from u8s to u16s where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This showed up as a sparse warning (with higher verbosity) and is
certainly correct - the change flags should be unsigned. It's not
that important since high flag numbers aren't used and bitwise
operations would still work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
if ->encapsulation is set we have to use inner_tcp_hdrlen and add the
size of the inner network headers too.
This is 'mostly harmless'; tbf might send skb that is slightly over
quota or drop skb even if it would have fit.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_gso_segment has three possible return values:
1. a pointer to the first segmented skb
2. an errno value (IS_ERR())
3. NULL. This can happen when GSO is used for header verification.
However, several callers currently test IS_ERR instead of IS_ERR_OR_NULL
and would oops when NULL is returned.
Note that these call sites should never actually see such a NULL return
value; all callers mask out the GSO bits in the feature argument.
However, there have been issues with some protocol handlers erronously not
respecting the specified feature mask in some cases.
It is preferable to get 'have to turn off hw offloading, else slow' reports
rather than 'kernel crashes'.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_gso_segment() has a 'features' argument representing offload features
available to the output path.
A few handlers, e.g. GRE, instead re-fetch the features of skb->dev and use
those instead of the provided ones when handing encapsulation/tunnels.
Depending on dev->hw_enc_features of the output device skb_gso_segment() can
then return NULL even when the caller has disabled all GSO feature bits,
as segmentation of inner header thinks device will take care of segmentation.
This e.g. affects the tbf scheduler, which will silently drop GRE-encap GSO skbs
that did not fit the remaining token quota as the segmentation does not work
when device supports corresponding hw offload capabilities.
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix missing MODULE_LICENSE() in the new nf_reject_ipv{4,6} modules.
2) Restrict nat and masq expressions to the nat chain type. Otherwise,
users may crash their kernel if they attach a nat/masq rule to a non
nat chain.
3) Fix hook validation in nft_compat when non-base chains are used.
Basically, initialize hook_mask to zero.
4) Make sure you use match/targets in nft_compat from the right chain
type. The existing validation relies on the table name which can be
avoided by
5) Better netlink attribute validation in nft_nat. This expression has
to reject the configuration when no address and proto configurations
are specified.
6) Interpret NFTA_NAT_REG_*_MAX if only if NFTA_NAT_REG_*_MIN is set.
Yet another sanity check to reject incorrect configurations from
userspace.
7) Conditional NAT attribute dumping depending on the existing
configuration.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The optional NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
attributes can now be included in NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION to indicate to
the driver which frame (Deauthentication/Disassociation) and reason code
in that frame should be used to indicate removal to the specific
station. This is used by drivers that implement AP SME and generate
those frames internally.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM an HT rc_stats line is 106 chars.
Times 8(MCS_GROUP_RATES)*3(SS)*2(GI)*2(BW) + CCK(4), i.e. x100, this is
well above the current 8192 - sizeof(*ms) currently allocated.
Fix this by squeezing the output as follows (not that we're short on
memory but this also improves readability and range, the new format adds
one more digit to *ok/*cum and ok/cum):
- Before (HT) (106 ch):
type rate throughput ewma prob this prob retry this succ/attempt success attempts
CCK/LP 5.5M 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0( 0) 0 0
HT20/LGI ABCDP MCS0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0( 0) 0 0
- After (75 ch):
type rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
CCK/LP 5.5M 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0( 0) 0( 0)
HT20/LGI ABCDP MCS0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0( 0) 0( 0)
- Align non-HT format Before (non-HT) (83 ch):
rate throughput ewma prob this prob this succ/attempt success attempts
ABCDP 6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0( 0) 0 0
54 0.0 0.0 0.0 0( 0) 0 0
- After (61 ch):
rate tpt eprob *prob *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
ABCDP 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0( 0) 0( 0)
54 0.0 0.0 0.0 0( 0) 0( 0)
*This also adds dynamic checks for overflow, lowers the size of the
non-HT request (allowing > 30 entries) and replaces the buddy-rounded
allocations (s/sizeof(*ms) + 8192/8192).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes it easier to add new parameters for the del_station calls
without having to modify all drivers that use this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A quick batch of bug fixes:
1) Fix build with IPV6 disabled, from Eric Dumazet.
2) Several more cases of caching SKB data pointers across calls to
pskb_may_pull(), thus referencing potentially free'd memory. From
Li RongQing.
3) DSA phy code tests operation presence improperly, instead of going:
if (x->ops->foo)
r = x->ops->foo(args);
it was going:
if (x->ops->foo(args))
r = x->ops->foo(args);
Fix from Andew Lunn"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
Net: DSA: Fix checking for get_phy_flags function
ipv6: fix a potential use after free in sit.c
ipv6: fix a potential use after free in ip6_offload.c
ipv4: fix a potential use after free in gre_offload.c
tcp: fix build error if IPv6 is not enabled
The check for the presence or not of the optional switch function
get_phy_flags() called the function, rather than checked to see if it
is a NULL pointer. This causes a derefernce of a NULL pointer on all
switch chips except the sf2, the only switch to implement this call.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: 6819563e64 ("net: dsa: allow switch drivers to specify phy_device::dev_flags")
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
been sitting in MST's tree during my vacation. I changed a function name
and made one trivial change, then they spent two days in linux-next.
Thanks,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=JK6x
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'virtio-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull virtio updates from Rusty Russell:
"One cc: stable commit, the rest are a series of minor cleanups which
have been sitting in MST's tree during my vacation. I changed a
function name and made one trivial change, then they spent two days in
linux-next"
* tag 'virtio-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux: (25 commits)
virtio-rng: refactor probe error handling
virtio_scsi: drop scan callback
virtio_balloon: enable VQs early on restore
virtio_scsi: fix race on device removal
virito_scsi: use freezable WQ for events
virtio_net: enable VQs early on restore
virtio_console: enable VQs early on restore
virtio_scsi: enable VQs early on restore
virtio_blk: enable VQs early on restore
virtio_scsi: move kick event out from virtscsi_init
virtio_net: fix use after free on allocation failure
9p/trans_virtio: enable VQs early
virtio_console: enable VQs early
virtio_blk: enable VQs early
virtio_net: enable VQs early
virtio: add API to enable VQs early
virtio_net: minor cleanup
virtio-net: drop config_mutex
virtio_net: drop config_enable
virtio-blk: drop config_mutex
...
pskb_may_pull() maybe change skb->data and make iph pointer oboslete,
fix it by geting ip header length directly.
Fixes: ca15a078 (sit: generate icmpv6 error when receiving icmpv4 error)
Cc: Oussama Ghorbel <ghorbel@pivasoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pskb_may_pull() maybe change skb->data and make opth pointer oboslete,
so set the opth again
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pskb_may_pull() may change skb->data and make greh pointer oboslete;
so need to reassign greh;
but since first calling pskb_may_pull already ensured that skb->data
has enough space for greh, so move the reference of greh before second
calling pskb_may_pull(), to avoid reassign greh.
Fixes: 7a7ffbabf9("ipv4: fix tunneled VM traffic over hw VXLAN/GRE GSO NIC")
Cc: Wei-Chun Chao <weichunc@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Include fixes for netrom and dsa (Fabian Frederick and Florian
Fainelli)
2) Fix FIXED_PHY support in stmmac, from Giuseppe CAVALLARO.
3) Several SKB use after free fixes (vxlan, openvswitch, vxlan,
ip_tunnel, fou), from Li ROngQing.
4) fec driver PTP support fixes from Luwei Zhou and Nimrod Andy.
5) Use after free in virtio_net, from Michael S Tsirkin.
6) Fix flow mask handling for megaflows in openvswitch, from Pravin B
Shelar.
7) ISDN gigaset and capi bug fixes from Tilman Schmidt.
8) Fix route leak in ip_send_unicast_reply(), from Vasily Averin.
9) Fix two eBPF JIT bugs on x86, from Alexei Starovoitov.
10) TCP_SKB_CB() reorganization caused a few regressions, fixed by Cong
Wang and Eric Dumazet.
11) Don't overwrite end of SKB when parsing malformed sctp ASCONF
chunks, from Daniel Borkmann.
12) Don't call sock_kfree_s() with NULL pointers, this function also has
the side effect of adjusting the socket memory usage. From Cong Wang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (90 commits)
bna: fix skb->truesize underestimation
net: dsa: add includes for ethtool and phy_fixed definitions
openvswitch: Set flow-key members.
netrom: use linux/uaccess.h
dsa: Fix conversion from host device to mii bus
tipc: fix bug in bundled buffer reception
ipv6: introduce tcp_v6_iif()
sfc: add support for skb->xmit_more
r8152: return -EBUSY for runtime suspend
ipv4: fix a potential use after free in fou.c
ipv4: fix a potential use after free in ip_tunnel_core.c
hyperv: Add handling of IP header with option field in netvsc_set_hash()
openvswitch: Create right mask with disabled megaflows
vxlan: fix a free after use
openvswitch: fix a use after free
ipv4: dst_entry leak in ip_send_unicast_reply()
ipv4: clean up cookie_v4_check()
ipv4: share tcp_v4_save_options() with cookie_v4_check()
ipv4: call __ip_options_echo() in cookie_v4_check()
atm: simplify lanai.c by using module_pci_driver
...
Interpret NFTA_NAT_REG_ADDR_MAX if NFTA_NAT_REG_ADDR_MIN is present,
otherwise, skip it. Same thing with NFTA_NAT_REG_PROTO_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We have to validate that we at least get an NFTA_NAT_REG_ADDR_MIN or
NFTA_NFT_REG_PROTO_MIN attribute. Reject the configuration if none
of them are present.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We have to validate the real chain type to ensure that matches/targets
are not used out from their scope (eg. MASQUERADE in nat chain type).
The existing validation relies on the table name, but this is not
sufficient since userspace can fool us by using the appropriate table
name with a different chain type.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
net/dsa/slave.c uses functions and structures declared in phy_fixed.h
but does not explicitely include it, while dsa.h needs structure
declarations for 'struct ethtool_wolinfo' and 'struct ethtool_eee', fix
those by including the correct header files.
Fixes: ec9436baed ("net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment")
Fixes: ce31b31c68 ("net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds missing memset which are required to initialize
flow key member. For example for IP flow we need to initialize
ip.frag for all cases.
Found by inspection.
This bug is introduced by commit 0714812134
("openvswitch: Eliminate memset() from flow_extract").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit ec8a2e5621 ("tipc: same receive
code path for connection protocol and data messages") we omitted the
the possiblilty that an arriving message extracted from a bundle buffer
may be a multicast message. Such messages need to be to be delivered to
the socket via a separate function, tipc_sk_mcast_rcv(). As a result,
small multicast messages arriving as members of a bundle buffer will be
silently dropped.
This commit corrects the error by considering this case in the function
tipc_link_bundle_rcv().
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 971f10eca1 ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line
misses") added a regression for SO_BINDTODEVICE on IPv6.
This is because we still use inet6_iif() which expects that IP6 control
block is still at the beginning of skb->cb[]
This patch adds tcp_v6_iif() helper and uses it where necessary.
Because __inet6_lookup_skb() is used by TCP and DCCP, we add an iif
parameter to it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 971f10eca1 ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line misses")
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pskb_may_pull() maybe change skb->data and make uh pointer oboslete,
so reload uh and guehdr
Fixes: 37dd0247 ("gue: Receive side for Generic UDP Encapsulation")
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pskb_may_pull() maybe change skb->data and make eth pointer oboslete,
so set eth after pskb_may_pull()
Fixes:3d7b46cd("ip_tunnel: push generic protocol handling to ip_tunnel module")
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If megaflows are disabled, the userspace does not send the netlink attribute
OVS_FLOW_ATTR_MASK, and the kernel must create an exact match mask.
sw_flow_mask_set() sets every bytes (in 'range') of the mask to 0xff, even the
bytes that represent padding for struct sw_flow, or the bytes that represent
fields that may not be set during ovs_flow_extract().
This is a problem, because when we extract a flow from a packet,
we do not memset() anymore the struct sw_flow to 0.
This commit gets rid of sw_flow_mask_set() and introduces mask_set_nlattr(),
which operates on the netlink attributes rather than on the mask key. Using
this approach we are sure that only the bytes that the user provided in the
flow are matched.
Also, if the parse_flow_mask_nlattrs() for the mask ENCAP attribute fails, we
now return with an error.
This bug is introduced by commit 0714812134
("openvswitch: Eliminate memset() from flow_extract").
Reported-by: Alex Wang <alexw@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniele Di Proietto <ddiproietto@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pskb_may_pull() called by arphdr_ok can change skb->data, so put the arp
setting after arphdr_ok to avoid the use the freed memory
Fixes: 0714812134 ("openvswitch: Eliminate memset() from flow_extract.")
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_setup_cork() called inside ip_append_data() steals dst entry from rt to cork
and in case errors in __ip_append_data() nobody frees stolen dst entry
Fixes: 2e77d89b2f ("net: avoid a pair of dst_hold()/dst_release() in ip_append_data()")
Signed-off-by: Vasily Averin <vvs@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can retrieve opt from skb, no need to pass it as a parameter.
And opt should always be non-NULL, no need to check.
Cc: Krzysztof Kolasa <kkolasa@winsoft.pl>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Krzysztof Kolasa <kkolasa@winsoft.pl>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cookie_v4_check() allocates ip_options_rcu in the same way
with tcp_v4_save_options(), we can just make it a helper function.
Cc: Krzysztof Kolasa <kkolasa@winsoft.pl>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 971f10eca1 ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line misses")
missed that cookie_v4_check() still calls ip_options_echo() which uses
IPCB(). It should use TCPCB() at TCP layer, so call __ip_options_echo()
instead.
Fixes: commit 971f10eca1 ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line misses")
Cc: Krzysztof Kolasa <kkolasa@winsoft.pl>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Krzysztof Kolasa <kkolasa@winsoft.pl>
Tested-by: Krzysztof Kolasa <kkolasa@winsoft.pl>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All functions used struct vport *vport except
ovs_vport_find_upcall_portid.
This fixes 1 kerneldoc warning
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
s/sock/gs
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ndo_gso_check which a device can define to indicate whether is
is capable of doing GSO on a packet. This funciton would be called from
the stack to determine whether software GSO is needed to be done. A
driver should populate this function if it advertises GSO types for
which there are combinations that it wouldn't be able to handle. For
instance a device that performs UDP tunneling might only implement
support for transparent Ethernet bridging type of inner packets
or might have limitations on lengths of inner headers.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull percpu consistent-ops changes from Tejun Heo:
"Way back, before the current percpu allocator was implemented, static
and dynamic percpu memory areas were allocated and handled separately
and had their own accessors. The distinction has been gone for many
years now; however, the now duplicate two sets of accessors remained
with the pointer based ones - this_cpu_*() - evolving various other
operations over time. During the process, we also accumulated other
inconsistent operations.
This pull request contains Christoph's patches to clean up the
duplicate accessor situation. __get_cpu_var() uses are replaced with
with this_cpu_ptr() and __this_cpu_ptr() with raw_cpu_ptr().
Unfortunately, the former sometimes is tricky thanks to C being a bit
messy with the distinction between lvalues and pointers, which led to
a rather ugly solution for cpumask_var_t involving the introduction of
this_cpu_cpumask_var_ptr().
This converts most of the uses but not all. Christoph will follow up
with the remaining conversions in this merge window and hopefully
remove the obsolete accessors"
* 'for-3.18-consistent-ops' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu: (38 commits)
irqchip: Properly fetch the per cpu offset
percpu: Resolve ambiguities in __get_cpu_var/cpumask_var_t -fix
ia64: sn_nodepda cannot be assigned to after this_cpu conversion. Use __this_cpu_write.
percpu: Resolve ambiguities in __get_cpu_var/cpumask_var_t
Revert "powerpc: Replace __get_cpu_var uses"
percpu: Remove __this_cpu_ptr
clocksource: Replace __this_cpu_ptr with raw_cpu_ptr
sparc: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
avr32: Replace __get_cpu_var with __this_cpu_write
blackfin: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
tile: Use this_cpu_ptr() for hardware counters
tile: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
powerpc: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
alpha: Replace __get_cpu_var
ia64: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
s390: cio driver &__get_cpu_var replacements
s390: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
mips: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
MIPS: Replace __get_cpu_var uses in FPU emulator.
arm: Replace __this_cpu_ptr with raw_cpu_ptr
...
Pull Ceph updates from Sage Weil:
"There is the long-awaited discard support for RBD (Guangliang Zhao,
Josh Durgin), a pile of RBD bug fixes that didn't belong in late -rc's
(Ilya Dryomov, Li RongQing), a pile of fs/ceph bug fixes and
performance and debugging improvements (Yan, Zheng, John Spray), and a
smattering of cleanups (Chao Yu, Fabian Frederick, Joe Perches)"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client: (40 commits)
ceph: fix divide-by-zero in __validate_layout()
rbd: rbd workqueues need a resque worker
libceph: ceph-msgr workqueue needs a resque worker
ceph: fix bool assignments
libceph: separate multiple ops with commas in debugfs output
libceph: sync osd op definitions in rados.h
libceph: remove redundant declaration
ceph: additional debugfs output
ceph: export ceph_session_state_name function
ceph: include the initial ACL in create/mkdir/mknod MDS requests
ceph: use pagelist to present MDS request data
libceph: reference counting pagelist
ceph: fix llistxattr on symlink
ceph: send client metadata to MDS
ceph: remove redundant code for max file size verification
ceph: remove redundant io_iter_advance()
ceph: move ceph_find_inode() outside the s_mutex
ceph: request xattrs if xattr_version is zero
rbd: set the remaining discard properties to enable support
rbd: use helpers to handle discard for layered images correctly
...
virtio spec requires drivers to set DRIVER_OK before using VQs.
This is set automatically after probe returns, but virtio 9p device
adds self to channel list within probe, at which point VQ can be
used in violation of the spec.
To fix, call virtio_device_ready before using VQs.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
TCP Small queues tries to keep number of packets in qdisc
as small as possible, and depends on a tasklet to feed following
packets at TX completion time.
Choice of tasklet was driven by latencies requirements.
Then, TCP stack tries to avoid reorders, by locking flows with
outstanding packets in qdisc in a given TX queue.
What can happen is that many flows get attracted by a low performing
TX queue, and cpu servicing TX completion has to feed packets for all of
them, making this cpu 100% busy in softirq mode.
This became particularly visible with latest skb->xmit_more support
Strategy adopted in this patch is to detect when tcp_wfree() is called
from ksoftirqd and let the outstanding queue for this flow being drained
before feeding additional packets, so that skb->ooo_okay can be set
to allow select_queue() to select the optimal queue :
Incoming ACKS are normally handled by different cpus, so this patch
gives more chance for these cpus to take over the burden of feeding
qdisc with future packets.
Tested:
lpaa23:~# ./super_netperf 1400 --google-pacing-rate 3028000 -H lpaa24 -l 3600 &
lpaa23:~# sar -n DEV 1 10 | grep eth1
06:16:18 AM eth1 595448.00 1190564.00 38381.09 1760253.12 0.00 0.00 1.00
06:16:19 AM eth1 594858.00 1189686.00 38340.76 1758952.72 0.00 0.00 0.00
06:16:20 AM eth1 597017.00 1194019.00 38480.79 1765370.29 0.00 0.00 1.00
06:16:21 AM eth1 595450.00 1190936.00 38380.19 1760805.05 0.00 0.00 0.00
06:16:22 AM eth1 596385.00 1193096.00 38442.56 1763976.29 0.00 0.00 1.00
06:16:23 AM eth1 598155.00 1195978.00 38552.97 1768264.60 0.00 0.00 0.00
06:16:24 AM eth1 594405.00 1188643.00 38312.57 1757414.89 0.00 0.00 1.00
06:16:25 AM eth1 593366.00 1187154.00 38252.16 1755195.83 0.00 0.00 0.00
06:16:26 AM eth1 593188.00 1186118.00 38232.88 1753682.57 0.00 0.00 1.00
06:16:27 AM eth1 596301.00 1192241.00 38440.94 1762733.09 0.00 0.00 0.00
Average: eth1 595457.30 1190843.50 38381.69 1760664.84 0.00 0.00 0.50
lpaa23:~# ./tc -s -d qd sh dev eth1 | grep backlog
backlog 7606336b 2513p requeues 167982
backlog 224072b 74p requeues 566
backlog 581376b 192p requeues 5598
backlog 181680b 60p requeues 1070
backlog 5305056b 1753p requeues 110166 // Here, this TX queue is attracting flows
backlog 157456b 52p requeues 1758
backlog 672216b 222p requeues 3025
backlog 60560b 20p requeues 24541
backlog 448144b 148p requeues 21258
lpaa23:~# echo 1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_tsq_enable_tcp_wfree_ksoftirqd_detect
Immediate jump to full bandwidth, and traffic is properly
shard on all tx queues.
lpaa23:~# sar -n DEV 1 10 | grep eth1
06:16:46 AM eth1 1397632.00 2795397.00 90081.87 4133031.26 0.00 0.00 1.00
06:16:47 AM eth1 1396874.00 2793614.00 90032.99 4130385.46 0.00 0.00 0.00
06:16:48 AM eth1 1395842.00 2791600.00 89966.46 4127409.67 0.00 0.00 1.00
06:16:49 AM eth1 1395528.00 2791017.00 89946.17 4126551.24 0.00 0.00 0.00
06:16:50 AM eth1 1397891.00 2795716.00 90098.74 4133497.39 0.00 0.00 1.00
06:16:51 AM eth1 1394951.00 2789984.00 89908.96 4125022.51 0.00 0.00 0.00
06:16:52 AM eth1 1394608.00 2789190.00 89886.90 4123851.36 0.00 0.00 1.00
06:16:53 AM eth1 1395314.00 2790653.00 89934.33 4125983.09 0.00 0.00 0.00
06:16:54 AM eth1 1396115.00 2792276.00 89984.25 4128411.21 0.00 0.00 1.00
06:16:55 AM eth1 1396829.00 2793523.00 90030.19 4130250.28 0.00 0.00 0.00
Average: eth1 1396158.40 2792297.00 89987.09 4128439.35 0.00 0.00 0.50
lpaa23:~# tc -s -d qd sh dev eth1 | grep backlog
backlog 7900052b 2609p requeues 173287
backlog 878120b 290p requeues 589
backlog 1068884b 354p requeues 5621
backlog 996212b 329p requeues 1088
backlog 984100b 325p requeues 115316
backlog 956848b 316p requeues 1781
backlog 1080996b 357p requeues 3047
backlog 975016b 322p requeues 24571
backlog 990156b 327p requeues 21274
(All 8 TX queues get a fair share of the traffic)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike normal kfree() it is never right to call sock_kfree_s() with
a NULL pointer, because sock_kfree_s() also has the side effect of
discharging the memory from the sockets quota.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is okay to free a NULL pointer but not okay to mischarge the socket optmem
accounting. Compile test only.
Reported-by: rucsoftsec@gmail.com
Cc: Chien Yen <chien.yen@oracle.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
parent cfusbl was used instead of first structure member 'layer'
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_nh_match does not match nexthops correctly. Example:
ip route add 172.16.10/24 nexthop via 192.168.122.12 dev eth0 \
nexthop via 192.168.122.13 dev eth0
ip route del 172.16.10/24 nexthop via 192.168.122.14 dev eth0 \
nexthop via 192.168.122.15 dev eth0
Del command is successful and route is removed. After this patch
applied, the route is correctly matched and result is:
RTNETLINK answers: No such process
Please consider this for stable trees as well.
Fixes: 4e902c5741 ("[IPv4]: FIB configuration using struct fib_config")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We worked hard to improve tcp_ack() performance, by not accessing
skb_shinfo() in fast path (cd7d8498c9 tcp: change tcp_skb_pcount()
location)
We still have one spurious access because of ACK timestamping,
added in commit e1c8a607b2 ("net-timestamp: ACK timestamp for
bytestreams")
By checking if sk_tsflags has SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK set,
we can avoid two cache line misses for the common case.
While we are at it, add two prefetchw() :
One in tcp_ack() to bring skb at the head of write queue.
One in tcp_clean_rtx_queue() loop to bring following skb,
as we will delete skb from the write queue and dirty skb->next->prev.
Add a couple of [un]likely() clauses.
After this patch, tcp_ack() is no longer the most consuming
function in tcp stack.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f363e45fd1 ("net/ceph: make ceph_msgr_wq non-reentrant")
effectively removed WQ_MEM_RECLAIM flag from ceph_msgr_wq. This is
wrong - libceph is very much a memory reclaim path, so restore it.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # needs backporting for < 3.12
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Micha Krause <micha@krausam.de>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
For requests with multiple ops, separate ops with commas instead of \t,
which is a field separator here.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
Bring in missing osd ops and strings, use macros to eliminate multiple
points of maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
this allow pagelist to present data that may be sent multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
TCP Small Queues (tcp_tsq_handler()) can hold one reference on
sk->sk_wmem_alloc, preventing skb->ooo_okay being set.
We should relax test done to set skb->ooo_okay to take care
of this extra reference.
Minimal truesize of skb containing one byte of payload is
SKB_TRUESIZE(1)
Without this fix, we have more chance locking flows into the wrong
transmit queue.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
queue_work() doesn't "fail to queue", it returns false if work was
already on a queue, which can't happen here since we allocate
event_work right before we queue it. So don't bother at all.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Use the more common pr_warn.
Other miscellanea:
o Coalesce formats
o Realign arguments
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
If the state variable is krealloced successfully, map->osd_state will be
freed, once following two reallocation failed, and exit the function
without resetting map->osd_state, map->osd_state become a wild pointer.
fix it by resetting them after krealloc successfully.
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
We want "cbc(aes)" algorithm, so select CRYPTO_CBC too, not just
CRYPTO_AES. Otherwise on !CRYPTO_CBC kernels we fail rbd map/mount
with
libceph: error -2 building auth method x request
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Both not yet registered (r_linger && list_empty(&r_linger_item)) and
registered linger requests should use the new tid on resend to avoid
the dup op detection logic on the OSDs, yet we were doing this only for
"registered" case. Factor out and simplify the "registered" logic and
use the new helper for "not registered" case as well.
Fixes: http://tracker.ceph.com/issues/8806
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
This scenario is not limited to ASCONF, just taken as one
example triggering the issue. When receiving ASCONF probes
in the form of ...
-------------- INIT[ASCONF; ASCONF_ACK] ------------->
<----------- INIT-ACK[ASCONF; ASCONF_ACK] ------------
-------------------- COOKIE-ECHO -------------------->
<-------------------- COOKIE-ACK ---------------------
---- ASCONF_a; [ASCONF_b; ...; ASCONF_n;] JUNK ------>
[...]
---- ASCONF_m; [ASCONF_o; ...; ASCONF_z;] JUNK ------>
... where ASCONF_a, ASCONF_b, ..., ASCONF_z are good-formed
ASCONFs and have increasing serial numbers, we process such
ASCONF chunk(s) marked with !end_of_packet and !singleton,
since we have not yet reached the SCTP packet end. SCTP does
only do verification on a chunk by chunk basis, as an SCTP
packet is nothing more than just a container of a stream of
chunks which it eats up one by one.
We could run into the case that we receive a packet with a
malformed tail, above marked as trailing JUNK. All previous
chunks are here goodformed, so the stack will eat up all
previous chunks up to this point. In case JUNK does not fit
into a chunk header and there are no more other chunks in
the input queue, or in case JUNK contains a garbage chunk
header, but the encoded chunk length would exceed the skb
tail, or we came here from an entirely different scenario
and the chunk has pdiscard=1 mark (without having had a flush
point), it will happen, that we will excessively queue up
the association's output queue (a correct final chunk may
then turn it into a response flood when flushing the
queue ;)): I ran a simple script with incremental ASCONF
serial numbers and could see the server side consuming
excessive amount of RAM [before/after: up to 2GB and more].
The issue at heart is that the chunk train basically ends
with !end_of_packet and !singleton markers and since commit
2e3216cd54 ("sctp: Follow security requirement of responding
with 1 packet") therefore preventing an output queue flush
point in sctp_do_sm() -> sctp_cmd_interpreter() on the input
chunk (chunk = event_arg) even though local_cork is set,
but its precedence has changed since then. In the normal
case, the last chunk with end_of_packet=1 would trigger the
queue flush to accommodate possible outgoing bundling.
In the input queue, sctp_inq_pop() seems to do the right thing
in terms of discarding invalid chunks. So, above JUNK will
not enter the state machine and instead be released and exit
the sctp_assoc_bh_rcv() chunk processing loop. It's simply
the flush point being missing at loop exit. Adding a try-flush
approach on the output queue might not work as the underlying
infrastructure might be long gone at this point due to the
side-effect interpreter run.
One possibility, albeit a bit of a kludge, would be to defer
invalid chunk freeing into the state machine in order to
possibly trigger packet discards and thus indirectly a queue
flush on error. It would surely be better to discard chunks
as in the current, perhaps better controlled environment, but
going back and forth, it's simply architecturally not possible.
I tried various trailing JUNK attack cases and it seems to
look good now.
Joint work with Vlad Yasevich.
Fixes: 2e3216cd54 ("sctp: Follow security requirement of responding with 1 packet")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving a e.g. semi-good formed connection scan in the
form of ...
-------------- INIT[ASCONF; ASCONF_ACK] ------------->
<----------- INIT-ACK[ASCONF; ASCONF_ACK] ------------
-------------------- COOKIE-ECHO -------------------->
<-------------------- COOKIE-ACK ---------------------
---------------- ASCONF_a; ASCONF_b ----------------->
... where ASCONF_a equals ASCONF_b chunk (at least both serials
need to be equal), we panic an SCTP server!
The problem is that good-formed ASCONF chunks that we reply with
ASCONF_ACK chunks are cached per serial. Thus, when we receive a
same ASCONF chunk twice (e.g. through a lost ASCONF_ACK), we do
not need to process them again on the server side (that was the
idea, also proposed in the RFC). Instead, we know it was cached
and we just resend the cached chunk instead. So far, so good.
Where things get nasty is in SCTP's side effect interpreter, that
is, sctp_cmd_interpreter():
While incoming ASCONF_a (chunk = event_arg) is being marked
!end_of_packet and !singleton, and we have an association context,
we do not flush the outqueue the first time after processing the
ASCONF_ACK singleton chunk via SCTP_CMD_REPLY. Instead, we keep it
queued up, although we set local_cork to 1. Commit 2e3216cd54
changed the precedence, so that as long as we get bundled, incoming
chunks we try possible bundling on outgoing queue as well. Before
this commit, we would just flush the output queue.
Now, while ASCONF_a's ASCONF_ACK sits in the corked outq, we
continue to process the same ASCONF_b chunk from the packet. As
we have cached the previous ASCONF_ACK, we find it, grab it and
do another SCTP_CMD_REPLY command on it. So, effectively, we rip
the chunk->list pointers and requeue the same ASCONF_ACK chunk
another time. Since we process ASCONF_b, it's correctly marked
with end_of_packet and we enforce an uncork, and thus flush, thus
crashing the kernel.
Fix it by testing if the ASCONF_ACK is currently pending and if
that is the case, do not requeue it. When flushing the output
queue we may relink the chunk for preparing an outgoing packet,
but eventually unlink it when it's copied into the skb right
before transmission.
Joint work with Vlad Yasevich.
Fixes: 2e3216cd54 ("sctp: Follow security requirement of responding with 1 packet")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 6f4c618ddb ("SCTP : Add paramters validity check for
ASCONF chunk") added basic verification of ASCONF chunks, however,
it is still possible to remotely crash a server by sending a
special crafted ASCONF chunk, even up to pre 2.6.12 kernels:
skb_over_panic: text:ffffffffa01ea1c3 len:31056 put:30768
head:ffff88011bd81800 data:ffff88011bd81800 tail:0x7950
end:0x440 dev:<NULL>
------------[ cut here ]------------
kernel BUG at net/core/skbuff.c:129!
[...]
Call Trace:
<IRQ>
[<ffffffff8144fb1c>] skb_put+0x5c/0x70
[<ffffffffa01ea1c3>] sctp_addto_chunk+0x63/0xd0 [sctp]
[<ffffffffa01eadaf>] sctp_process_asconf+0x1af/0x540 [sctp]
[<ffffffff8152d025>] ? _read_unlock_bh+0x15/0x20
[<ffffffffa01e0038>] sctp_sf_do_asconf+0x168/0x240 [sctp]
[<ffffffffa01e3751>] sctp_do_sm+0x71/0x1210 [sctp]
[<ffffffff8147645d>] ? fib_rules_lookup+0xad/0xf0
[<ffffffffa01e6b22>] ? sctp_cmp_addr_exact+0x32/0x40 [sctp]
[<ffffffffa01e8393>] sctp_assoc_bh_rcv+0xd3/0x180 [sctp]
[<ffffffffa01ee986>] sctp_inq_push+0x56/0x80 [sctp]
[<ffffffffa01fcc42>] sctp_rcv+0x982/0xa10 [sctp]
[<ffffffffa01d5123>] ? ipt_local_in_hook+0x23/0x28 [iptable_filter]
[<ffffffff8148bdc9>] ? nf_iterate+0x69/0xb0
[<ffffffff81496d10>] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x0/0x2d0
[<ffffffff8148bf86>] ? nf_hook_slow+0x76/0x120
[<ffffffff81496d10>] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x0/0x2d0
[<ffffffff81496ded>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0xdd/0x2d0
[<ffffffff81497078>] ip_local_deliver+0x98/0xa0
[<ffffffff8149653d>] ip_rcv_finish+0x12d/0x440
[<ffffffff81496ac5>] ip_rcv+0x275/0x350
[<ffffffff8145c88b>] __netif_receive_skb+0x4ab/0x750
[<ffffffff81460588>] netif_receive_skb+0x58/0x60
This can be triggered e.g., through a simple scripted nmap
connection scan injecting the chunk after the handshake, for
example, ...
-------------- INIT[ASCONF; ASCONF_ACK] ------------->
<----------- INIT-ACK[ASCONF; ASCONF_ACK] ------------
-------------------- COOKIE-ECHO -------------------->
<-------------------- COOKIE-ACK ---------------------
------------------ ASCONF; UNKNOWN ------------------>
... where ASCONF chunk of length 280 contains 2 parameters ...
1) Add IP address parameter (param length: 16)
2) Add/del IP address parameter (param length: 255)
... followed by an UNKNOWN chunk of e.g. 4 bytes. Here, the
Address Parameter in the ASCONF chunk is even missing, too.
This is just an example and similarly-crafted ASCONF chunks
could be used just as well.
The ASCONF chunk passes through sctp_verify_asconf() as all
parameters passed sanity checks, and after walking, we ended
up successfully at the chunk end boundary, and thus may invoke
sctp_process_asconf(). Parameter walking is done with
WORD_ROUND() to take padding into account.
In sctp_process_asconf()'s TLV processing, we may fail in
sctp_process_asconf_param() e.g., due to removal of the IP
address that is also the source address of the packet containing
the ASCONF chunk, and thus we need to add all TLVs after the
failure to our ASCONF response to remote via helper function
sctp_add_asconf_response(), which basically invokes a
sctp_addto_chunk() adding the error parameters to the given
skb.
When walking to the next parameter this time, we proceed
with ...
length = ntohs(asconf_param->param_hdr.length);
asconf_param = (void *)asconf_param + length;
... instead of the WORD_ROUND()'ed length, thus resulting here
in an off-by-one that leads to reading the follow-up garbage
parameter length of 12336, and thus throwing an skb_over_panic
for the reply when trying to sctp_addto_chunk() next time,
which implicitly calls the skb_put() with that length.
Fix it by using sctp_walk_params() [ which is also used in
INIT parameter processing ] macro in the verification *and*
in ASCONF processing: it will make sure we don't spill over,
that we walk parameters WORD_ROUND()'ed. Moreover, we're being
more defensive and guard against unknown parameter types and
missized addresses.
Joint work with Vlad Yasevich.
Fixes: b896b82be4ae ("[SCTP] ADDIP: Support for processing incoming ASCONF_ACK chunks.")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set hook_mask to zero for non-base chains, otherwise people may hit
bogus errors from the xt_check_target() and xt_check_match() when
validating the uninitialized hook_mask.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It affects non-(V)HT rates and can lead to selecting an rts_cts rate
that is not a basic rate or way superior to the reference rate (ATM
rates[0] used for the 1st attempt of the protected frame data).
E.g, assuming drivers register growing (bitrate) sorted tables of
ieee80211_rate-s, having :
- rates[0].idx == d'2 and basic_rates == b'10100
will select rts_cts idx b'10011 & ~d'(BIT(2)-1), i.e. 1, likewise
- rates[0].idx == d'2 and basic_rates == b'10001
will select rts_cts idx b'10000
The first is not a basic rate and the second is > rates[0].
Also, wrt severity of the addressed misbehavior, ATM we only have one
rts_cts_rate_idx rather than one per rate table entry, so this idx might
still point to bitrates > rates[1..MAX_RATES].
Fixes: 5253ffb8c9 ("mac80211: always pick a basic rate to tx RTS/CTS for pre-HT rates")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In kernel we have %*pE specifier to print an escaped buffer. All users
now switched to that approach.
This fixes a bug as well. The current implementation wrongly prints
octal numbers: only two first digits are used in case when 3 are
required and the rest of the string ends up cut off.
Additionally by default the \f, \v, \a, and \e are escaped to their
alphabetic representation. It's safe to do since it is currently used
for messaging only.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Cc: "John W . Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The kernel used to contain two functions for length-delimited,
case-insensitive string comparison, strnicmp with correct semantics and
a slightly buggy strncasecmp. The latter is the POSIX name, so strnicmp
was renamed to strncasecmp, and strnicmp made into a wrapper for the new
strncasecmp to avoid breaking existing users.
To allow the compat wrapper strnicmp to be removed at some point in the
future, and to avoid the extra indirection cost, do
s/strnicmp/strncasecmp/g.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Cc: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Acked-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The kernel used to contain two functions for length-delimited,
case-insensitive string comparison, strnicmp with correct semantics and
a slightly buggy strncasecmp. The latter is the POSIX name, so strnicmp
was renamed to strncasecmp, and strnicmp made into a wrapper for the new
strncasecmp to avoid breaking existing users.
To allow the compat wrapper strnicmp to be removed at some point in the
future, and to avoid the extra indirection cost, do
s/strnicmp/strncasecmp/g.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This adds the missing validation code to avoid the use of nat/masq from
non-nat chains. The validation assumes two possible configuration
scenarios:
1) Use of nat from base chain that is not of nat type. Reject this
configuration from the nft_*_init() path of the expression.
2) Use of nat from non-base chain. In this case, we have to wait until
the non-base chain is referenced by at least one base chain via
jump/goto. This is resolved from the nft_*_validate() path which is
called from nf_tables_check_loops().
The user gets an -EOPNOTSUPP in both cases.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull vfs updates from Al Viro:
"The big thing in this pile is Eric's unmount-on-rmdir series; we
finally have everything we need for that. The final piece of prereqs
is delayed mntput() - now filesystem shutdown always happens on
shallow stack.
Other than that, we have several new primitives for iov_iter (Matt
Wilcox, culled from his XIP-related series) pushing the conversion to
->read_iter()/ ->write_iter() a bit more, a bunch of fs/dcache.c
cleanups and fixes (including the external name refcounting, which
gives consistent behaviour of d_move() wrt procfs symlinks for long
and short names alike) and assorted cleanups and fixes all over the
place.
This is just the first pile; there's a lot of stuff from various
people that ought to go in this window. Starting with
unionmount/overlayfs mess... ;-/"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (60 commits)
fs/file_table.c: Update alloc_file() comment
vfs: Deduplicate code shared by xattr system calls operating on paths
reiserfs: remove pointless forward declaration of struct nameidata
don't need that forward declaration of struct nameidata in dcache.h anymore
take dname_external() into fs/dcache.c
let path_init() failures treated the same way as subsequent link_path_walk()
fix misuses of f_count() in ppp and netlink
ncpfs: use list_for_each_entry() for d_subdirs walk
vfs: move getname() from callers to do_mount()
gfs2_atomic_open(): skip lookups on hashed dentry
[infiniband] remove pointless assignments
gadgetfs: saner API for gadgetfs_create_file()
f_fs: saner API for ffs_sb_create_file()
jfs: don't hash direct inode
[s390] remove pointless assignment of ->f_op in vmlogrdr ->open()
ecryptfs: ->f_op is never NULL
android: ->f_op is never NULL
nouveau: __iomem misannotations
missing annotation in fs/file.c
fs: namespace: suppress 'may be used uninitialized' warnings
...
Pull security subsystem updates from James Morris.
Mostly ima, selinux, smack and key handling updates.
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/linux-security: (65 commits)
integrity: do zero padding of the key id
KEYS: output last portion of fingerprint in /proc/keys
KEYS: strip 'id:' from ca_keyid
KEYS: use swapped SKID for performing partial matching
KEYS: Restore partial ID matching functionality for asymmetric keys
X.509: If available, use the raw subjKeyId to form the key description
KEYS: handle error code encoded in pointer
selinux: normalize audit log formatting
selinux: cleanup error reporting in selinux_nlmsg_perm()
KEYS: Check hex2bin()'s return when generating an asymmetric key ID
ima: detect violations for mmaped files
ima: fix race condition on ima_rdwr_violation_check and process_measurement
ima: added ima_policy_flag variable
ima: return an error code from ima_add_boot_aggregate()
ima: provide 'ima_appraise=log' kernel option
ima: move keyring initialization to ima_init()
PKCS#7: Handle PKCS#7 messages that contain no X.509 certs
PKCS#7: Better handling of unsupported crypto
KEYS: Overhaul key identification when searching for asymmetric keys
KEYS: Implement binary asymmetric key ID handling
...
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"This set fixes a bunch of fallout from the changes that went in during
this merge window, particularly:
- Fix fsl_pq_mdio (Claudiu Manoil) and fm10k (Pranith Kumar) build
failures.
- Several networking drivers do atomic_set() on page counts where
that's not exactly legal. From Eric Dumazet.
- Make __skb_flow_get_ports() work cleanly with unaligned data, from
Alexander Duyck.
- Fix some kernel-doc buglets in rfkill and netlabel, from Fabian
Frederick.
- Unbalanced enable_irq_wake usage in bcmgenet and systemport
drivers, from Florian Fainelli.
- pxa168_eth needs to depend on HAS_DMA, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
- Multi-dequeue in the qdisc layer severely bypasses the fairness
limits the previous code used to enforce, reintroduce in a way that
at the same time doesn't compromise bulk dequeue opportunities.
From Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
- macvlan receive path unnecessarily hops through a softirq by using
netif_rx() instead of netif_receive_skb(). From Jason Baron"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (51 commits)
net: systemport: avoid unbalanced enable_irq_wake calls
net: bcmgenet: avoid unbalanced enable_irq_wake calls
net: bcmgenet: fix off-by-one in incrementing read pointer
net: fix races in page->_count manipulation
mlx4: fix race accessing page->_count
ixgbe: fix race accessing page->_count
igb: fix race accessing page->_count
fm10k: fix race accessing page->_count
net/phy: micrel: Add clock support for KSZ8021/KSZ8031
flow-dissector: Fix alignment issue in __skb_flow_get_ports
net: filter: fix the comments
Documentation: replace __sk_run_filter with __bpf_prog_run
macvlan: optimize the receive path
macvlan: pass 'bool' type to macvlan_count_rx()
drivers: net: xgene: Add 10GbE ethtool support
drivers: net: xgene: Add 10GbE support
drivers: net: xgene: Preparing for adding 10GbE support
dtb: Add 10GbE node to APM X-Gene SoC device tree
Documentation: dts: Update section header for APM X-Gene
MAINTAINERS: Update APM X-Gene section
...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=Hhee
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'locks-v3.18-1' of git://git.samba.org/jlayton/linux
Pull file locking related changes from Jeff Layton:
"This release is a little more busy for file locking changes than the
last:
- a set of patches from Kinglong Mee to fix the lockowner handling in
knfsd
- a pile of cleanups to the internal file lease API. This should get
us a bit closer to allowing for setlease methods that can block.
There are some dependencies between mine and Bruce's trees this cycle,
and I based my tree on top of the requisite patches in Bruce's tree"
* tag 'locks-v3.18-1' of git://git.samba.org/jlayton/linux: (26 commits)
locks: fix fcntl_setlease/getlease return when !CONFIG_FILE_LOCKING
locks: flock_make_lock should return a struct file_lock (or PTR_ERR)
locks: set fl_owner for leases to filp instead of current->files
locks: give lm_break a return value
locks: __break_lease cleanup in preparation of allowing direct removal of leases
locks: remove i_have_this_lease check from __break_lease
locks: move freeing of leases outside of i_lock
locks: move i_lock acquisition into generic_*_lease handlers
locks: define a lm_setup handler for leases
locks: plumb a "priv" pointer into the setlease routines
nfsd: don't keep a pointer to the lease in nfs4_file
locks: clean up vfs_setlease kerneldoc comments
locks: generic_delete_lease doesn't need a file_lock at all
nfsd: fix potential lease memory leak in nfs4_setlease
locks: close potential race in lease_get_mtime
security: make security_file_set_fowner, f_setown and __f_setown void return
locks: consolidate "nolease" routines
locks: remove lock_may_read and lock_may_write
lockd: rip out deferred lock handling from testlock codepath
NFSD: Get reference of lockowner when coping file_lock
...
This is illegal to use atomic_set(&page->_count, ...) even if we 'own'
the page. Other entities in the kernel need to use get_page_unless_zero()
to get a reference to the page before testing page properties, so we could
loose a refcount increment.
The only case it is valid is when page->_count is 0
Fixes: 540eb7bf0b ("net: Update alloc frag to reduce get/put page usage and recycle pages")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumaze <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch addresses a kernel unaligned access bug seen on a sparc64 system
with an igb adapter. Specifically the __skb_flow_get_ports was returning a
be32 pointer which was then having the value directly returned.
In order to prevent this it is actually easier to simply not populate the
ports or address values when an skb is not present. In this case the
assumption is that the data isn't needed and rather than slow down the
faster aligned accesses by making them have to assume the unaligned path on
architectures that don't support efficent unaligned access it makes more
sense to simply switch off the bits that were copying the source and
destination address/port for the case where we only care about the protocol
types and lengths which are normally 16 bit fields anyway.
Reported-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. sk_run_filter has been renamed, sk_filter() is using SK_RUN_FILTER.
2. Remove wrong comments about storing intermediate value.
3. replace sk_run_filter with __bpf_prog_run for check_load_and_stores's
comments
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
minimal configurations where EPOLL, PERF_EVENTS, etc are disabled,
but NET is enabled, are failing to build with link error:
kernel/built-in.o: In function `bpf_prog_load':
syscall.c:(.text+0x3b728): undefined reference to `anon_inode_getfd'
fix it by selecting ANON_INODES when NET is enabled
Reported-by: Michal Sojka <sojkam1@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net-next
This batch contains two fixes for what you have in your net-next,
they are:
1) Remove nf_send_reset6() from header file. This function now resides
in the nf_reject_ipv6 module. Reported by Eric Dumazet.
2) Fix wrong NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_MAX definition and adjust code to fix
errors reported by Dan Carpenter's static analysis tools.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-10-09
Please pull this batch of fixes intended for the 3.18 stream!
Andrea Merello makes rtl818x_pci use a more reasonable transmission
rate for HW generated frames.
Fabian Frederick tweaks some kernel-doc bits to avoid warnings.
Larry Finger corrects a possible unaligned access in the rtlwifi code.
Marek Puzyniak avoids a kernel panic in ath9k_hw_reset.
Sujith Manoharan goes for the hat trick -- he fixes a smatch warning
in the shared ath code, he fixes a crash in ath9k, and he corrects
a sequence number assignment problem in ath9k too.
For ease of merging, I pulled the last bits of the wireless tree as well...
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ATM, specifying the frequency when connecting sends a void 'supported
rates' EID.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
[fix memory leak in error path]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is okay to enable DFS for channel contexts
based drivers as long as no combination advertises
radar detection and multi-channel operation at the
same time.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull percpu updates from Tejun Heo:
"A lot of activities on percpu front. Notable changes are...
- percpu allocator now can take @gfp. If @gfp doesn't contain
GFP_KERNEL, it tries to allocate from what's already available to
the allocator and a work item tries to keep the reserve around
certain level so that these atomic allocations usually succeed.
This will replace the ad-hoc percpu memory pool used by
blk-throttle and also be used by the planned blkcg support for
writeback IOs.
Please note that I noticed a bug in how @gfp is interpreted while
preparing this pull request and applied the fix 6ae833c7fe
("percpu: fix how @gfp is interpreted by the percpu allocator")
just now.
- percpu_ref now uses longs for percpu and global counters instead of
ints. It leads to more sparse packing of the percpu counters on
64bit machines but the overhead should be negligible and this
allows using percpu_ref for refcnting pages and in-memory objects
directly.
- The switching between percpu and single counter modes of a
percpu_ref is made independent of putting the base ref and a
percpu_ref can now optionally be initialized in single or killed
mode. This allows avoiding percpu shutdown latency for cases where
the refcounted objects may be synchronously created and destroyed
in rapid succession with only a fraction of them reaching fully
operational status (SCSI probing does this when combined with
blk-mq support). It's also planned to be used to implement forced
single mode to detect underflow more timely for debugging.
There's a separate branch percpu/for-3.18-consistent-ops which cleans
up the duplicate percpu accessors. That branch causes a number of
conflicts with s390 and other trees. I'll send a separate pull
request w/ resolutions once other branches are merged"
* 'for-3.18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu: (33 commits)
percpu: fix how @gfp is interpreted by the percpu allocator
blk-mq, percpu_ref: start q->mq_usage_counter in atomic mode
percpu_ref: make INIT_ATOMIC and switch_to_atomic() sticky
percpu_ref: add PERCPU_REF_INIT_* flags
percpu_ref: decouple switching to percpu mode and reinit
percpu_ref: decouple switching to atomic mode and killing
percpu_ref: add PCPU_REF_DEAD
percpu_ref: rename things to prepare for decoupling percpu/atomic mode switch
percpu_ref: replace pcpu_ prefix with percpu_
percpu_ref: minor code and comment updates
percpu_ref: relocate percpu_ref_reinit()
Revert "blk-mq, percpu_ref: implement a kludge for SCSI blk-mq stall during probe"
Revert "percpu: free percpu allocation info for uniprocessor system"
percpu-refcount: make percpu_ref based on longs instead of ints
percpu-refcount: improve WARN messages
percpu: fix locking regression in the failure path of pcpu_alloc()
percpu-refcount: add @gfp to percpu_ref_init()
proportions: add @gfp to init functions
percpu_counter: add @gfp to percpu_counter_init()
percpu_counter: make percpu_counters_lock irq-safe
...
Restore the quota fairness between qdisc's, that we broke with commit
5772e9a346 ("qdisc: bulk dequeue support for qdiscs with TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE").
Before that commit, the quota in __qdisc_run() were in packets as
dequeue_skb() would only dequeue a single packet, that assumption
broke with bulk dequeue.
We choose not to account for the number of packets inside the TSO/GSO
packets (accessable via "skb_gso_segs"). As the previous fairness
also had this "defect". Thus, GSO/TSO packets counts as a single
packet.
Further more, we choose to slack on accuracy, by allowing a bulk
dequeue try_bulk_dequeue_skb() to exceed the "packets" limit, only
limited by the BQL bytelimit. This is done because BQL prefers to get
its full budget for appropriate feedback from TX completion.
In future, we might consider reworking this further and, if it allows,
switch to a time-based model, as suggested by Eric. Right now, we only
restore old semantics.
Joint work with Eric, Hannes, Daniel and Jesper. Hannes wrote the
first patch in cooperation with Daniel and Jesper. Eric rewrote the
patch.
Fixes: 5772e9a346 ("qdisc: bulk dequeue support for qdiscs with TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix following warning.
Warning(.//net/core/skbuff.c:4142): No description found for parameter 'header_len'
Warning(.//net/core/skbuff.c:4142): No description found for parameter 'data_len'
Warning(.//net/core/skbuff.c:4142): No description found for parameter 'max_page_order'
Warning(.//net/core/skbuff.c:4142): No description found for parameter 'errcode'
Warning(.//net/core/skbuff.c:4142): No description found for parameter 'gfp_mask'
Acutually the descriptions exist, but missing "@" in front.
This problem start to happen when following commit was merged
into Linus's tree during 3.18-rc1 merge period.
commit 2e4e441071
net: add alloc_skb_with_frags() helper
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to store ieee80211_vif_use_reserved_context()
result and test it before returning.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel switch with multiple channel contexts should now work fine.
Remove check that disallows switches when multiple contexts are in
use.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of immediately reopening the queues (in case of block_tx),
calling the post_channel_switch operation and sending the
notification, wait for the first beacon on the new channel. This
makes sure that we don't lose packets if the AP/GO is not on the new
channel yet.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a
post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to
a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers may need to prepare for a channel switch also when it is
initiated from the remote side (eg. station, P2P client). To make
this possible, add a generic callback that can be called for all
interface types.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The Extended Channel Switching capability bit in the extended
capabilities element must be set if the driver supports CSA on
non-beaconing interfaces.
Since this capability needs to be set during driver registration, the
extended_capabiliities global variable needs to be moved to the local
structure so that it can be modified.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices may need the device timestamp in order to synchronize the
channel switch. To pass this value back to the driver, add it to the
channel switch structure and copy the device_timestamp value received
in the rx info structure into it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The nl80211 channel switch count attribute
(NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT) is specified as u32, but the
specification uses u8 for the counter. To make sure strange things
don't happen without informing the user, sanity check the value and
return -EINVAL if it doesn't fit in u8.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement get_mpp and dump_mpp cfg80211_ops to export the content of the
802.11s mesh proxy path table to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add two new cfg80211 operations for querying a table with proxied mesh
paths.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Correct the kernel-doc, the parameter is called "blocked" not "state".
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The chandef of the channel context a vif is using may be different
than the chandef of the vif itself. For instance, the bandwidth used
by the vif may be narrower than the one configured in the channel
context. To avoid confusion, return the vif's chandef in
ieee80211_cfg_get_channel() instead of the chandef of the channel
context.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 5935839ad7 ("mac80211: improve minstrel_ht rate sorting by
throughput & probability") replaced the constant 8 with MCS_GROUP_RATES
when getting the number of streams of an HT MCS. See commit 7a5e3fa2c8
("mac80211: minstrel_ht: replace some occurences of MCS_GROUP_RATES").
Fixes: 5935839ad7 ("mac80211: improve minstrel_ht rate sorting by throughput & probability")
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Forgot to add an entry to the struct description of sta_info.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
we used to check for "nobody else could start doing anything with
that opened file" by checking that refcount was 2 or less - one
for descriptor table and one we'd acquired in fget() on the way to
wherever we are. That was race-prone (somebody else might have
had a reference to descriptor table and do fget() just as we'd
been checking) and it had become flat-out incorrect back when
we switched to fget_light() on those codepaths - unlike fget(),
it doesn't grab an extra reference unless the descriptor table
is shared. The same change allowed a race-free check, though -
we are safe exactly when refcount is less than 2.
It was a long time ago; pre-2.6.12 for ioctl() (the codepath leading
to ppp one) and 2.6.17 for sendmsg() (netlink one). OTOH,
netlink hadn't grown that check until 3.9 and ppp used to live
in drivers/net, not drivers/net/ppp until 3.1. The bug existed
well before that, though, and the same fix used to apply in old
location of file.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
no secid argument in netlbl_cfg_unlbl_static_del
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Most notable changes in here:
1) By far the biggest accomplishment, thanks to a large range of
contributors, is the addition of multi-send for transmit. This is
the result of discussions back in Chicago, and the hard work of
several individuals.
Now, when the ->ndo_start_xmit() method of a driver sees
skb->xmit_more as true, it can choose to defer the doorbell
telling the driver to start processing the new TX queue entires.
skb->xmit_more means that the generic networking is guaranteed to
call the driver immediately with another SKB to send.
There is logic added to the qdisc layer to dequeue multiple
packets at a time, and the handling mis-predicted offloads in
software is now done with no locks held.
Finally, pktgen is extended to have a "burst" parameter that can
be used to test a multi-send implementation.
Several drivers have xmit_more support: i40e, igb, ixgbe, mlx4,
virtio_net
Adding support is almost trivial, so export more drivers to
support this optimization soon.
I want to thank, in no particular or implied order, Jesper
Dangaard Brouer, Eric Dumazet, Alexander Duyck, Tom Herbert, Jamal
Hadi Salim, John Fastabend, Florian Westphal, Daniel Borkmann,
David Tat, Hannes Frederic Sowa, and Rusty Russell.
2) PTP and timestamping support in bnx2x, from Michal Kalderon.
3) Allow adjusting the rx_copybreak threshold for a driver via
ethtool, and add rx_copybreak support to enic driver. From
Govindarajulu Varadarajan.
4) Significant enhancements to the generic PHY layer and the bcm7xxx
driver in particular (EEE support, auto power down, etc.) from
Florian Fainelli.
5) Allow raw buffers to be used for flow dissection, allowing drivers
to determine the optimal "linear pull" size for devices that DMA
into pools of pages. The objective is to get exactly the
necessary amount of headers into the linear SKB area pre-pulled,
but no more. The new interface drivers use is eth_get_headlen().
From WANG Cong, with driver conversions (several had their own
by-hand duplicated implementations) by Alexander Duyck and Eric
Dumazet.
6) Support checksumming more smoothly and efficiently for
encapsulations, and add "foo over UDP" facility. From Tom
Herbert.
7) Add Broadcom SF2 switch driver to DSA layer, from Florian
Fainelli.
8) eBPF now can load programs via a system call and has an extensive
testsuite. Alexei Starovoitov and Daniel Borkmann.
9) Major overhaul of the packet scheduler to use RCU in several major
areas such as the classifiers and rate estimators. From John
Fastabend.
10) Add driver for Intel FM10000 Ethernet Switch, from Alexander
Duyck.
11) Rearrange TCP_SKB_CB() to reduce cache line misses, from Eric
Dumazet.
12) Add Datacenter TCP congestion control algorithm support, From
Florian Westphal.
13) Reorganize sk_buff so that __copy_skb_header() is significantly
faster. From Eric Dumazet"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1558 commits)
netlabel: directly return netlbl_unlabel_genl_init()
net: add netdev_txq_bql_{enqueue, complete}_prefetchw() helpers
net: description of dma_cookie cause make xmldocs warning
cxgb4: clean up a type issue
cxgb4: potential shift wrapping bug
i40e: skb->xmit_more support
net: fs_enet: Add NAPI TX
net: fs_enet: Remove non NAPI RX
r8169:add support for RTL8168EP
net_sched: copy exts->type in tcf_exts_change()
wimax: convert printk to pr_foo()
af_unix: remove 0 assignment on static
ipv6: Do not warn for informational ICMP messages, regardless of type.
Update Intel Ethernet Driver maintainers list
bridge: Save frag_max_size between PRE_ROUTING and POST_ROUTING
tipc: fix bug in multicast congestion handling
net: better IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE support
net/mlx4_en: remove NETDEV_TX_BUSY
3c59x: fix bad split of cpu_to_le32(pci_map_single())
net: bcmgenet: fix Tx ring priority programming
...
No need to store netlbl_unlabel_genl_init result and test it before returning.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to copy exts->type when committing the change, otherwise
it would be always 0. This is a quick fix for -net and -stable,
for net-next tcf_exts will be removed.
Fixes: commit 33be627159 ("net_sched: act: use standard struct list_head")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull nfsd updates from Bruce Fields:
"Highlights:
- support the NFSv4.2 SEEK operation (allowing clients to support
SEEK_HOLE/SEEK_DATA), thanks to Anna.
- end the grace period early in a number of cases, mitigating a
long-standing annoyance, thanks to Jeff
- improve SMP scalability, thanks to Trond"
* 'for-3.18' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (55 commits)
nfsd: eliminate "to_delegation" define
NFSD: Implement SEEK
NFSD: Add generic v4.2 infrastructure
svcrdma: advertise the correct max payload
nfsd: introduce nfsd4_callback_ops
nfsd: split nfsd4_callback initialization and use
nfsd: introduce a generic nfsd4_cb
nfsd: remove nfsd4_callback.cb_op
nfsd: do not clear rpc_resp in nfsd4_cb_done_sequence
nfsd: fix nfsd4_cb_recall_done error handling
nfsd4: clarify how grace period ends
nfsd4: stop grace_time update at end of grace period
nfsd: skip subsequent UMH "create" operations after the first one for v4.0 clients
nfsd: set and test NFSD4_CLIENT_STABLE bit to reduce nfsdcltrack upcalls
nfsd: serialize nfsdcltrack upcalls for a particular client
nfsd: pass extra info in env vars to upcalls to allow for early grace period end
nfsd: add a v4_end_grace file to /proc/fs/nfsd
lockd: add a /proc/fs/lockd/nlm_end_grace file
nfsd: reject reclaim request when client has already sent RECLAIM_COMPLETE
nfsd: remove redundant boot_time parm from grace_done client tracking op
...
Highlights include:
Stable fixes:
- fix an NFSv4.1 state renewal regression
- fix open/lock state recovery error handling
- fix lock recovery when CREATE_SESSION/SETCLIENTID_CONFIRM fails
- fix statd when reconnection fails
- Don't wake tasks during connection abort
- Don't start reboot recovery if lease check fails
- fix duplicate proc entries
Features:
- pNFS block driver fixes and clean ups from Christoph
- More code cleanups from Anna
- Improve mmap() writeback performance
- Replace use of PF_TRANS with a more generic mechanism for avoiding
deadlocks in nfs_release_page
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJUMpFYAAoJEGcL54qWCgDywHYP/A7XNykwOGhoHVP1Cgr3xqoz
gVhAw97AEMZE8xSNVEGS++pJTe59JVzsIsYAwdHMwePV33l3zyzYorae6N9p7zWF
0xVaNQ4qNLVhbrNLAoB5KA/c3/jMnNjF5t15+8akZad5pt4kXLlhSKjyVpdEEtJE
A0eneXShMYEeLZoOJhpQt5bsw0OZ8YbWWEMjGlDqyeelvV3K1+zfivQOoyX6hS4w
XFkPEDmU7zunE/xFP9ZoUaVdLO0TvOWfEZ7STWoHm7NuWfPQiDb9w1mTnuZbZyka
ssezoGcitzwsjCcQ5e1iKTOoFRIsm/zYXFQgFQL7VFMBU1Tss9Of8047EyDkqcPF
GxctsGg0gQ2FkG7yx7JH7AKpyibOIuByQrQQ916coWSf7K0L4H4Rcky3vryroylP
1e1RI49xu215OTm+dLvlvYCv55bqCrTmaUGImZac18+ixD2eh6MNfW2ubSdxk89L
U2rTFV09Bd52N7IQOGQx1FBEI2ZnIFUV4UaFz7v+rGFxOnk6+WYe+iWyb4wC70Yc
8Jh/gTIQDd5aghql3FTieMOyfEvO6Re4pLMXmqEWMAevicx2t8DwkJriRu6X8Iy2
rlDlBPwu5QmRWC20Dc897f0VajwDtwdeB8puod7nobOWzOfx4FrNqLJ+jR3pmHUk
0otvJytqemXt+zkqqHKK
=/OQi
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-3.18-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client updates from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights include:
Stable fixes:
- fix an NFSv4.1 state renewal regression
- fix open/lock state recovery error handling
- fix lock recovery when CREATE_SESSION/SETCLIENTID_CONFIRM fails
- fix statd when reconnection fails
- don't wake tasks during connection abort
- don't start reboot recovery if lease check fails
- fix duplicate proc entries
Features:
- pNFS block driver fixes and clean ups from Christoph
- More code cleanups from Anna
- Improve mmap() writeback performance
- Replace use of PF_TRANS with a more generic mechanism for avoiding
deadlocks in nfs_release_page"
* tag 'nfs-for-3.18-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs: (66 commits)
NFSv4.1: Fix an NFSv4.1 state renewal regression
NFSv4: fix open/lock state recovery error handling
NFSv4: Fix lock recovery when CREATE_SESSION/SETCLIENTID_CONFIRM fails
NFS: Fabricate fscache server index key correctly
SUNRPC: Add missing support for RPC_CLNT_CREATE_NO_RETRANS_TIMEOUT
NFSv3: Fix missing includes of nfs3_fs.h
NFS/SUNRPC: Remove other deadlock-avoidance mechanisms in nfs_release_page()
NFS: avoid waiting at all in nfs_release_page when congested.
NFS: avoid deadlocks with loop-back mounted NFS filesystems.
MM: export page_wakeup functions
SCHED: add some "wait..on_bit...timeout()" interfaces.
NFS: don't use STABLE writes during writeback.
NFSv4: use exponential retry on NFS4ERR_DELAY for async requests.
rpc: Add -EPERM processing for xs_udp_send_request()
rpc: return sent and err from xs_sendpages()
lockd: Try to reconnect if statd has moved
SUNRPC: Don't wake tasks during connection abort
Fixing lease renewal
nfs: fix duplicate proc entries
pnfs/blocklayout: Fix a 64-bit division/remainder issue in bl_map_stripe
...
1/ Step down as dmaengine maintainer see commit 08223d80df "dmaengine
maintainer update"
2/ Removal of net_dma, as it has been marked 'broken' since 3.13 (commit
7787380336 "net_dma: mark broken"), without reports of performance
regression.
3/ Miscellaneous fixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=BBBv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'dmaengine-3.17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/djbw/dmaengine
Pull dmaengine updates from Dan Williams:
"Even though this has fixes marked for -stable, given the size and the
needed conflict resolutions this is 3.18-rc1/merge-window material.
These patches have been languishing in my tree for a long while. The
fact that I do not have the time to do proper/prompt maintenance of
this tree is a primary factor in the decision to step down as
dmaengine maintainer. That and the fact that the bulk of drivers/dma/
activity is going through Vinod these days.
The net_dma removal has not been in -next. It has developed simple
conflicts against mainline and net-next (for-3.18).
Continuing thanks to Vinod for staying on top of drivers/dma/.
Summary:
1/ Step down as dmaengine maintainer see commit 08223d80df
"dmaengine maintainer update"
2/ Removal of net_dma, as it has been marked 'broken' since 3.13
(commit 7787380336 "net_dma: mark broken"), without reports of
performance regression.
3/ Miscellaneous fixes"
* tag 'dmaengine-3.17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/djbw/dmaengine:
net: make tcp_cleanup_rbuf private
net_dma: revert 'copied_early'
net_dma: simple removal
dmaengine maintainer update
dmatest: prevent memory leakage on error path in thread
ioat: Use time_before_jiffies()
dmaengine: fix xor sources continuation
dma: mv_xor: Rename __mv_xor_slot_cleanup() to mv_xor_slot_cleanup()
dma: mv_xor: Remove all callers of mv_xor_slot_cleanup()
dma: mv_xor: Remove unneeded mv_xor_clean_completed_slots() call
ioat: Use pci_enable_msix_exact() instead of pci_enable_msix()
drivers: dma: Include appropriate header file in dca.c
drivers: dma: Mark functions as static in dma_v3.c
dma: mv_xor: Add DMA API error checks
ioat/dca: Use dev_is_pci() to check whether it is pci device
Use current logging functions and add module name prefix.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason to emit a log message for these.
Based upon a suggestion from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
As we may defragment the packet in IPv4 PRE_ROUTING and refragment
it after POST_ROUTING we should save the value of frag_max_size.
This is still very wrong as the bridge is supposed to leave the
packets intact, meaning that the right thing to do is to use the
original frag_list for fragmentation.
Unfortunately we don't currently guarantee that the frag_list is
left untouched throughout netfilter so until this changes this is
the best we can do.
There is also a spot in FORWARD where it appears that we can
forward a packet without going through fragmentation, mark it
so that we can fix it later.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One aim of commit 50100a5e39 ("tipc:
use pseudo message to wake up sockets after link congestion") was
to handle link congestion abatement in a uniform way for both unicast
and multicast transmit. However, the latter doesn't work correctly,
and has been broken since the referenced commit was applied.
If a user now sends a burst of multicast messages that is big
enough to cause broadcast link congestion, it will be put to sleep,
and not be waked up when the congestion abates as it should be.
This has two reasons. First, the flag that is used, TIPC_WAKEUP_USERS,
is set correctly, but in the wrong field. Instead of setting it in the
'action_flags' field of the arrival node struct, it is by mistake set
in the dummy node struct that is owned by the broadcast link, where it
will never tested for. Second, we cannot use the same flag for waking
up unicast and multicast users, since the function tipc_node_unlock()
needs to pick the wakeup pseudo messages to deliver from different
queues. It must hence be able to distinguish between the two cases.
This commit solves this problem by adding a new flag
TIPC_WAKEUP_BCAST_USERS, and a new function tipc_bclink_wakeup_user().
The latter is to be called by tipc_node_unlock() when the named flag,
now set in the correct field, is encountered.
v2: using explicit 'unsigned int' declaration instead of 'uint', as
per comment from David Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_MAX should be __NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_MAX - 1.
nft_reject_icmp_code() and nft_reject_icmpv6_code() are called from the
packet path, so BUG_ON in case we try to access an unknown abstracted
ICMP code. This should not happen since we already validate this from
nft_reject_{inet,bridge}_init().
Fixes: 51b0a5d ("netfilter: nft_reject: introduce icmp code abstraction for inet and bridge")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Testing xmit_more support with netperf and connected UDP sockets,
I found strange dst refcount false sharing.
Current handling of IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE is not optimal.
Dropping dst in validate_xmit_skb() is certainly too late in case
packet was queued by cpu X but dequeued by cpu Y
The logical point to take care of drop/force is in __dev_queue_xmit()
before even taking qdisc lock.
As Julian Anastasov pointed out, need for skb_dst() might come from some
packet schedulers or classifiers.
This patch adds new helper to cleanly express needs of various drivers
or qdiscs/classifiers.
Drivers that need skb_dst() in their ndo_start_xmit() should call
following helper in their setup instead of the prior :
dev->priv_flags &= ~IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE;
->
netif_keep_dst(dev);
Instead of using a single bit, we use two bits, one being
eventually rebuilt in bonding/team drivers.
The other one, is permanent and blocks IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE being
rebuilt in bonding/team. Eventually, we could add something
smarter later.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Probably not a big deal, but we'd better just use the
one we get in retry loop.
Fixes: commit 22e0f8b932 ("net: sched: make bstats per cpu and estimator RCU safe")
Reported-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a openvswitch compilation error when CONFIG_INET is not set:
=====================================================
In file included from include/net/geneve.h:4:0,
from net/openvswitch/flow_netlink.c:45:
include/net/udp_tunnel.h: In function 'udp_tunnel_handle_offloads':
>> include/net/udp_tunnel.h💯2: error: implicit declaration of function 'iptunnel_handle_offloads' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
>> return iptunnel_handle_offloads(skb, udp_csum, type);
>> ^
>> >> include/net/udp_tunnel.h💯2: warning: return makes pointer from integer without a cast
>> >> cc1: some warnings being treated as errors
=====================================================
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a sparse warning introduced by commit:
f579668406 (openvswitch: Add support for
Geneve tunneling.) caught by kbuild test robot:
reproduce:
# apt-get install sparse
# git checkout f579668406
# make ARCH=x86_64 allmodconfig
# make C=1 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__
#
#
# sparse warnings: (new ones prefixed by >>)
#
# >> net/openvswitch/vport-geneve.c:109:15: sparse: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
# net/openvswitch/vport-geneve.c:109:15: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] sport
# net/openvswitch/vport-geneve.c:109:15: got int
# >> net/openvswitch/vport-geneve.c:110:56: sparse: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types)
# net/openvswitch/vport-geneve.c:110:56: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] value
# net/openvswitch/vport-geneve.c:110:56: got restricted __be16 [usertype] sport
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki@yoshifuji.org>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Try to reduce number of possible fn_sernum mutation by constraining them
to their namespace.
Also remove rt_genid which I forgot to remove in 705f1c869d ("ipv6:
remove rt6i_genid").
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki@yoshifuji.org>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki@yoshifuji.org>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki@yoshifuji.org>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also renamed struct fib6_walker_t to fib6_walker and enum fib_walk_state_t
to fib6_walk_state as recommended by Cong Wang.
Cc: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki@yoshifuji.org>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marking this as static allows compiler to inline it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using the tcf_proto pointer 'tp' from inside the classifiers callback
is not valid because it may have been cleaned up by another call_rcu
occuring on another CPU.
'tp' is currently being used by tcf_unbind_filter() in this patch we
move instances of tcf_unbind_filter outside of the call_rcu() context.
This is safe to do because any running schedulers will either read the
valid class field or it will be zeroed.
And all schedulers today when the class is 0 do a lookup using the
same call used by the tcf_exts_bind(). So even if we have a running
classifier hit the null class pointer it will do a lookup and get
to the same result. This is particularly fragile at the moment because
the only way to verify this is to audit the schedulers call sites.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangconf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not RCU safe to destroy the action chain while there
is a possibility of readers accessing it. Move this code
into the rcu callback using the same rcu callback used in the
code patch to make a change to head.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the tcf_proto argument from the ematch code paths that
only need it to reference the net namespace. This allows simplifying
qdisc code paths especially when we need to tear down the ematch
from an RCU callback. In this case we can not guarentee that the
tcf_proto structure is still valid.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some TSO engines might have a too heavy setup cost, that impacts
performance on hosts sending small bursts (2 MSS per packet).
This patch adds a device gso_min_segs, allowing drivers to set
a minimum segment size for TSO packets, according to the NIC
performance.
Tested on a mlx4 NIC, this allows to get a ~110% increase of
throughput when sending 2 MSS per packet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case we find a general query with non-zero number of sources, we
are dropping the skb as it's malformed.
RFC3376, section 4.1.8. Number of Sources (N):
This number is zero in a General Query or a Group-Specific Query,
and non-zero in a Group-and-Source-Specific Query.
Therefore, reflect that by using kfree_skb() instead of consume_skb().
Fixes: d679c5324d ("igmp: avoid drop_monitor false positives")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use new ethtool [sg]et_tunable() to set tx_copybread (inline threshold)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Standard qdisc API to setup a timer implies an atomic operation on every
packet dequeue : qdisc_unthrottled()
It turns out this is not really needed for FQ, as FQ has no concept of
global qdisc throttling, being a qdisc handling many different flows,
some of them can be throttled, while others are not.
Fix is straightforward : add a 'bool throttle' to
qdisc_watchdog_schedule_ns(), and remove calls to qdisc_unthrottled()
in sch_fq.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Its unfortunate we have to walk again skb list to find the tail
after segmentation, even if data is probably hot in cpu caches.
skb_segment() can store the tail of the list into segs->prev,
and validate_xmit_skb_list() can immediately get the tail.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Openvswitch implementation is completely agnostic to the options
that are in use and can handle newly defined options without
further work. It does this by simply matching on a byte array
of options and allowing userspace to setup flows on this array.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Singed-off-by: Ansis Atteka <aatteka@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@noironetworks.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the size of the flow key grows, it can put some pressure on the
stack. This is particularly true in ovs_flow_cmd_set(), which needs several
copies of the key on the stack. One of those uses is logically separate,
so this factors it out to reduce stack pressure and improve readibility.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the flow information that is matched for tunnels and
the tunnel data passed around with packets is the same. However,
as additional information is added this is not necessarily desirable,
as in the case of pointers.
This adds a new structure for tunnel metadata which currently contains
only the existing struct. This change is purely internal to the kernel
since the current OVS_KEY_ATTR_IPV4_TUNNEL is simply a compressed version
of OVS_KEY_ATTR_TUNNEL that is translated at flow setup.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some tunnel formats have mechanisms for indicating that packets are
OAM frames that should be handled specially (either as high priority or
not forwarded beyond an endpoint). This provides support for allowing
those types of packets to be matched.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As new protocols are added, the size of the flow key tends to
increase although few protocols care about all of the fields. In
order to optimize this for hashing and matching, OVS uses a variable
length portion of the key. However, when fields are extracted from
the packet we must still zero out the entire key.
This is no longer necessary now that OVS implements masking. Any
fields (or holes in the structure) which are not part of a given
protocol will be by definition not part of the mask and zeroed out
during lookup. Furthermore, since masking already uses variable
length keys this zeroing operation automatically benefits as well.
In principle, the only thing that needs to be done at this point
is remove the memset() at the beginning of flow. However, some
fields assume that they are initialized to zero, which now must be
done explicitly. In addition, in the event of an error we must also
zero out corresponding fields to signal that there is no valid data
present. These increase the total amount of code but very little of
it is executed in non-error situations.
Removing the memset() reduces the profile of ovs_flow_extract()
from 0.64% to 0.56% when tested with large packets on a 10G link.
Suggested-by: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a device level support for Geneve -- Generic Network
Virtualization Encapsulation. The protocol is documented at
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-gross-geneve-01
Only protocol layer Geneve support is provided by this driver.
Openvswitch can be used for configuring, set up and tear down
functional Geneve tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently association restarts do not take into consideration the
state of the socket. When a restart happens, the current assocation
simply transitions into established state. This creates a condition
where a remote system, through a the restart procedure, may create a
local association that is no way reachable by user. The conditions
to trigger this are as follows:
1) Remote does not acknoledge some data causing data to remain
outstanding.
2) Local application calls close() on the socket. Since data
is still outstanding, the association is placed in SHUTDOWN_PENDING
state. However, the socket is closed.
3) The remote tries to create a new association, triggering a restart
on the local system. The association moves from SHUTDOWN_PENDING
to ESTABLISHED. At this point, it is no longer reachable by
any socket on the local system.
This patch addresses the above situation by moving the newly ESTABLISHED
association into SHUTDOWN-SENT state and bundling a SHUTDOWN after
the COOKIE-ACK chunk. This way, the restarted associate immidiately
enters the shutdown procedure and forces the termination of the
unreachable association.
Reported-by: David Laight <David.Laight@aculab.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-10-03
Please pull tihs batch of updates intended for the 3.18 stream!
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I have here a few things that depend on the latest mac80211's changes:
RRM, TPC, Quiet Period etc... Eyal keeps improving our rate control
and we have a new device ID. This last patch should probably have
gone to wireless.git, but at that stage, I preferred to send it to
-next and CC stable."
For (most of) the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"The only new feature is testmode support from me. Ben added a new method
to crash the firmware with an assert for debug purposes. As usual, we
have lots of smaller fixes from Michal. Matteo fixed a Kconfig
dependency with debugfs. I fixed some warnings recently added to
checkpatch."
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"We've had major updates for TI and ST Microelectronics drivers, and a
few NCI related changes.
For TI's trf7970a driver:
- Target mode support for trf7970a
- Suspend/resume support for trf7970a
- DT properties additions to handle different quirks
- A bunch of fixes for smartphone IOP related issues
For ST Microelectronics' ST21NFCA and ST21NFCB drivers:
- ISO15693 support for st21nfcb
- checkpatch and sparse related warning fixes
- Code cleanups and a few minor fixes
Finally, Marvell added ISO15693 support to the NCI stack, together with a
couple of NCI fixes."
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"This 3.18 pull request replaces the one I did on Monday ("bluetooth-next
2014-09-22", which hasn't been pulled yet). The additions since the last
request are:
- SCO connection fix for devices not supporting eSCO
- Cleanups regarding the SCO establishment logic
- Remove unnecessary return value from logging functions
- Header compression fix for 6lowpan
- Cleanups to the ieee802154/mrf24j40 driver
Here's a copy from previous request that this one replaces:
'
Here are some more patches for 3.18. They include various fixes to the
btusb HCI driver, a fix for LE SMP, as well as adding Jukka to the
MAINTAINERS file for generic 6LoWPAN (as requested by Alexander Aring).
I've held on to this pull request a bit since we were waiting for a SCO
related fix to get sorted out first. However, since the merge window is
getting closer I decided not to wait for it. If we do get the fix sorted
out there'll probably be a second small pull request later this week.
'"
And,
"Unless 3.17 gets delayed this will probably be our last -next pull request for
3.18. We've got:
- New Marvell hardware supportr
- Multicast support for 6lowpan
- Several of 6lowpan fixes & cleanups
- Fix for a (false-positive) lockdep warning in L2CAP
- Minor btusb cleanup"
On top of all that comes the usual sort of updates to ath5k, ath9k,
ath10k, brcmfmac, mwifiex, and wil6210. This time around there are
also a number of rtlwifi updates to enable some new hardware and
to reconcile the in-kernel drivers with some newer releases of the
Realtek vendor drivers. Also of note is some device tree work for
the bcma bus.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains another batch with Netfilter/IPVS updates
for net-next, they are:
1) Add abstracted ICMP codes to the nf_tables reject expression. We
introduce four reasons to reject using ICMP that overlap in IPv4
and IPv6 from the semantic point of view. This should simplify the
maintainance of dual stack rule-sets through the inet table.
2) Move nf_send_reset() functions from header files to per-family
nf_reject modules, suggested by Patrick McHardy.
3) We have to use IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_BRIDGE_NETFILTER) everywhere in the
code now that br_netfilter can be modularized. Convert remaining spots
in the network stack code.
4) Use rcu_barrier() in the nf_tables module removal path to ensure that
we don't leave object that are still pending to be released via
call_rcu (that may likely result in a crash).
5) Remove incomplete arch 32/64 compat from nft_compat. The original (bad)
idea was to probe the word size based on the xtables match/target info
size, but this assumption is wrong when you have to dump the information
back to userspace.
6) Allow to filter from prerouting and postrouting in the nf_tables bridge.
In order to emulate the ebtables NAT chains (which are actually simple
filter chains with no special semantics), we have support filtering from
this hooks too.
7) Add explicit module dependency between xt_physdev and br_netfilter.
This provides a way to detect if the user needs br_netfilter from
the configuration path. This should reduce the breakage of the
br_netfilter modularization.
8) Cleanup coding style in ip_vs.h, from Simon Horman.
9) Fix crash in the recently added nf_tables masq expression. We have
to register/unregister the notifiers to clean up the conntrack table
entries from the module init/exit path, not from the rule addition /
deletion path. From Arturo Borrero.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when vlan filtering is turned on on the bridge, the bridge
will drop all traffic untill the user configures the filter. This
isn't very nice for ports that don't care about vlans and just
want untagged traffic.
A concept of a default_pvid was recently introduced. This patch
adds filtering support for default_pvid. Now, ports that don't
care about vlans and don't define there own filter will belong
to the VLAN of the default_pvid and continue to receive untagged
traffic.
This filtering can be disabled by setting default_pvid to 0.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, if the pvid is not set, we return an illegal vlan value
even though the pvid value is set to 0. Since pvid of 0 is currently
invalid, just return 0 instead. This makes the current and future
checks simpler.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows the user to set and retrieve default_pvid
value. A new value can only be stored when vlan filtering
is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The result of a negated container has to be inverted before checking for
early ending.
This fixes my previous attempt (17c9c82326) to
make inverted containers work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Ignacy Gawędzki <ignacy.gawedzki@green-communications.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f7f1de51ed ("net: dsa: start and stop the PHY state machine")
add calls to phy_start() in dsa_slave_open() respectively phy_stop() in
dsa_slave_close().
We also call phy_start_aneg() in dsa_slave_create(), and this call is
messing up with the PHY state machine, since we basically start the
auto-negotiation, and later on restart it when calling phy_start().
phy_start() does not currently handle the PHY_FORCING or PHY_AN states
properly, but such a fix would be too invasive for this window.
Fixes: f7f1de51ed ("net: dsa: start and stop the PHY state machine")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SKB_FCLONE_UNAVAILABLE has overloaded meaning depending on type of skb.
1: If skb is allocated from head_cache, it indicates fclone is not available.
2: If skb is a companion fclone skb (allocated from fclone_cache), it indicates
it is available to be used.
To avoid confusion for case 2 above, this patch replaces
SKB_FCLONE_UNAVAILABLE with SKB_FCLONE_FREE where appropriate. For fclone
companion skbs, this indicates it is free for use.
SKB_FCLONE_UNAVAILABLE will now simply indicate skb is from head_cache and
cannot / will not have a companion fclone.
Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In xmit path, we build a flowi6 which will be used for the output route lookup.
We are sending a GRE packet, neither IPv4 nor IPv6 encapsulated packet, thus the
protocol should be IPPROTO_GRE.
Fixes: c12b395a46 ("gre: Support GRE over IPv6")
Reported-by: Matthieu Ternisien d'Ouville <matthieu.tdo@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows configuring IPIP, sit, and GRE tunnels to use GUE.
This is very similar to fou excpet that we need to insert the GUE header
in addition to the UDP header on transmit.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support receiving for GUE packets in the fou module. The
fou module now supports direct foo-over-udp (no encapsulation header)
and GUE. To support this a type parameter is added to the fou netlink
parameters.
For a GUE socket we define gue_udp_recv, gue_gro_receive, and
gue_gro_complete to handle the specifics of the GUE protocol. Most
of the code to manage and configure sockets is common with the fou.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes fou[46]_gro_receive and fou[46]_gro_complete
functions. The v4 or v6 variants were chosen for the UDP offloads
based on the address family of the socket this is not necessary
or correct. Alternatively, this patch adds is_ipv6 to napi_gro_skb.
This is set in udp6_gro_receive and unset in udp4_gro_receive. In
fou_gro_receive the value is used to select the correct inet_offloads
for the protocol of the outer IP header.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When adjusting max_header for the tunnel interface based on egress
device we need to account for any extra bytes in secondary encapsulation
(e.g. FOU).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_gro_receive() is only called from tcp_gro_receive() which is
not in a module.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Validation of skb can be pretty expensive :
GSO segmentation and/or checksum computations.
We can do this without holding qdisc lock, so that other cpus
can queue additional packets.
Trick is that requeued packets were already validated, so we carry
a boolean so that sch_direct_xmit() can validate a fresh skb list,
or directly use an old one.
Tested on 40Gb NIC (8 TX queues) and 200 concurrent flows, 48 threads
host.
Turning TSO on or off had no effect on throughput, only few more cpu
cycles. Lock contention on qdisc lock disappeared.
Same if disabling TX checksum offload.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I got a report of a double free happening at RDS slab cache. One
suspicion was that may be somewhere we were doing a sock_hold/sock_put
on an already freed sock. Thus after providing a kernel with the
following change:
static inline void sock_hold(struct sock *sk)
{
- atomic_inc(&sk->sk_refcnt);
+ if (!atomic_inc_not_zero(&sk->sk_refcnt))
+ WARN(1, "Trying to hold sock already gone: %p (family: %hd)\n",
+ sk, sk->sk_family);
}
The warning successfuly triggered:
Trying to hold sock already gone: ffff81f6dda61280 (family: 21)
WARNING: at include/net/sock.h:350 sock_hold()
Call Trace:
<IRQ> [<ffffffff8adac135>] :rds:rds_send_remove_from_sock+0xf0/0x21b
[<ffffffff8adad35c>] :rds:rds_send_drop_acked+0xbf/0xcf
[<ffffffff8addf546>] :rds_rdma:rds_ib_recv_tasklet_fn+0x256/0x2dc
[<ffffffff8009899a>] tasklet_action+0x8f/0x12b
[<ffffffff800125a2>] __do_softirq+0x89/0x133
[<ffffffff8005f30c>] call_softirq+0x1c/0x28
[<ffffffff8006e644>] do_softirq+0x2c/0x7d
[<ffffffff8006e4d4>] do_IRQ+0xee/0xf7
[<ffffffff8005e625>] ret_from_intr+0x0/0xa
<EOI>
Looking at the call chain above, the only way I think this would be
possible is if somewhere we already released the same socket->sock which
is assigned to the rds_message at rds_send_remove_from_sock. Which seems
only possible to happen after the tear down done on rds_release.
rds_release properly calls rds_send_drop_to to drop the socket from any
rds_message, and some proper synchronization is in place to avoid race
with rds_send_drop_acked/rds_send_remove_from_sock. However, I still see
a very narrow window where it may be possible we touch a sock already
released: when rds_release races with rds_send_drop_acked, we check
RDS_MSG_ON_CONN to avoid cleanup on the same rds_message, but in this
specific case we don't clear rm->m_rs. In this case, it seems we could
then go on at rds_send_drop_to and after it returns, the sock is freed
by last sock_put on rds_release, with concurrently we being at
rds_send_remove_from_sock; then at some point in the loop at
rds_send_remove_from_sock we process an rds_message which didn't have
rm->m_rs unset for a freed sock, and a possible sock_hold on an sock
already gone at rds_release happens.
This hopefully address the described condition above and avoids a double
free on "second last" sock_put. In addition, I removed the comment about
socket destruction on top of rds_send_drop_acked: we call rds_send_drop_to
in rds_release and we should have things properly serialized there, thus
I can't see the comment being accurate there.
Signed-off-by: Herton R. Krzesinski <herton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I see two problems if we consider the sock->ops->connect attempt to fail in
rds_tcp_conn_connect. The first issue is that for example we don't remove the
previously added rds_tcp_connection item to rds_tcp_tc_list at
rds_tcp_set_callbacks, which means that on a next reconnect attempt for the
same rds_connection, when rds_tcp_conn_connect is called we can again call
rds_tcp_set_callbacks, resulting in duplicated items on rds_tcp_tc_list,
leading to list corruption: to avoid this just make sure we call
properly rds_tcp_restore_callbacks before we exit. The second issue
is that we should also release the sock properly, by setting sock = NULL
only if we are returning without error.
Signed-off-by: Herton R. Krzesinski <herton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TSO and GSO segmented packets already benefit from bulking
on their own.
The TSO packets have always taken advantage of the only updating
the tailptr once for a large packet.
The GSO segmented packets have recently taken advantage of
bulking xmit_more API, via merge commit 53fda7f7f9 ("Merge
branch 'xmit_list'"), specifically via commit 7f2e870f2a ("net:
Move main gso loop out of dev_hard_start_xmit() into helper.")
allowing qdisc requeue of remaining list. And via commit
ce93718fb7 ("net: Don't keep around original SKB when we
software segment GSO frames.").
This patch allow further bulking of TSO/GSO packets together,
when dequeueing from the qdisc.
Testing:
Measuring HoL (Head-of-Line) blocking for TSO and GSO, with
netperf-wrapper. Bulking several TSO show no performance regressions
(requeues were in the area 32 requeues/sec).
Bulking several GSOs does show small regression or very small
improvement (requeues were in the area 8000 requeues/sec).
Using ixgbe 10Gbit/s with GSO bulking, we can measure some additional
latency. Base-case, which is "normal" GSO bulking, sees varying
high-prio queue delay between 0.38ms to 0.47ms. Bulking several GSOs
together, result in a stable high-prio queue delay of 0.50ms.
Using igb at 100Mbit/s with GSO bulking, shows an improvement.
Base-case sees varying high-prio queue delay between 2.23ms to 2.35ms
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on DaveM's recent API work on dev_hard_start_xmit(), that allows
sending/processing an entire skb list.
This patch implements qdisc bulk dequeue, by allowing multiple packets
to be dequeued in dequeue_skb().
The optimization principle for this is two fold, (1) to amortize
locking cost and (2) avoid expensive tailptr update for notifying HW.
(1) Several packets are dequeued while holding the qdisc root_lock,
amortizing locking cost over several packet. The dequeued SKB list is
processed under the TXQ lock in dev_hard_start_xmit(), thus also
amortizing the cost of the TXQ lock.
(2) Further more, dev_hard_start_xmit() will utilize the skb->xmit_more
API to delay HW tailptr update, which also reduces the cost per
packet.
One restriction of the new API is that every SKB must belong to the
same TXQ. This patch takes the easy way out, by restricting bulk
dequeue to qdisc's with the TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE flag, that specifies the
qdisc only have attached a single TXQ.
Some detail about the flow; dev_hard_start_xmit() will process the skb
list, and transmit packets individually towards the driver (see
xmit_one()). In case the driver stops midway in the list, the
remaining skb list is returned by dev_hard_start_xmit(). In
sch_direct_xmit() this returned list is requeued by dev_requeue_skb().
To avoid overshooting the HW limits, which results in requeuing, the
patch limits the amount of bytes dequeued, based on the drivers BQL
limits. In-effect bulking will only happen for BQL enabled drivers.
Small amounts for extra HoL blocking (2x MTU/0.24ms) were
measured at 100Mbit/s, with bulking 8 packets, but the
oscillating nature of the measurement indicate something, like
sched latency might be causing this effect. More comparisons
show, that this oscillation goes away occationally. Thus, we
disregard this artifact completely and remove any "magic" bulking
limit.
For now, as a conservative approach, stop bulking when seeing TSO and
segmented GSO packets. They already benefit from bulking on their own.
A followup patch add this, to allow easier bisect-ability for finding
regressions.
Jointed work with Hannes, Daniel and Florian.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have to register the notifiers in the masquerade expression from
the the module _init and _exit path.
This fixes crashes when removing the masquerade rule with no
ipt_MASQUERADE support in place (which was masking the problem).
Fixes: 9ba1f72 ("netfilter: nf_tables: add new nft_masq expression")
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
net/netfilter/nfnetlink.c
Both r8152 and nfnetlink conflicts were simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
You can use physdev to match the physical interface enslaved to the
bridge device. This information is stored in skb->nf_bridge and it is
set up by br_netfilter. So, this is only available when iptables is
used from the bridge netfilter path.
Since 34666d4 ("netfilter: bridge: move br_netfilter out of the core"),
the br_netfilter code is modular. To reduce the impact of this change,
we can autoload the br_netfilter if the physdev match is used since
we assume that the users need br_netfilter in place.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows us to emulate the NAT table in ebtables, which is actually
a plain filter chain that hooks at prerouting, output and postrouting.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This code was based on the wrong asumption that you can probe based
on the match/target private size that we get from userspace. This
doesn't work at all when you have to dump the info back to userspace
since you don't know what word size the userspace utility is using.
Currently, the extensions that require arch compat are limit match
and the ebt_mark match/target. The standard targets are not used by
the nft-xt compat layer, so they are not affected. We can work around
this limitation with a new revision that uses arch agnostic types.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In 34666d4 ("netfilter: bridge: move br_netfilter out of the core"),
the bridge netfilter code has been modularized.
Use IS_ENABLED instead of ifdef to cover the module case.
Fixes: 34666d4 ("netfilter: bridge: move br_netfilter out of the core")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move nf_send_reset() and nf_send_reset6() to nf_reject_ipv4 and
nf_reject_ipv6 respectively. This code is shared by x_tables and
nf_tables.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces the NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_UNREACH type which provides
an abstraction to the ICMP and ICMPv6 codes that you can use from the
inet and bridge tables, they are:
* NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_NO_ROUTE: no route to host - network unreachable
* NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_PORT_UNREACH: port unreachable
* NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_HOST_UNREACH: host unreachable
* NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_ADMIN_PROHIBITED: administratevely prohibited
You can still use the specific codes when restricting the rule to match
the corresponding layer 3 protocol.
I decided to not overload the existing NFT_REJECT_ICMP_UNREACH to have
different semantics depending on the table family and to allow the user
to specify ICMP family specific codes if they restrict it to the
corresponding family.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We did not return error if multicast packet transmit failed.
This might not be desired so return error also in this case.
If there are multiple 6lowpan devices where the multicast packet
is sent, then return error even if sending to only one of them fails.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Make sure that we are able to return EAGAIN from l2cap_chan_send()
even for multicast packets. The error code was ignored unncessarily.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If skb_unshare() returns NULL, then we leak the original skb.
Solution is to use temp variable to hold the new skb.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The earlier multicast commit 36b3dd250d ("Bluetooth: 6lowpan:
Ensure header compression does not corrupt IPv6 header") lost one
skb free which then caused memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP connection's channel list lock (conn->chan_lock) must never be
taken while already holding a channel lock (chan->lock) in order to
avoid lock-inversion and lockdep warnings. So far the l2cap_chan_connect
function has acquired the chan->lock early in the function and then
later called l2cap_chan_add(conn, chan) which will try to take the
conn->chan_lock. This violates the correct order of taking the locks and
may lead to the following type of lockdep warnings:
-> #1 (&conn->chan_lock){+.+...}:
[<c109324d>] lock_acquire+0x9d/0x140
[<c188459c>] mutex_lock_nested+0x6c/0x420
[<d0aab48e>] l2cap_chan_add+0x1e/0x40 [bluetooth]
[<d0aac618>] l2cap_chan_connect+0x348/0x8f0 [bluetooth]
[<d0cc9a91>] lowpan_control_write+0x221/0x2d0 [bluetooth_6lowpan]
-> #0 (&chan->lock){+.+.+.}:
[<c10928d8>] __lock_acquire+0x1a18/0x1d20
[<c109324d>] lock_acquire+0x9d/0x140
[<c188459c>] mutex_lock_nested+0x6c/0x420
[<d0ab05fd>] l2cap_connect_cfm+0x1dd/0x3f0 [bluetooth]
[<d0a909c4>] hci_le_meta_evt+0x11a4/0x1260 [bluetooth]
[<d0a910eb>] hci_event_packet+0x3ab/0x3120 [bluetooth]
[<d0a7cb08>] hci_rx_work+0x208/0x4a0 [bluetooth]
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
lock(&conn->chan_lock);
lock(&chan->lock);
lock(&conn->chan_lock);
lock(&chan->lock);
Before calling l2cap_chan_add() the channel is not part of the
conn->chan_l list, and can therefore only be accessed by the L2CAP user
(such as l2cap_sock.c). We can therefore assume that it is the
responsibility of the user to handle mutual exclusion until this point
(which we can see is already true in l2cap_sock.c by it in many places
touching chan members without holding chan->lock).
Since the hci_conn and by exctension l2cap_conn creation in the
l2cap_chan_connect() function depend on chan details we cannot simply
add a mutex_lock(&conn->chan_lock) in the beginning of the function
(since the conn object doesn't yet exist there). What we can do however
is move the chan->lock taking later into the function where we already
have the conn object and can that way take conn->chan_lock first.
This patch implements the above strategy and does some other necessary
changes such as using __l2cap_chan_add() which assumes conn->chan_lock
is held, as well as adding a second needed label so the unlocking
happens as it should.
Reported-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch demonstrates the effect of delaying update of HW tailptr.
(based on earlier patch by Jesper)
burst=1 is the default. It sends one packet with xmit_more=false
burst=2 sends one packet with xmit_more=true and
2nd copy of the same packet with xmit_more=false
burst=3 sends two copies of the same packet with xmit_more=true and
3rd copy with xmit_more=false
Performance with ixgbe (usec 30):
burst=1 tx:9.2 Mpps
burst=2 tx:13.5 Mpps
burst=3 tx:14.5 Mpps full 10G line rate
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for being able to propagate port states to e.g: notifiers
or other kernel parts, do not manipulate the port state directly, but
instead use a helper function which will allow us to do a bit more than
just setting the state.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the following crash:
[ 63.976822] general protection fault: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC
[ 63.980094] CPU: 1 PID: 15 Comm: ksoftirqd/1 Not tainted 3.17.0-rc6+ #648
[ 63.980094] Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
[ 63.980094] task: ffff880117dea690 ti: ffff880117dfc000 task.ti: ffff880117dfc000
[ 63.980094] RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff817e6d07>] [<ffffffff817e6d07>] u32_destroy_key+0x27/0x6d
[ 63.980094] RSP: 0018:ffff880117dffcc0 EFLAGS: 00010202
[ 63.980094] RAX: ffff880117dea690 RBX: ffff8800d02e0820 RCX: 0000000000000000
[ 63.980094] RDX: 0000000000000001 RSI: 0000000000000002 RDI: 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b6b
[ 63.980094] RBP: ffff880117dffcd0 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000000
[ 63.980094] R10: 00006c0900006ba8 R11: 00006ba100006b9d R12: 0000000000000001
[ 63.980094] R13: ffff8800d02e0898 R14: ffffffff817e6d4d R15: ffff880117387a30
[ 63.980094] FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff88011a800000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
[ 63.980094] CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 000000008005003b
[ 63.980094] CR2: 00007f07e6732fed CR3: 000000011665b000 CR4: 00000000000006e0
[ 63.980094] Stack:
[ 63.980094] ffff88011a9cd300 ffffffff82051ac0 ffff880117dffce0 ffffffff817e6d68
[ 63.980094] ffff880117dffd70 ffffffff810cb4c7 ffffffff810cb3cd ffff880117dfffd8
[ 63.980094] ffff880117dea690 ffff880117dea690 ffff880117dfffd8 000000000000000a
[ 63.980094] Call Trace:
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff817e6d68>] u32_delete_key_freepf_rcu+0x1b/0x1d
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff810cb4c7>] rcu_process_callbacks+0x3bb/0x691
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff810cb3cd>] ? rcu_process_callbacks+0x2c1/0x691
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff817e6d4d>] ? u32_destroy_key+0x6d/0x6d
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff810780a4>] __do_softirq+0x142/0x323
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff810782a8>] run_ksoftirqd+0x23/0x53
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff81092126>] smpboot_thread_fn+0x203/0x221
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff81091f23>] ? smpboot_unpark_thread+0x33/0x33
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff8108e44d>] kthread+0xc9/0xd1
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff819e00ea>] ? do_wait_for_common+0xf8/0x125
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff8108e384>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x61/0x61
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff819e43ec>] ret_from_fork+0x7c/0xb0
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff8108e384>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x61/0x61
tp could be freed in call_rcu callback too, the order is not guaranteed.
John Fastabend says:
====================
Its worth noting why this is safe. Any running schedulers will either
read the valid class field or it will be zeroed.
All schedulers today when the class is 0 do a lookup using the
same call used by the tcf_exts_bind(). So even if we have a running
classifier hit the null class pointer it will do a lookup and get
to the same result. This is particularly fragile at the moment because
the only way to verify this is to audit the schedulers call sites.
====================
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call skb_set_inner_protocol to set inner Ethernet protocol to
protocol being encapsulation by GRE before tunnel_xmit. This is
needed for GSO if UDP encapsulation (fou) is being done.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call skb_set_inner_ipproto to set inner IP protocol to IPPROTO_IPV4
before tunnel_xmit. This is needed if UDP encapsulation (fou) is
being done.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call skb_set_inner_ipproto to set inner IP protocol to IPPROTO_IPV6
before tunnel_xmit. This is needed if UDP encapsulation (fou) is
being done.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_udp_segment is the function called from udp4_ufo_fragment to
segment a UDP tunnel packet. This function currently assumes
segmentation is transparent Ethernet bridging (i.e. VXLAN
encapsulation). This patch generalizes the function to
operate on either Ethertype or IP protocol.
The inner_protocol field must be set to the protocol of the inner
header. This can now be either an Ethertype or an IP protocol
(in a union). A new flag in the skbuff indicates which type is
effective. skb_set_inner_protocol and skb_set_inner_ipproto
helper functions were added to set the inner_protocol. These
functions are called from the point where the tunnel encapsulation
is occuring.
When skb_udp_tunnel_segment is called, the function to segment the
inner packet is selected based on the inner IP or Ethertype. In the
case of an IP protocol encapsulation, the function is derived from
inet[6]_offloads. In the case of Ethertype, skb->protocol is
set to the inner_protocol and skb_mac_gso_segment is called. (GRE
currently does this, but it might be possible to lookup the protocol
in offload_base and call the appropriate segmenation function
directly).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fast clone cloning can actually avoid an atomic_inc(), if we
guarantee prior clone_ref value is 1.
This requires a change kfree_skbmem(), to perform the
atomic_dec_and_test() on clone_ref before setting fclone to
SKB_FCLONE_UNAVAILABLE.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ccid_activate is only called by __init ccid_initialize_builtins in same module.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dccp_mib_init is only called by __init dccp_init in same module.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lets use a proper structure to clearly document and implement
skb fast clones.
Then, we might experiment more easily alternative layouts.
This patch adds a new skb_fclone_busy() helper, used by tcp and xfrm,
to stop leaking of implementation details.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we have two different policies for orphan sockets
that repeatedly stall on zero window ACKs. If a socket gets
a zero window ACK when it is transmitting data, the RTO is
used to probe the window. The socket is aborted after roughly
tcp_orphan_retries() retries (as in tcp_write_timeout()).
But if the socket was idle when it received the zero window ACK,
and later wants to send more data, we use the probe timer to
probe the window. If the receiver always returns zero window ACKs,
icsk_probes keeps getting reset in tcp_ack() and the orphan socket
can stall forever until the system reaches the orphan limit (as
commented in tcp_probe_timer()). This opens up a simple attack
to create lots of hanging orphan sockets to burn the memory
and the CPU, as demonstrated in the recent netdev post "TCP
connection will hang in FIN_WAIT1 after closing if zero window is
advertised." http://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg296539.html
This patch follows the design in RTO-based probe: we abort an orphan
socket stalling on zero window when the probe timer reaches both
the maximum backoff and the maximum RTO. For example, an 100ms RTT
connection will timeout after roughly 153 seconds (0.3 + 0.6 +
.... + 76.8) if the receiver keeps the window shut. If the orphan
socket passes this check, but the system already has too many orphans
(as in tcp_out_of_resources()), we still abort it but we'll also
send an RST packet as the connection may still be active.
In addition, we change TCP_USER_TIMEOUT to cover (life or dead)
sockets stalled on zero-window probes. This changes the semantics
of TCP_USER_TIMEOUT slightly because it previously only applies
when the socket has pending transmission.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reported-by: Andrey Dmitrov <andrey.dmitrov@oktetlabs.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cipso_v4_cache_init is only called by __init cipso_v4_init
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip4_frags_ctl_register is only called by __init ipfrag_init
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_switch_suspend() and dsa_switch_resume() functions are only used
when PM_SLEEP is enabled, so they need #ifdef CONFIG_PM_SLEEP protection
to avoid a compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Proper CHECKSUM_COMPLETE support needs to adjust skb->csum
when we remove one header. Its done using skb_gro_postpull_rcsum()
In the case of IPv4, we know that the adjustment is not really needed,
because the checksum over IPv4 header is 0. Lets add a comment to
ease code comprehension and avoid copy/paste errors.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3243acd37f
("ieee802154: add __init to lowpan_frags_sysctl_register")
added __init to lowpan_frags_ns_sysctl_register instead of
lowpan_frags_sysctl_register
Suggested-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No caller uses the return value, so make this function return void.
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lowpan_frags_sysctl_register is only called by __init lowpan_net_frag_init
(part of the lowpan module).
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
irlan_open is only called by __init irlan_init in same module.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric reports build failure with
CONFIG_BRIDGE_NETFILTER=n
We insist to build br_nf_core.o unconditionally, but we must only do so
if br_netfilter was enabled, else it fails to build due to
functions being defined to empty stubs (and some structure members
being defined out).
Also, BRIDGE_NETFILTER=y|m makes no sense when BRIDGE=n.
Fixes: 34666d467 (netfilter: bridge: move br_netfilter out of the core)
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric Dumazet noticed that all no-nonexthop or no-gateway routes which
are already marked DST_HOST (e.g. input routes routes) will always be
invalidated during sk_dst_check. Thus per-socket dst caching absolutely
had no effect and early demuxing had no effect.
Thus this patch removes rt6i_genid: fn_sernum already gets modified during
add operations, so we only must ensure we mutate fn_sernum during ipv6
address remove operations. This is a fairly cost extensive operations,
but address removal should not happen that often. Also our mtu update
functions do the same and we heard no complains so far. xfrm policy
changes also cause a call into fib6_flush_trees. Also plug a hole in
rt6_info (no cacheline changes).
I verified via tracing that this change has effect.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki@yoshifuji.org>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After previous patches to simplify qstats the qstats can be
made per cpu with a packed union in Qdisc struct.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the use of qstats->qlen variable from the classifiers
and makes it an explicit argument to gnet_stats_copy_queue().
The qlen represents the qdisc queue length and is packed into
the qstats at the last moment before passnig to user space. By
handling it explicitely we avoid, in the percpu stats case, having
to figure out which per_cpu variable to put it in.
It would probably be best to remove it from qstats completely
but qstats is a user space ABI and can't be broken. A future
patch could make an internal only qstats structure that would
avoid having to allocate an additional u32 variable on the
Qdisc struct. This would make the qstats struct 128bits instead
of 128+32.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds helpers to manipulate qstats logic and replaces locations
that touch the counters directly. This simplifies future patches
to push qstats onto per cpu counters.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to run qdisc's without locking statistics and estimators
need to be handled correctly.
To resolve bstats make the statistics per cpu. And because this is
only needed for qdiscs that are running without locks which is not
the case for most qdiscs in the near future only create percpu
stats when qdiscs set the TCQ_F_CPUSTATS flag.
Next because estimators use the bstats to calculate packets per
second and bytes per second the estimator code paths are updated
to use the per cpu statistics.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Negated expressions and sub-expressions need to have their flags checked for
TCF_EM_INVERT and their result negated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ignacy Gawędzki <ignacy.gawedzki@green-communications.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 8a29111c7c ("net: gro: allow to build full sized skb")
I added a regression for linear skb that traditionally force GRO
to use the frag_list fallback.
Erez Shitrit found that at most two segments were aggregated and
the "if (skb_gro_len(p) != pinfo->gso_size)" test was failing.
This is because pinfo at this spot still points to the last skb in the
chain, instead of the first one, where we find the correct gso_size
information.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 8a29111c7c ("net: gro: allow to build full sized skb")
Reported-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
pull request: netfilter/ipvs updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next,
most relevantly they are:
1) Four patches to make the new nf_tables masquerading support
independent of the x_tables infrastructure. This also resolves a
compilation breakage if the masquerade target is disabled but the
nf_tables masq expression is enabled.
2) ipset updates via Jozsef Kadlecsik. This includes the addition of the
skbinfo extension that allows you to store packet metainformation in the
elements. This can be used to fetch and restore this to the packets through
the iptables SET target, patches from Anton Danilov.
3) Add the hash:mac set type to ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsick.
4) Add simple weighted fail-over scheduler via Simon Horman. This provides
a fail-over IPVS scheduler (unlike existing load balancing schedulers).
Connections are directed to the appropriate server based solely on
highest weight value and server availability, patch from Kenny Mathis.
5) Support IPv6 real servers in IPv4 virtual-services and vice versa.
Simon Horman informs that the motivation for this is to allow more
flexibility in the choice of IP version offered by both virtual-servers
and real-servers as they no longer need to match: An IPv4 connection
from an end-user may be forwarded to a real-server using IPv6 and
vice versa. No ip_vs_sync support yet though. Patches from Alex Gartrell
and Julian Anastasov.
6) Add global generation ID to the nf_tables ruleset. When dumping from
several different object lists, we need a way to identify that an update
has ocurred so userspace knows that it needs to refresh its lists. This
also includes a new command to obtain the 32-bits generation ID. The
less significant 16-bits of this ID is also exposed through res_id field
in the nfnetlink header to quickly detect the interference and retry when
there is no risk of ID wraparound.
7) Move br_netfilter out of the bridge core. The br_netfilter code is
built in the bridge core by default. This causes problems of different
kind to people that don't want this: Jesper reported performance drop due
to the inconditional hook registration and I remember to have read complains
on netdev from people regarding the unexpected behaviour of our bridging
stack when br_netfilter is enabled (fragmentation handling, layer 3 and
upper inspection). People that still need this should easily undo the
damage by modprobing the new br_netfilter module.
8) Dump the set policy nf_tables that allows set parameterization. So
userspace can keep user-defined preferences when saving the ruleset.
From Arturo Borrero.
9) Use __seq_open_private() helper function to reduce boiler plate code
in x_tables, From Rob Jones.
10) Safer default behaviour in case that you forget to load the protocol
tracker. Daniel Borkmann and Florian Westphal detected that if your
ruleset is stateful, you allow traffic to at least one single SCTP port
and the SCTP protocol tracker is not loaded, then any SCTP traffic may
be pass through unfiltered. After this patch, the connection tracking
classifies SCTP/DCCP/UDPlite/GRE packets as invalid if your kernel has
been compiled with support for these modules.
====================
Trivially resolved conflict in include/linux/skbuff.h, Eric moved some
netfilter skbuff members around, and the netfilter tree adjusted the
ifdef guards for the bridging info pointer.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested by Stephen. Also drop inline keyword and let compiler decide.
gcc 4.7.3 decides to no longer inline tcp_ecn_check_ce, so split it up.
The actual evaluation is not inlined anymore while the ECN_OK test is.
Suggested-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After Octavian Purdilas tcp ipv4/ipv6 unification work this helper only
has a single callsite.
While at it, convert name to lowercase, suggested by Stephen.
Suggested-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Svcrdma currently advertises 1MB, which is too large. The correct value
is the minimum of RPCSVC_MAXPAYLOAD and the max scatter-gather allowed
in an NFSRDMA IO chunk * the host page size. This bug is usually benign
because the Linux X64 NFSRDMA client correctly limits the payload size to
the correct value (64*4096 = 256KB). But if the Linux client is PPC64
with a 64KB page size, then the client will indeed use a payload size
that will overflow the server.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
This variable i is overwritten to 0 by following code
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With proliferation of bit fields in sk_buff, __copy_skb_header() became
quite expensive, showing as the most expensive function in a GSO
workload.
__copy_skb_header() performance is also critical for non GSO TCP
operations, as it is used from skb_clone()
This patch carefully moves all the fields that were not copied in a
separate zone : cloned, nohdr, fclone, peeked, head_frag, xmit_more
Then I moved all other fields and all other copied fields in a section
delimited by headers_start[0]/headers_end[0] section so that we
can use a single memcpy() call, inlined by compiler using long
word load/stores.
I also tried to make all copies in the natural orders of sk_buff,
to help hardware prefetching.
I made sure sk_buff size did not change.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set multicast support for 6lowpan network interface.
This is needed in every network interface that supports IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If skb is going to multiple destinations, then make sure that we
do not overwrite the common IPv6 headers. So before compressing
the IPv6 headers, we copy the skb and that is then sent to 6LoWPAN
Bluetooth devices.
This is a similar patch as what was done for IEEE 802.154 6LoWPAN
in commit f19f4f9525 ("ieee802154: 6lowpan: ensure header compression
does not corrupt ipv6 header")
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Given following iptables ruleset:
-P FORWARD DROP
-A FORWARD -m sctp --dport 9 -j ACCEPT
-A FORWARD -p tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT
-A FORWARD -p tcp -m conntrack -m state ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT
One would assume that this allows SCTP on port 9 and TCP on port 80.
Unfortunately, if the SCTP conntrack module is not loaded, this allows
*all* SCTP communication, to pass though, i.e. -p sctp -j ACCEPT,
which we think is a security issue.
This is because on the first SCTP packet on port 9, we create a dummy
"generic l4" conntrack entry without any port information (since
conntrack doesn't know how to extract this information).
All subsequent packets that are unknown will then be in established
state since they will fallback to proto_generic and will match the
'generic' entry.
Our originally proposed version [1] completely disabled generic protocol
tracking, but Jozsef suggests to not track protocols for which a more
suitable helper is available, hence we now mitigate the issue for in
tree known ct protocol helpers only, so that at least NAT and direction
information will still be preserved for others.
[1] http://www.spinics.net/lists/netfilter-devel/msg33430.html
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We want to know in which cases the user explicitly sets the policy
options. In that case, we also want to dump back the info.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We need to make sure that the saved skb exists when
resuming or suspending a CoC channel. This can happen if
initial credits is 0 when channel is connected.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This work adds the DataCenter TCP (DCTCP) congestion control
algorithm [1], which has been first published at SIGCOMM 2010 [2],
resp. follow-up analysis at SIGMETRICS 2011 [3] (and also, more
recently as an informational IETF draft available at [4]).
DCTCP is an enhancement to the TCP congestion control algorithm for
data center networks. Typical data center workloads are i.e.
i) partition/aggregate (queries; bursty, delay sensitive), ii) short
messages e.g. 50KB-1MB (for coordination and control state; delay
sensitive), and iii) large flows e.g. 1MB-100MB (data update;
throughput sensitive). DCTCP has therefore been designed for such
environments to provide/achieve the following three requirements:
* High burst tolerance (incast due to partition/aggregate)
* Low latency (short flows, queries)
* High throughput (continuous data updates, large file
transfers) with commodity, shallow buffered switches
The basic idea of its design consists of two fundamentals: i) on the
switch side, packets are being marked when its internal queue
length > threshold K (K is chosen so that a large enough headroom
for marked traffic is still available in the switch queue); ii) the
sender/host side maintains a moving average of the fraction of marked
packets, so each RTT, F is being updated as follows:
F := X / Y, where X is # of marked ACKs, Y is total # of ACKs
alpha := (1 - g) * alpha + g * F, where g is a smoothing constant
The resulting alpha (iow: probability that switch queue is congested)
is then being used in order to adaptively decrease the congestion
window W:
W := (1 - (alpha / 2)) * W
The means for receiving marked packets resp. marking them on switch
side in DCTCP is the use of ECN.
RFC3168 describes a mechanism for using Explicit Congestion Notification
from the switch for early detection of congestion, rather than waiting
for segment loss to occur.
However, this method only detects the presence of congestion, not
the *extent*. In the presence of mild congestion, it reduces the TCP
congestion window too aggressively and unnecessarily affects the
throughput of long flows [4].
DCTCP, as mentioned, enhances Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN)
processing to estimate the fraction of bytes that encounter congestion,
rather than simply detecting that some congestion has occurred. DCTCP
then scales the TCP congestion window based on this estimate [4],
thus it can derive multibit feedback from the information present in
the single-bit sequence of marks in its control law. And thus act in
*proportion* to the extent of congestion, not its *presence*.
Switches therefore set the Congestion Experienced (CE) codepoint in
packets when internal queue lengths exceed threshold K. Resulting,
DCTCP delivers the same or better throughput than normal TCP, while
using 90% less buffer space.
It was found in [2] that DCTCP enables the applications to handle 10x
the current background traffic, without impacting foreground traffic.
Moreover, a 10x increase in foreground traffic did not cause any
timeouts, and thus largely eliminates TCP incast collapse problems.
The algorithm itself has already seen deployments in large production
data centers since then.
We did a long-term stress-test and analysis in a data center, short
summary of our TCP incast tests with iperf compared to cubic:
This test measured DCTCP throughput and latency and compared it with
CUBIC throughput and latency for an incast scenario. In this test, 19
senders sent at maximum rate to a single receiver. The receiver simply
ran iperf -s.
The senders ran iperf -c <receiver> -t 30. All senders started
simultaneously (using local clocks synchronized by ntp).
This test was repeated multiple times. Below shows the results from a
single test. Other tests are similar. (DCTCP results were extremely
consistent, CUBIC results show some variance induced by the TCP timeouts
that CUBIC encountered.)
For this test, we report statistics on the number of TCP timeouts,
flow throughput, and traffic latency.
1) Timeouts (total over all flows, and per flow summaries):
CUBIC DCTCP
Total 3227 25
Mean 169.842 1.316
Median 183 1
Max 207 5
Min 123 0
Stddev 28.991 1.600
Timeout data is taken by measuring the net change in netstat -s
"other TCP timeouts" reported. As a result, the timeout measurements
above are not restricted to the test traffic, and we believe that it
is likely that all of the "DCTCP timeouts" are actually timeouts for
non-test traffic. We report them nevertheless. CUBIC will also include
some non-test timeouts, but they are drawfed by bona fide test traffic
timeouts for CUBIC. Clearly DCTCP does an excellent job of preventing
TCP timeouts. DCTCP reduces timeouts by at least two orders of
magnitude and may well have eliminated them in this scenario.
2) Throughput (per flow in Mbps):
CUBIC DCTCP
Mean 521.684 521.895
Median 464 523
Max 776 527
Min 403 519
Stddev 105.891 2.601
Fairness 0.962 0.999
Throughput data was simply the average throughput for each flow
reported by iperf. By avoiding TCP timeouts, DCTCP is able to
achieve much better per-flow results. In CUBIC, many flows
experience TCP timeouts which makes flow throughput unpredictable and
unfair. DCTCP, on the other hand, provides very clean predictable
throughput without incurring TCP timeouts. Thus, the standard deviation
of CUBIC throughput is dramatically higher than the standard deviation
of DCTCP throughput.
Mean throughput is nearly identical because even though cubic flows
suffer TCP timeouts, other flows will step in and fill the unused
bandwidth. Note that this test is something of a best case scenario
for incast under CUBIC: it allows other flows to fill in for flows
experiencing a timeout. Under situations where the receiver is issuing
requests and then waiting for all flows to complete, flows cannot fill
in for timed out flows and throughput will drop dramatically.
3) Latency (in ms):
CUBIC DCTCP
Mean 4.0088 0.04219
Median 4.055 0.0395
Max 4.2 0.085
Min 3.32 0.028
Stddev 0.1666 0.01064
Latency for each protocol was computed by running "ping -i 0.2
<receiver>" from a single sender to the receiver during the incast
test. For DCTCP, "ping -Q 0x6 -i 0.2 <receiver>" was used to ensure
that traffic traversed the DCTCP queue and was not dropped when the
queue size was greater than the marking threshold. The summary
statistics above are over all ping metrics measured between the single
sender, receiver pair.
The latency results for this test show a dramatic difference between
CUBIC and DCTCP. CUBIC intentionally overflows the switch buffer
which incurs the maximum queue latency (more buffer memory will lead
to high latency.) DCTCP, on the other hand, deliberately attempts to
keep queue occupancy low. The result is a two orders of magnitude
reduction of latency with DCTCP - even with a switch with relatively
little RAM. Switches with larger amounts of RAM will incur increasing
amounts of latency for CUBIC, but not for DCTCP.
4) Convergence and stability test:
This test measured the time that DCTCP took to fairly redistribute
bandwidth when a new flow commences. It also measured DCTCP's ability
to remain stable at a fair bandwidth distribution. DCTCP is compared
with CUBIC for this test.
At the commencement of this test, a single flow is sending at maximum
rate (near 10 Gbps) to a single receiver. One second after that first
flow commences, a new flow from a distinct server begins sending to
the same receiver as the first flow. After the second flow has sent
data for 10 seconds, the second flow is terminated. The first flow
sends for an additional second. Ideally, the bandwidth would be evenly
shared as soon as the second flow starts, and recover as soon as it
stops.
The results of this test are shown below. Note that the flow bandwidth
for the two flows was measured near the same time, but not
simultaneously.
DCTCP performs nearly perfectly within the measurement limitations
of this test: bandwidth is quickly distributed fairly between the two
flows, remains stable throughout the duration of the test, and
recovers quickly. CUBIC, in contrast, is slow to divide the bandwidth
fairly, and has trouble remaining stable.
CUBIC DCTCP
Seconds Flow 1 Flow 2 Seconds Flow 1 Flow 2
0 9.93 0 0 9.92 0
0.5 9.87 0 0.5 9.86 0
1 8.73 2.25 1 6.46 4.88
1.5 7.29 2.8 1.5 4.9 4.99
2 6.96 3.1 2 4.92 4.94
2.5 6.67 3.34 2.5 4.93 5
3 6.39 3.57 3 4.92 4.99
3.5 6.24 3.75 3.5 4.94 4.74
4 6 3.94 4 5.34 4.71
4.5 5.88 4.09 4.5 4.99 4.97
5 5.27 4.98 5 4.83 5.01
5.5 4.93 5.04 5.5 4.89 4.99
6 4.9 4.99 6 4.92 5.04
6.5 4.93 5.1 6.5 4.91 4.97
7 4.28 5.8 7 4.97 4.97
7.5 4.62 4.91 7.5 4.99 4.82
8 5.05 4.45 8 5.16 4.76
8.5 5.93 4.09 8.5 4.94 4.98
9 5.73 4.2 9 4.92 5.02
9.5 5.62 4.32 9.5 4.87 5.03
10 6.12 3.2 10 4.91 5.01
10.5 6.91 3.11 10.5 4.87 5.04
11 8.48 0 11 8.49 4.94
11.5 9.87 0 11.5 9.9 0
SYN/ACK ECT test:
This test demonstrates the importance of ECT on SYN and SYN-ACK packets
by measuring the connection probability in the presence of competing
flows for a DCTCP connection attempt *without* ECT in the SYN packet.
The test was repeated five times for each number of competing flows.
Competing Flows 1 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16
------------------------------
Mean Connection Probability 1 | 0.67 | 0.45 | 0.28 | 0
Median Connection Probability 1 | 0.65 | 0.45 | 0.25 | 0
As the number of competing flows moves beyond 1, the connection
probability drops rapidly.
Enabling DCTCP with this patch requires the following steps:
DCTCP must be running both on the sender and receiver side in your
data center, i.e.:
sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_congestion_control=dctcp
Also, ECN functionality must be enabled on all switches in your
data center for DCTCP to work. The default ECN marking threshold (K)
heuristic on the switch for DCTCP is e.g., 20 packets (30KB) at
1Gbps, and 65 packets (~100KB) at 10Gbps (K > 1/7 * C * RTT, [4]).
In above tests, for each switch port, traffic was segregated into two
queues. For any packet with a DSCP of 0x01 - or equivalently a TOS of
0x04 - the packet was placed into the DCTCP queue. All other packets
were placed into the default drop-tail queue. For the DCTCP queue,
RED/ECN marking was enabled, here, with a marking threshold of 75 KB.
More details however, we refer you to the paper [2] under section 3).
There are no code changes required to applications running in user
space. DCTCP has been implemented in full *isolation* of the rest of
the TCP code as its own congestion control module, so that it can run
without a need to expose code to the core of the TCP stack, and thus
nothing changes for non-DCTCP users.
Changes in the CA framework code are minimal, and DCTCP algorithm
operates on mechanisms that are already available in most Silicon.
The gain (dctcp_shift_g) is currently a fixed constant (1/16) from
the paper, but we leave the option that it can be chosen carefully
to a different value by the user.
In case DCTCP is being used and ECN support on peer site is off,
DCTCP falls back after 3WHS to operate in normal TCP Reno mode.
ss {-4,-6} -t -i diag interface:
... dctcp wscale:7,7 rto:203 rtt:2.349/0.026 mss:1448 cwnd:2054
ssthresh:1102 ce_state 0 alpha 15 ab_ecn 0 ab_tot 735584
send 10129.2Mbps pacing_rate 20254.1Mbps unacked:1822 retrans:0/15
reordering:101 rcv_space:29200
... dctcp-reno wscale:7,7 rto:201 rtt:0.711/1.327 ato:40 mss:1448
cwnd:10 ssthresh:1102 fallback_mode send 162.9Mbps pacing_rate
325.5Mbps rcv_rtt:1.5 rcv_space:29200
More information about DCTCP can be found in [1-4].
[1] http://simula.stanford.edu/~alizade/Site/DCTCP.html
[2] http://simula.stanford.edu/~alizade/Site/DCTCP_files/dctcp-final.pdf
[3] http://simula.stanford.edu/~alizade/Site/DCTCP_files/dctcp_analysis-full.pdf
[4] http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-bensley-tcpm-dctcp-00
Joint work with Florian Westphal and Glenn Judd.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DataCenter TCP (DCTCP) determines cwnd growth based on ECN information
and ACK properties, e.g. ACK that updates window is treated differently
than DUPACK.
Also DCTCP needs information whether ACK was delayed ACK. Furthermore,
DCTCP also implements a CE state machine that keeps track of CE markings
of incoming packets.
Therefore, extend the congestion control framework to provide these
event types, so that DCTCP can be properly implemented as a normal
congestion algorithm module outside of the core stack.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann and Glenn Judd.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The congestion control ops "cwnd_event" currently supports
CA_EVENT_FAST_ACK and CA_EVENT_SLOW_ACK events (among others).
Both FAST and SLOW_ACK are only used by Westwood congestion
control algorithm.
This removes both flags from cwnd_event and adds a new
in_ack_event callback for this. The goal is to be able to
provide more detailed information about ACKs, such as whether
ECE flag was set, or whether the ACK resulted in a window
update.
It is required for DataCenter TCP (DCTCP) congestion control
algorithm as it makes a different choice depending on ECE being
set or not.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann and Glenn Judd.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a flag to TCP congestion algorithms that allows
for requesting to mark IPv4/IPv6 sockets with transport as ECN
capable, that is, ECT(0), when required by a congestion algorithm.
It is currently used and needed in DataCenter TCP (DCTCP), as it
requires both peers to assert ECT on all IP packets sent - it
uses ECN feedback (i.e. CE, Congestion Encountered information)
from switches inside the data center to derive feedback to the
end hosts.
Therefore, simply add a new flag to icsk_ca_ops. Note that DCTCP's
algorithm/behaviour slightly diverges from RFC3168, therefore this
is only (!) enabled iff the assigned congestion control ops module
has requested this. By that, we can tightly couple this logic really
only to the provided congestion control ops.
Joint work with Florian Westphal and Glenn Judd.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split assignment and initialization from one into two functions.
This is required by followup patches that add Datacenter TCP
(DCTCP) congestion control algorithm - we need to be able to
determine if the connection is moderated by DCTCP before the
3WHS has finished.
As we walk the available congestion control list during the
assignment, we are always guaranteed to have Reno present as
it's fixed compiled-in. Therefore, since we're doing the
early assignment, we don't have a real use for the Reno alias
tcp_init_congestion_ops anymore and can thus remove it.
Actual usage of the congestion control operations are being
made after the 3WHS has finished, in some cases however we
can access get_info() via diag if implemented, therefore we
need to zero out the private area for those modules.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann and Glenn Judd.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This completes the cls_rsvp conversion to RCU safe
copy, update semantics.
As a result all cases of tcf_exts_change occur on
empty lists now.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clearly the following change is not expected:
- if (!cp.perfect && !cp.h)
- cp.alloc_hash = cp.hash;
+ if (!cp->perfect && cp->h)
+ cp->alloc_hash = cp->hash;
Fixes: commit 331b72922c ("net: sched: RCU cls_tcindex")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When kmemdup() fails, we should return -ENOMEM.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do not wish to disturb dropwatch or perf drop profiles with an ARP
we will ignore.
Signed-off-by: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2014-09-25
1) Remove useless hash_resize_mutex in xfrm_hash_resize().
This mutex is used only there, but xfrm_hash_resize()
can't be called concurrently at all. From Ying Xue.
2) Extend policy hashing to prefixed policies based on
prefix lenght thresholds. From Christophe Gouault.
3) Make the policy hash table thresholds configurable
via netlink. From Christophe Gouault.
4) Remove the maximum authentication length for AH.
This was needed to limit stack usage. We switched
already to allocate space, so no need to keep the
limit. From Herbert Xu.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: commit f187bc6efb ("ipv4: No need to set generic neighbour pointer")
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port
basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating
these operations to the switch driver.
set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that
EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation
result is satisfactory.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch
driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power
as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory
arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the
switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking
the PHY out of deep low power mode).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_slave_open() should start the PHY library state machine for its PHY
interface, and dsa_slave_close() should stop the PHY library state
machine accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a cleanup which follows the idea in commit e11ecddf51 (tcp: use
TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->tcp_flags in input path),
and it may reduce register pressure since skb->cb[] access is fast,
bacause skb is probably in a register.
v2: remove variable th
v3: reword the changelog
Signed-off-by: Weiping Pan <panweiping3@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our goal is to access no more than one cache line access per skb in
a write or receive queue when doing the various walks.
After recent TCP_SKB_CB() reorganizations, it is almost done.
Last part is tcp_skb_pcount() which currently uses
skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_segs, which is a terrible choice, because it needs
3 cache lines in current kernel (skb->head, skb->end, and
shinfo->gso_segs are all in 3 different cache lines, far from skb->cb)
This very simple patch reuses space currently taken by tcp_tw_isn
only in input path, as tcp_skb_pcount is only needed for skb stored in
write queue.
This considerably speeds up tcp_ack(), granted we avoid shinfo->tx_flags
to get SKBTX_ACK_TSTAMP, which seems possible.
This also speeds up all sack processing in general.
This speeds up tcp_sendmsg() because it no longer has to access/dirty
shinfo.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP maintains lists of skb in write queue, and in receive queues
(in order and out of order queues)
Scanning these lists both in input and output path usually requires
access to skb->next, TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->seq, and TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->end_seq
These fields are currently in two different cache lines, meaning we
waste lot of memory bandwidth when these queues are big and flows
have either packet drops or packet reorders.
We can move TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->header at the end of TCP_SKB_CB, because
this header is not used in fast path. This allows TCP to search much faster
in the skb lists.
Even with regular flows, we save one cache line miss in fast path.
Thanks to Christoph Paasch for noticing we need to cleanup
skb->cb[] (IPCB/IP6CB) before entering IP stack in tx path,
and that I forgot IPCB use in tcp_v4_hnd_req() and tcp_v4_save_options().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_opt_accepted() assumes IP6CB(skb) holds the struct inet6_skb_parm
that it needs. Lets not assume this, as TCP stack might use a different
place.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_options_echo() assumes struct ip_options is provided in &IPCB(skb)->opt
Lets break this assumption, but provide a helper to not change all call points.
ip_send_unicast_reply() gets a new struct ip_options pointer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6gre_tunnel_locate() should not return an existing tunnel if
create is true. Otherwise it is possible to add the same
tunnel multiple times without getting an error.
So return NULL if the tunnel that should be created already
exists.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vti6_locate() should not return an existing tunnel if
create is true. Otherwise it is possible to add the same
tunnel multiple times without getting an error.
So return NULL if the tunnel that should be created already
exists.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_tnl_locate() should not return an existing tunnel if
create is true. Otherwise it is possible to add the same
tunnel multiple times without getting an error.
So return NULL if the tunnel that should be created already
exists.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net_dma was the only external user so this can become local to tcp.c
again.
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Now that tcp_dma_try_early_copy() is gone nothing ever sets
copied_early.
Also reverts "53240c208776 tcp: Fix possible double-ack w/ user dma"
since it is no longer necessary.
Cc: Ali Saidi <saidi@engin.umich.edu>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Per commit "77873803363c net_dma: mark broken" net_dma is no longer used
and there is no plan to fix it.
This is the mechanical removal of bits in CONFIG_NET_DMA ifdef guards.
Reverting the remainder of the net_dma induced changes is deferred to
subsequent patches.
Marked for stable due to Roman's report of a memory leak in
dma_pin_iovec_pages():
https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/9/3/177
Cc: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com>
Cc: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Cc: David Whipple <whipple@securedatainnovations.ch>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Roman Gushchin <klamm@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
With this alias, we don't need to load manually the module before adding an
ip6gretap interface with iproute2.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cache skb_shinfo(skb) in a variable to avoid computing it multiple
times.
Reorganize the tests to remove one indentation level.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the duplicated comment
"/* The following definitions are for users of the vport subsytem: */"
in vport.h
Signed-off-by: Wang Sheng-Hui <shhuiw@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
nf pull request for net
This series contains netfilter fixes for net, they are:
1) Fix lockdep splat in nft_hash when releasing sets from the
rcu_callback context. We don't the mutex there anymore.
2) Remove unnecessary spinlock_bh in the destroy path of the nf_tables
rbtree set type from rcu_callback context.
3) Fix another lockdep splat in rhashtable. None of the callers hold
a mutex when calling rhashtable_destroy.
4) Fix duplicated error reporting from nfnetlink when aborting and
replaying a batch.
5) Fix a Kconfig issue reported by kbuild robot.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
csum_partial() is a generic function which is not optimised for small fixed
length calculations, and its use requires to store "from" and "to" values in
memory while we already have them available in registers. This also has impact,
especially on RISC processors. In the same spirit as the change done by
Eric Dumazet on csum_replace2(), this patch rewrites inet_proto_csum_replace4()
taking into account RFC1624.
I spotted during a NATted tcp transfert that csum_partial() is one of top 5
consuming functions (around 8%), and the second user of csum_partial() is
inet_proto_csum_replace4().
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While profiling TCP stack, I noticed one useless atomic operation
in tcp_sendmsg(), caused by skb_header_release().
It turns out all current skb_header_release() users have a fresh skb,
that no other user can see, so we can avoid one atomic operation.
Introduce __skb_header_release() to clearly document this.
This gave me a 1.5 % improvement on TCP_RR workload.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-09-22
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.18 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"This time, I have some rate minstrel improvements, support for a very
small feature from CCX that Steinar reverse-engineered, dynamic ACK
timeout support, a number of changes for TDLS, early support for radio
resource measurement and many fixes. Also, I'm changing a number of
places to clear key memory when it's freed and Intel claims copyright
for code they developed."
For the bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here are some more patches intended for 3.18. Most of them are cleanups
or fixes for SMP. The only exception is a fix for BR/EDR L2CAP fixed
channels which should now work better together with the L2CAP
information request procedure."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I fix here dvm which was broken by my last pull request. Arik
continues to work on TDLS and Luca solved a few issues in CT-Kill. Eyal
keeps digging into rate scaling code, more to come soon. Besides this,
nothing really special here."
Beyond that, there are the usual big batches of updates to ath9k, b43,
mwifiex, and wil6210 as well as a handful of other bits here and there.
Also, rtlwifi gets some btcoexist attention from Larry.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Had to adjust the wil6210 code to comply with Joe Perches's recent
change in net-next to make the netdev_*() routines return void instead
of 'int'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No caller or macro uses the return value so make all
the functions return void.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the NFC pull request for 3.18.
We've had major updates for TI and ST Microelectronics drivers:
For TI's trf7970a driver:
- Target mode support for trf7970a
- Suspend/resume support for trf7970a
- DT properties additions to handle different quirks
- A bunch of fixes for smartphone IOP related issues
For ST Microelectronics' ST21NFCA and ST21NFCB drivers:
- ISO15693 support for st21nfcb
- checkpatch and sparse related warning fixes
- Code cleanups and a few minor fixes
Finally, Marvell add ISO15693 support to the NCI stack, together with a
couple of NCI fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=d/C+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.18-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> says:
"NFC: 3.18 pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 3.18.
We've had major updates for TI and ST Microelectronics drivers:
For TI's trf7970a driver:
- Target mode support for trf7970a
- Suspend/resume support for trf7970a
- DT properties additions to handle different quirks
- A bunch of fixes for smartphone IOP related issues
For ST Microelectronics' ST21NFCA and ST21NFCB drivers:
- ISO15693 support for st21nfcb
- checkpatch and sparse related warning fixes
- Code cleanups and a few minor fixes
Finally, Marvell add ISO15693 support to the NCI stack, together with a
couple of NCI fixes."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Jesper reported that br_netfilter always registers the hooks since
this is part of the bridge core. This harms performance for people that
don't need this.
This patch modularizes br_netfilter so it can be rmmod'ed, thus,
the hooks can be unregistered. I think the bridge netfilter should have
been a separated module since the beginning, Patrick agreed on that.
Note that this is breaking compatibility for users that expect that
bridge netfilter is going to be available after explicitly 'modprobe
bridge' or via automatic load through brctl.
However, the damage can be easily undone by modprobing br_netfilter.
The bridge core also spots a message to provide a clue to people that
didn't notice that this has been deprecated.
On top of that, the plan is that nftables will not rely on this software
layer, but integrate the connection tracking into the bridge layer to
enable stateful filtering and NAT, which is was bridge netfilter users
seem to require.
This patch still keeps the fake_dst_ops in the bridge core, since this
is required by when the bridge port is initialized. So we can safely
modprobe/rmmod br_netfilter anytime.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Move nf_bridge_copy_header() as static inline in netfilter_bridge.h
header file. This patch prepares the modularization of the br_netfilter
code.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reduce boilerplate code by using __seq_open_private() instead of seq_open()
in xt_match_open() and xt_target_open().
Signed-off-by: Rob Jones <rob.jones@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When we try to add an already existing tunnel, we don't return
an error. Instead we continue and call ip_tunnel_update().
This means that we can change existing tunnels by adding
the same tunnel multiple times. It is even possible to change
the tunnel endpoints of the fallback device.
We fix this by returning an error if we try to add an existing
tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While using a MQ + NETEM setup, I had confirmation that the default
timer migration ( /proc/sys/kernel/timer_migration ) is killing us.
Installing this on a receiver side of a TCP_STREAM test, (NIC has 8 TX
queues) :
EST="est 1sec 4sec"
for ETH in eth1
do
tc qd del dev $ETH root 2>/dev/null
tc qd add dev $ETH root handle 1: mq
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:1 $EST netem limit 70000 delay 6ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:2 $EST netem limit 70000 delay 8ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:3 $EST netem limit 70000 delay 10ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:4 $EST netem limit 70000 delay 12ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:5 $EST netem limit 70000 delay 14ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:6 $EST netem limit 70000 delay 16ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:7 $EST netem limit 80000 delay 18ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:8 $EST netem limit 90000 delay 20ms
done
We can see that timers get migrated into a single cpu, presumably idle
at the time timers are set up.
Then all qdisc dequeues run from this cpu and huge lock contention
happens. This single cpu is stuck in softirq mode and cannot dequeue
fast enough.
39.24% [kernel] [k] _raw_spin_lock
2.65% [kernel] [k] netem_enqueue
1.80% [kernel] [k] netem_dequeue
1.63% [kernel] [k] copy_user_enhanced_fast_string
1.45% [kernel] [k] _raw_spin_lock_bh
By pinning qdisc timers on the cpu running the qdisc, we respect proper
XPS setting and remove this lock contention.
5.84% [kernel] [k] netem_enqueue
4.83% [kernel] [k] _raw_spin_lock
2.92% [kernel] [k] copy_user_enhanced_fast_string
Current Qdiscs that benefit from this change are :
netem, cbq, fq, hfsc, tbf, htb.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The send_check logic was only interesting in cases of TCP offload and
UDP UFO where the checksum needed to be initialized to the pseudo
header checksum. Now we've moved that logic into the related
gso_segment functions so gso_send_check is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In udp[46]_ufo_send_check the UDP checksum initialized to the pseudo
header checksum. We can move this logic into udp[46]_ufo_fragment.
After this change udp[64]_ufo_send_check is a no-op.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In tcp_v[46]_gso_send_check the TCP checksum is initialized to the
pseudo header checksum using __tcp_v[46]_send_check. We can move this
logic into new tcp[46]_gso_segment functions to be done when
ip_summed != CHECKSUM_PARTIAL (ip_summed == CHECKSUM_PARTIAL should be
the common case, possibly always true when taking GSO path). After this
change tcp_v[46]_gso_send_check is no-op.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flag RPC_CLNT_CREATE_NO_RETRANS_TIMEOUT was intended introduced in
order to allow NFSv4 clients to disable resend timeouts. Since those
cause the RPC layer to break the connection, they mess up the duplicate
reply caches that remain indexed on the port number in NFSv4..
This patch includes the code that was missing in the original to
set the appropriate flag in struct rpc_clnt, when the caller of
rpc_create() sets RPC_CLNT_CREATE_NO_RETRANS_TIMEOUT.
Fixes: 8a19a0b6cb (SUNRPC: Add RPC task and client level options to...)
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Now that nfs_release_page() doesn't block indefinitely, other deadlock
avoidance mechanisms aren't needed.
- it doesn't hurt for kswapd to block occasionally. If it doesn't
want to block it would clear __GFP_WAIT. The current_is_kswapd()
was only added to avoid deadlocks and we have a new approach for
that.
- memory allocation in the SUNRPC layer can very rarely try to
->releasepage() a page it is trying to handle. The deadlock
is removed as nfs_release_page() doesn't block indefinitely.
So we don't need to set PF_FSTRANS for sunrpc network operations any
more.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
The sco_param_wideband table represents the eSCO parameters for
specifically mSBC encoding. This patch renames the table to the more
descriptive esco_param_msbc name.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If an iptables drop rule is added for an nfs server, the client can end up in
a softlockup. Because of the way that xs_sendpages() is structured, the -EPERM
is ignored since the prior bits of the packet may have been successfully queued
and thus xs_sendpages() returns a non-zero value. Then, xs_udp_send_request()
thinks that because some bits were queued it should return -EAGAIN. We then try
the request again and again, resulting in cpu spinning. Reproducer:
1) open a file on the nfs server '/nfs/foo' (mounted using udp)
2) iptables -A OUTPUT -d <nfs server ip> -j DROP
3) write to /nfs/foo
4) close /nfs/foo
5) iptables -D OUTPUT -d <nfs server ip> -j DROP
The softlockup occurs in step 4 above.
The previous patch, allows xs_sendpages() to return both a sent count and
any error values that may have occurred. Thus, if we get an -EPERM, return
that to the higher level code.
With this patch in place we can successfully abort the above sequence and
avoid the softlockup.
I also tried the above test case on an nfs mount on tcp and although the system
does not softlockup, I still ended up with the 'hung_task' firing after 120
seconds, due to the i/o being stuck. The tcp case appears a bit harder to fix,
since -EPERM appears to get ignored much lower down in the stack and does not
propogate up to xs_sendpages(). This case is not quite as insidious as the
softlockup and it is not addressed here.
Reported-by: Yigong Lou <ylou@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
If an error is returned after the first bits of a packet have already been
successfully queued, xs_sendpages() will return a positive 'int' value
indicating success. Callers seem to treat this as -EAGAIN.
However, there are cases where its not a question of waiting for the write
queue to drain. For example, when there is an iptables rule dropping packets
to the destination, the lower level code can return -EPERM only after parts
of the packet have been successfully queued. In this case, we can end up
continuously retrying resulting in a kernel softlockup.
This patch is intended to make no changes in behavior but is in preparation for
subsequent patches that can make decisions based on both on the number of bytes
sent by xs_sendpages() and any errors that may have be returned.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
When aborting a connection to preserve source ports, don't wake the task in
xs_error_report. This allows tasks with RPC_TASK_SOFTCONN to succeed if the
connection needs to be re-established since it preserves the task's status
instead of setting it to the status of the aborting kernel_connect().
This may also avoid a potential conflict on the socket's lock.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Coddington <bcodding@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.14+
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
It is expected that new parameter combinations will have the
retransmission effort value different between some entries (mainly
because of the new S4 configuration added by HFP 1.7), so it makes sense
to move it into the table instead of having it hard coded based on the
selected SCO_AIRMODE_*.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-09-23
Please consider pulling this one last batch of fixes intended for the 3.17 stream!
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"Hopefully not too late for a handful of NFC fixes:
- 2 potential build failures for ST21NFCA and ST21NFCB, triggered by a
depmod dependenyc cycle.
- One potential buffer overflow in the microread driver."
On top of that...
Emil Goode provides a fix for a brcmfmac off-by-one regression which
was introduced in the 3.17 cycle.
Loic Poulain fixes a polarity mismatch for a variable assignment
inside of rfkill-gpio.
Wojciech Dubowik prevents a NULL pointer dereference in ath9k.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to receive 0a30288da1 ("blk-mq, percpu_ref: implement a
kludge for SCSI blk-mq stall during probe") which implements
__percpu_ref_kill_expedited() to work around SCSI blk-mq stall. The
commit reverted and patches to implement proper fix will be added.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Kent Overstreet <kmo@daterainc.com>
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
The 6lowpan ipv6 header compression was causing problems for other interfaces
that expected a ipv6 header to still be in place, as we were replacing the
ipv6 header with a compressed version. This happened if you sent a packet to a
multicast address as the packet would be output on 802.15.4, ethernet, and also
be sent to the loopback interface. The skb data was shared between these
interfaces so all interfaces ended up with a compressed ipv6 header.
The solution is to ensure that before we do any header compression we are not
sharing the skb or skb data with any other interface. If we are then we must
take a copy of the skb and skb data before modifying the ipv6 header.
The only place we can copy the skb is inside the xmit function so we don't
leave dangling references to skb.
This patch moves all the header compression to inside the xmit function. Very
little code has been changed it has mostly been moved from lowpan_header_create
to lowpan_xmit. At the top of the xmit function we now check if the skb is
shared and if so copy it. In lowpan_header_create all we do now is store the
source and destination addresses for use later when we compress the header.
Signed-off-by: Simon Vincent <simon.vincent@xsilon.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The core specification defines valid values for the
HCI_Reject_Synchronous_Connection_Request command to be 0x0D-0x0F. So
far the code has been using HCI_ERROR_REMOTE_USER_TERM (0x13) which is
not a valid value and is therefore being rejected by some controllers:
> HCI Event: Connect Request (0x04) plen 10
bdaddr 40:6F:2A:6A:E5:E0 class 0x000000 type eSCO
< HCI Command: Reject Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x002a) plen 7
bdaddr 40:6F:2A:6A:E5:E0 reason 0x13
Reason: Remote User Terminated Connection
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Reject Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x002a) status 0x12 ncmd 1
Error: Invalid HCI Command Parameters
This patch introduces a new define for a value from the valid range
(0x0d == Connection Rejected Due To Limited Resources) and uses it
instead for rejecting incoming connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
No caller or macro uses the return value so make all
the functions return void.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In NFC Forum NCI specification, some RF Protocol values are
reserved for proprietary use (from 0x80 to 0xfe).
Some CLF vendor may need to use one value within this range
for specific technology.
Furthermore, some CLF may not becompliant with NFC Froum NCI
specification 2.0 and therefore will not support RF Protocol
value 0x06 for PROTOCOL_T5T as mention in a draft specification
and in a recent push.
Adding get_rf_protocol handle to the nci_ops structure will
help to set the correct technology to target.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In order to make TCP more resilient in presence of reorders, we need
to allow coalescing to happen when skbs from out of order queue are
transferred into receive queue. LRO/GRO can be completely canceled
in some pathological cases, like per packet load balancing on aggregated
links.
I had to move tcp_try_coalesce() up in the file above tcp_ofo_queue()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current ICMP rate limiting uses inetpeer cache, which is an RBL tree
protected by a lock, meaning that hosts can be stuck hard if all cpus
want to check ICMP limits.
When say a DNS or NTP server process is restarted, inetpeer tree grows
quick and machine comes to its knees.
iptables can not help because the bottleneck happens before ICMP
messages are even cooked and sent.
This patch adds a new global limitation, using a token bucket filter,
controlled by two new sysctl :
icmp_msgs_per_sec - INTEGER
Limit maximal number of ICMP packets sent per second from this host.
Only messages whose type matches icmp_ratemask are
controlled by this limit.
Default: 1000
icmp_msgs_burst - INTEGER
icmp_msgs_per_sec controls number of ICMP packets sent per second,
while icmp_msgs_burst controls the burst size of these packets.
Default: 50
Note that if we really want to send millions of ICMP messages per
second, we might extend idea and infra added in commit 04ca6973f7
("ip: make IP identifiers less predictable") :
add a token bucket in the ip_idents hash and no longer rely on inetpeer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/mips/net/bpf_jit.c
drivers/net/can/flexcan.c
Both the flexcan and MIPS bpf_jit conflicts were cases of simple
overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCO connection cannot be setup to devices that do not support retransmission.
Patch based on http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.linux.bluez.kernel/7779 and
adapted for this kernel version.
Code changed to check SCO/eSCO type before setting retransmission effort
and max. latency. The purpose of the patch is to support older devices not
capable of eSCO.
Tested on Blackberry 655+ headset which does not support retransmission.
Credits go to Alexander Sommerhuber.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Thaler <bernhard.thaler@r-it.at>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) If the user gives us a msg_namelen of 0, don't try to interpret
anything pointed to by msg_name. From Ani Sinha.
2) Fix some bnx2i/bnx2fc randconfig compilation errors.
The gist of the issue is that we firstly have drivers that span both
SCSI and networking. And at the top of that chain of dependencies
we have things like SCSI_FC_ATTRS and SCSI_NETLINK which are
selected.
But since select is a sledgehammer and ignores dependencies,
everything to select's SCSI_FC_ATTRS and/or SCSI_NETLINK has to also
explicitly select their dependencies and so on and so forth.
Generally speaking 'select' is supposed to only be used for child
nodes, those which have no dependencies of their own. And this
whole chain of dependencies in the scsi layer violates that rather
strongly.
So just make SCSI_NETLINK depend upon it's dependencies, and so on
and so forth for the things selecting it (either directly or
indirectly).
From Anish Bhatt and Randy Dunlap.
3) Fix generation of blackhole routes in IPSEC, from Steffen Klassert.
4) Actually notice netdev feature changes in rtl_open() code, from
Hayes Wang.
5) Fix divide by zero in bond enslaving, from Nikolay Aleksandrov.
6) Missing memory barrier in sunvnet driver, from David Stevens.
7) Don't leave anycast addresses around when ipv6 interface is
destroyed, from Sabrina Dubroca.
8) Don't call efx_{arch}_filter_sync_rx_mode before addr_list_lock is
initialized in SFC driver, from Edward Cree.
9) Fix missing DMA error checking in 3c59x, from Neal Horman.
10) Openvswitch doesn't emit OVS_FLOW_CMD_NEW notifications accidently,
fix from Samuel Gauthier.
11) pch_gbe needs to select NET_PTP_CLASSIFY otherwise we can get a
build error.
12) Fix macvlan regression wherein we stopped emitting
broadcast/multicast frames over software devices. From Nicolas
Dichtel.
13) Fix infiniband bug due to unintended overflow of skb->cb[], from
Eric Dumazet. And add an assertion so this doesn't happen again.
14) dm9000_parse_dt() should return error pointers, not NULL. From
Tobias Klauser.
15) IP tunneling code uses this_cpu_ptr() in preemptible contexts, fix
from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (87 commits)
net: bcmgenet: call bcmgenet_dma_teardown in bcmgenet_fini_dma
net: bcmgenet: fix TX reclaim accounting for fragments
ipv4: do not use this_cpu_ptr() in preemptible context
dm9000: Return an ERR_PTR() in all error conditions of dm9000_parse_dt()
r8169: fix an if condition
r8152: disable ALDPS
ipoib: validate struct ipoib_cb size
net: sched: shrink struct qdisc_skb_cb to 28 bytes
tg3: Work around HW/FW limitations with vlan encapsulated frames
macvlan: allow to enqueue broadcast pkt on virtual device
pch_gbe: 'select' NET_PTP_CLASSIFY.
scsi: Use 'depends' with LIBFC instead of 'select'.
openvswitch: restore OVS_FLOW_CMD_NEW notifications
genetlink: add function genl_has_listeners()
lib: rhashtable: remove second linux/log2.h inclusion
net: allow macvlans to move to net namespace
3c59x: Fix bad offset spec in skb_frag_dma_map
3c59x: Add dma error checking and recovery
sparc: bpf_jit: fix support for ldx/stx mem and SKF_AD_VLAN_TAG
can: at91_can: add missing prepare and unprepare of the clock
...
this_cpu_ptr() in preemptible context is generally bad
Sep 22 05:05:55 br kernel: [ 94.608310] BUG: using smp_processor_id()
in
preemptible [00000000] code: ip/2261
Sep 22 05:05:55 br kernel: [ 94.608316] caller is
tunnel_dst_set.isra.28+0x20/0x60 [ip_tunnel]
Sep 22 05:05:55 br kernel: [ 94.608319] CPU: 3 PID: 2261 Comm: ip Not
tainted
3.17.0-rc5 #82
We can simply use raw_cpu_ptr(), as preemption is safe in these
contexts.
Should fix https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=84991
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Joe <joe9mail@gmail.com>
Fixes: 9a4aa9af44 ("ipv4: Use percpu Cache route in IP tunnels")
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
$ grep CONFIG_CLS_U32_MARK .config
# CONFIG_CLS_U32_MARK is not set
net/sched/cls_u32.c: In function 'u32_change':
net/sched/cls_u32.c:852:1: warning: label 'errout' defined but not used
[-Wunused-label]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2014-09-22
We generate a blackhole or queueing route if a packet
matches an IPsec policy but a state can't be resolved.
Here we assume that dst_output() is called to kill
these packets. Unfortunately this assumption is not
true in all cases, so it is possible that these packets
leave the system without the necessary transformations.
This pull request contains two patches to fix this issue:
1) Fix for blackhole routed packets.
2) Fix for queue routed packets.
Both patches are serious stable candidates.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
icsk_rto is a 32bit field, and icsk_backoff can reach 15 by default,
or more if some sysctl (eg tcp_retries2) are changed.
Better use 64bit to perform icsk_rto << icsk_backoff operations
As Joe Perches suggested, add a helper for this.
Yuchung spotted the tcp_v4_err() case.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC2710 (MLDv1), section 3.7. says:
The length of a received MLD message is computed by taking the
IPv6 Payload Length value and subtracting the length of any IPv6
extension headers present between the IPv6 header and the MLD
message. If that length is greater than 24 octets, that indicates
that there are other fields present *beyond* the fields described
above, perhaps belonging to a *future backwards-compatible* version
of MLD. An implementation of the version of MLD specified in this
document *MUST NOT* send an MLD message longer than 24 octets and
MUST ignore anything past the first 24 octets of a received MLD
message.
RFC3810 (MLDv2), section 8.2.1. states for *listeners* regarding
presence of MLDv1 routers:
In order to be compatible with MLDv1 routers, MLDv2 hosts MUST
operate in version 1 compatibility mode. [...] When Host
Compatibility Mode is MLDv2, a host acts using the MLDv2 protocol
on that interface. When Host Compatibility Mode is MLDv1, a host
acts in MLDv1 compatibility mode, using *only* the MLDv1 protocol,
on that interface. [...]
While section 8.3.1. specifies *router* behaviour regarding presence
of MLDv1 routers:
MLDv2 routers may be placed on a network where there is at least
one MLDv1 router. The following requirements apply:
If an MLDv1 router is present on the link, the Querier MUST use
the *lowest* version of MLD present on the network. This must be
administratively assured. Routers that desire to be compatible
with MLDv1 MUST have a configuration option to act in MLDv1 mode;
if an MLDv1 router is present on the link, the system administrator
must explicitly configure all MLDv2 routers to act in MLDv1 mode.
When in MLDv1 mode, the Querier MUST send periodic General Queries
truncated at the Multicast Address field (i.e., 24 bytes long),
and SHOULD also warn about receiving an MLDv2 Query (such warnings
must be rate-limited). The Querier MUST also fill in the Maximum
Response Delay in the Maximum Response Code field, i.e., the
exponential algorithm described in section 5.1.3. is not used. [...]
That means that we should not get queries from different versions of
MLD. When there's a MLDv1 router present, MLDv2 enforces truncation
and MRC == MRD (both fields are overlapping within the 24 octet range).
Section 8.3.2. specifies behaviour in the presence of MLDv1 multicast
address *listeners*:
MLDv2 routers may be placed on a network where there are hosts
that have not yet been upgraded to MLDv2. In order to be compatible
with MLDv1 hosts, MLDv2 routers MUST operate in version 1 compatibility
mode. MLDv2 routers keep a compatibility mode per multicast address
record. The compatibility mode of a multicast address is determined
from the Multicast Address Compatibility Mode variable, which can be
in one of the two following states: MLDv1 or MLDv2.
The Multicast Address Compatibility Mode of a multicast address
record is set to MLDv1 whenever an MLDv1 Multicast Listener Report is
*received* for that multicast address. At the same time, the Older
Version Host Present timer for the multicast address is set to Older
Version Host Present Timeout seconds. The timer is re-set whenever a
new MLDv1 Report is received for that multicast address. If the Older
Version Host Present timer expires, the router switches back to
Multicast Address Compatibility Mode of MLDv2 for that multicast
address. [...]
That means, what can happen is the following scenario, that hosts can
act in MLDv1 compatibility mode when they previously have received an
MLDv1 query (or, simply operate in MLDv1 mode-only); and at the same
time, an MLDv2 router could start up and transmits MLDv2 startup query
messages while being unaware of the current operational mode.
Given RFC2710, section 3.7 we would need to answer to that with an MLDv1
listener report, so that the router according to RFC3810, section 8.3.2.
would receive that and internally switch to MLDv1 compatibility as well.
Right now, I believe since the initial implementation of MLDv2, Linux
hosts would just silently drop such MLDv2 queries instead of replying
with an MLDv1 listener report, which would prevent a MLDv2 router going
into fallback mode (until it receives other MLDv1 queries).
Since the mapping of MRC to MRD in exactly such cases can make use of
the exponential algorithm from 5.1.3, we cannot [strictly speaking] be
aware in MLDv1 of the encoding in MRC, it seems also not mentioned by
the RFC. Since encodings are the same up to 32767, assume in such a
situation this value as a hard upper limit we would clamp. We have asked
one of the RFC authors on that regard, and he mentioned that there seem
not to be any implementations that make use of that exponential algorithm
on startup messages. In any case, this patch fixes this MLD
interoperability issue.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clock is disabled when the device is blocked.
So, clock_enabled is the logical negation of "blocked".
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Changes to the cls_u32 classifier must appear atomic to the
readers. Before this patch if a change is requested for both
the exts and ifindex, first the ifindex is updated then the
exts with tcf_exts_change(). This opens a small window where
a reader can have a exts chain with an incorrect ifindex. This
violates the the RCU semantics.
Here we resolve this by always passing u32_set_parms() a copy
of the tc_u_knode to work on and then inserting it into the hash
table after the updates have been successfully applied.
Tested with the following short script:
#tc filter add dev p3p2 parent 8001:0 protocol ip prio 99 handle 1: \
u32 divisor 256
#tc filter add dev p3p2 parent 8001:0 protocol ip prio 99 \
u32 link 1: hashkey mask ffffff00 at 12 \
match ip src 192.168.8.0/2
#tc filter add dev p3p2 parent 8001:0 protocol ip prio 102 \
handle 1::10 u32 classid 1:2 ht 1: \
match ip src 192.168.8.0/8 match ip tos 0x0a 1e
#tc filter change dev p3p2 parent 8001:0 protocol ip prio 102 \
handle 1::10 u32 classid 1:2 ht 1: \
match ip src 1.1.0.0/8 match ip tos 0x0b 1e
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a missed free_percpu in the unwind code path and when
keys are destroyed.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unable to load various tunneling modules without this:
[ 80.679049] fou: Unknown symbol udp_sock_create6 (err 0)
[ 91.439939] ip6_udp_tunnel: Unknown symbol ip6_local_out (err 0)
[ 91.439954] ip6_udp_tunnel: Unknown symbol __put_net (err 0)
[ 91.457792] vxlan: Unknown symbol udp_sock_create6 (err 0)
[ 91.457831] vxlan: Unknown symbol udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb (err 0)
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ce93718fb7 ("net: Don't keep
around original SKB when we software segment GSO frames") frees the
original skb after software GSO even for dodgy gso skbs. This breaks
the stream throughput from untrusted sources, since only header
checking was done during software GSO instead of a true
segmentation. This patch fixes this by freeing the original gso skb
only when it was really segmented by software.
Fixes ce93718fb7 ("net: Don't keep
around original SKB when we software segment GSO frames.")
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and
setters.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the
following split:
- suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY
devices
- suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We cannot make struct qdisc_skb_cb bigger without impacting IPoIB,
or increasing skb->cb[] size.
Commit e0f31d8498 ("flow_keys: Record IP layer protocol in
skb_flow_dissect()") broke IPoIB.
Only current offender is sch_choke, and this one do not need an
absolutely precise flow key.
If we store 17 bytes of flow key, its more than enough. (Its the actual
size of flow_keys if it was a packed structure, but we might add new
fields at the end of it later)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: e0f31d8498 ("flow_keys: Record IP layer protocol in skb_flow_dissect()")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Functions supplied in ip6_udp_tunnel.c are only needed when IPV6 is
selected. When IPV6 is not selected, those functions are stubbed out
in udp_tunnel.h.
==================================================================
net/ipv6/ip6_udp_tunnel.c:15:5: error: redefinition of 'udp_sock_create6'
int udp_sock_create6(struct net *net, struct udp_port_cfg *cfg,
In file included from net/ipv6/ip6_udp_tunnel.c:9:0:
include/net/udp_tunnel.h:36:19: note: previous definition of 'udp_sock_create6' was here
static inline int udp_sock_create6(struct net *net, struct udp_port_cfg *cfg,
==================================================================
Fixes: fd384412e udp_tunnel: Seperate ipv6 functions into its own file
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit fb5d1e9e12 ("openvswitch: Build flow cmd netlink reply only if needed."),
the new flows are not notified to the listeners of OVS_FLOW_MCGROUP.
This commit fixes the problem by using the genl function, ie
genl_has_listerners() instead of netlink_has_listeners().
Signed-off-by: Samuel Gauthier <samuel.gauthier@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added netlink attrs to configure FOU encapsulation for GRE, netlink
handling of these flags, and properly adjust MTU for encapsulation.
ip_tunnel_encap is called from ip_tunnel_xmit to actually perform FOU
encapsulation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add netlink handling for IP tunnel encapsulation parameters and
and adjustment of MTU for encapsulation. ip_tunnel_encap is called
from ip_tunnel_xmit to actually perform FOU encapsulation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added netlink handling of IP tunnel encapulation paramters, properly
adjust MTU for encapsulation. Added ip_tunnel_encap call to
ipip6_tunnel_xmit to actually perform FOU encapsulation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes IP tunnel to support (secondary) encapsulation,
Foo-over-UDP. Changes include:
1) Adding tun_hlen as the tunnel header length, encap_hlen as the
encapsulation header length, and hlen becomes the grand total
of these.
2) Added common netlink define to support FOU encapsulation.
3) Routines to perform FOU encapsulation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement fou_gro_receive and fou_gro_complete, and populate these
in the correponsing udp_offloads for the socket. Added ipproto to
udp_offloads and pass this from UDP to the fou GRO routine in proto
field of napi_gro_cb structure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides a receive path for foo-over-udp. This allows
direct encapsulation of IP protocols over UDP. The bound destination
port is used to map to an IP protocol, and the XFRM framework
(udp_encap_rcv) is used to receive encapsulated packets. Upon
reception, the encapsulation header is logically removed (pointer
to transport header is advanced) and the packet is reinjected into
the receive path with the IP protocol indicated by the mapping.
Netlink is used to configure FOU ports. The configuration information
includes the port number to bind to and the IP protocol corresponding
to that port.
This should support GRE/UDP
(http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-yong-tsvwg-gre-in-udp-encap-02),
as will as the other IP tunneling protocols (IPIP, SIT).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Want to be able to use these in foo-over-udp offloads, etc.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc_u32_sel 'sel' in tc_u_knode expects to be the last element in the
structure and pads the structure with tc_u32_key fields for each key.
kzalloc(sizeof(*n) + s->nkeys*sizeof(struct tc_u32_key), GFP_KERNEL)
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-09-17
Please pull this batch of fixes intended for the 3.17 stream...
Arend van Spriel sends a trio of minor brcmfmac fixes, including a
fix for a Kconfig/build issue, a fix for a crash (null reference),
and a regression fix related to event handling on a P2P interface.
Hante Meuleman follows-up with a brcmfmac fix for a memory leak.
Johannes Stezenbach brings an ath9k_htc fix for a regression related
to hardware decryption offload.
Marcel Holtmann delivers a one-liner to properly mark a device ID
table in rfkill-gpio.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pfifo_fast and htb use skb lists, without needing their spinlocks.
(They instead use the standard qdisc lock)
We can use __skb_queue_head_init() instead of skb_queue_head_init()
to be consistent.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some switch drivers (e.g: bcm_sf2) may have to communicate specific
workarounds or flags towards the PHY device driver. Allow switches
driver to be delegated that task by introducing a get_phy_flags()
callback which will do just that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract from sock_alloc_send_pskb() code building skb with frags,
so that we can reuse this in other contexts.
Intent is to use it from tcp_send_rcvq(), tcp_collapse(), ...
We also want to replace some skb_linearize() calls to a more reliable
strategy in pathological cases where we need to reduce number of frags.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we no longer rely on having tcp headers for skbs in receive queue,
tcp repair do not need to build fake ones.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify l2tp implementation using common UDP tunnel APIs.
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added a few more UDP tunnel APIs that can be shared by UDP based
tunnel protocol implementation. The main ones are highlighted below.
setup_udp_tunnel_sock() configures UDP listener socket for
receiving UDP encapsulated packets.
udp_tunnel_xmit_skb() and upd_tunnel6_xmit_skb() transmit skb
using UDP encapsulation.
udp_tunnel_sock_release() closes the UDP tunnel listener socket.
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ip6_udp_tunnel.c for ipv6 UDP tunnel functions to avoid ifdefs
in udp_tunnel.c
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exposes the ruleset generation ID in three ways:
1) The new command NFT_MSG_GETGEN that exposes the 32-bits ruleset
generation ID. This ID is incremented in every commit and it
should be large enough to avoid wraparound problems.
2) The less significant 16-bits of the generation ID are exposed through
the nfgenmsg->res_id header field. This allows us to quickly catch
if the ruleset has change between two consecutive list dumps from
different object lists (in this specific case I think the risk of
wraparound is unlikely).
3) Userspace subscribers may receive notifications of new rule-set
generation after every commit. This also provides an alternative
way to monitor the generation ID. If the events are lost, the
userspace process hits a overrun error, so it knows that it is
working with a stale ruleset anyway.
Patrick spotted that rule-set transformations in userspace may take
quite some time. In that case, it annotates the 32-bits generation ID
before fetching the rule-set, then:
1) it compares it to what we obtain after the transformation to
make sure it is not working with a stale rule-set and no wraparound
has ocurred.
2) it subscribes to ruleset notifications, so it can watch for new
generation ID.
This is complementary to the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR approach, which allows
us to detect an interference in the middle one single list dumping.
There is no way to explicitly check that an interference has occurred
between two list dumps from the kernel, since it doesn't know how
many lists the userspace client is actually going to dump.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can only determine the final security level when both pairing request
and response have been exchanged. When initiating pairing the starting
target security level is set to MEDIUM unless explicitly specified to be
HIGH, so that we can still perform pairing even if the remote doesn't
have MITM capabilities. However, once we've received the pairing
response we should re-consult the remote and local IO capabilities and
upgrade the target security level if necessary.
Without this patch the resulting Long Term Key will occasionally be
reported to be unauthenticated when it in reality is an authenticated
one.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Simon Horman says:
====================
This pull requests makes the following changes:
* Add simple weighted fail-over scheduler.
- Unlike other IPVS schedulers this offers fail-over rather than load
balancing. Connections are directed to the appropriate server based
solely on highest weight value and server availability.
- Thanks to Kenny Mathis
* Support IPv6 real servers in IPv4 virtual-services and vice versa
- This feature is supported in conjunction with the tunnel (IPIP)
forwarding mechanism. That is, IPv4 may be forwarded in IPv6 and
vice versa.
- The motivation for this is to allow more flexibility in the
choice of IP version offered by both virtual-servers and
real-servers as they no longer need to match: An IPv4 connection from an
end-user may be forwarded to a real-server using IPv6 and vice versa.
- Further work need to be done to support this feature in conjunction
with connection synchronisation. For now such configurations are
not allowed.
- This change includes update to netlink protocol, adding a new
destination address family attribute. And the necessary changes
to plumb this information throughout IPVS.
- Thanks to Alex Gartrell and Julian Anastasov
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
While tracking down the MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN crash in an old kernel
I thought that this limit was rather arbitrary and we should
just get rid of it.
In fact it seems that we've already done all the work needed
to remove it apart from actually removing it. This limit was
there in order to limit stack usage. Since we've already
switched over to allocating scratch space using kmalloc, there
is no longer any need to limit the authentication length.
This patch kills all references to it, including the BUG_ONs
that led me here.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Remove the temporary consistency check and add a case statement to only
allow ipip mixed dests.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Use the new address family field cp->daf when printing
cp->daddr in logs or connection listing.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Needed to support svc->af != dest->af.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The hci_recv_fragment function is no longer used by any driver and thus
do not export it. In fact it is not even needed by the core and it can
be removed altogether.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This ensures the tcf_exts_init() is called for all cases.
Fixes: 952313bd62 ("net: sched: cls_cgroup use RCU")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pravin B Shelar says:
====================
Open vSwitch
Following patches adds recirculation and hash action to OVS.
First patch removes pointer to stack object. Next three patches
does code restructuring which is required for last patch.
Recirculation implementation is changed, according to comments from
David Miller, to avoid using recursive calls in OVS. It is using
queue to record recirc action and deferred recirc is executed at
the end of current actions execution.
v1-v2:
Changed subsystem name in subject to openvswitch
v2-v3:
Added patch to remove pkt_key pointer from skb->cb.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the ACPI based switches the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE is missing to
export the entries for module auto-loading.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When allocating a new structure we also need to call tcf_exts_init
to initialize exts.
A follow up patch might be in order to remove some of this code
and do tcf_exts_assign(). With this we could remove the
tcf_exts_init/tcf_exts_change pattern for some of the classifiers.
As part of the future tcf_actions RCU series this will need to be
done. For now fix the call here.
Fixes e35a8ee599 ("net: sched: fw use RCU")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tree: git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next.git master
head: 54996b529a
commit: c7953ef230 [625/646] net: sched: cls_cgroup use RCU
net/sched/cls_cgroup.c:130 cls_cgroup_change() warn: possible memory leak of 'new'
net/sched/cls_cgroup.c:135 cls_cgroup_change() warn: possible memory leak of 'new'
net/sched/cls_cgroup.c:139 cls_cgroup_change() warn: possible memory leak of 'new'
Fixes: c7953ef230 ("net: sched: cls_cgroup use RCU")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kbuild test robot reported an unused variable cpu in cls_u32.c
after the patch below. This happens when PERF and MARK config
variables are disabled
Fix this is to use separate variables for perf and mark
and define the cpu variable inside the ifdef logic.
Fixes: 459d5f626d ("net: sched: make cls_u32 per cpu")'
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: commit 331b72922c ("net: sched: RCU cls_tcindex")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-By: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the key matching functions pointed to by key_match_data::cmp return bool
rather than int.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
A previous patch added a ->match_preparse() method to the key type. This is
allowed to override the function called by the iteration algorithm.
Therefore, we can just set a default that simply checks for an exact match of
the key description with the original criterion data and allow match_preparse
to override it as needed.
The key_type::match op is then redundant and can be removed, as can the
user_match() function.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Preparse the match data. This provides several advantages:
(1) The preparser can reject invalid criteria up front.
(2) The preparser can convert the criteria to binary data if necessary (the
asymmetric key type really wants to do binary comparison of the key IDs).
(3) The preparser can set the type of search to be performed. This means
that it's not then a one-off setting in the key type.
(4) The preparser can set an appropriate comparator function.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Currently we genarate a queueing route if we have matching policies
but can not resolve the states and the sysctl xfrm_larval_drop is
disabled. Here we assume that dst_output() is called to kill the
queued packets. Unfortunately this assumption is not true in all
cases, so it is possible that these packets leave the system unwanted.
We fix this by generating queueing routes only from the
route lookup functions, here we can guarantee a call to
dst_output() afterwards.
Fixes: a0073fe18e ("xfrm: Add a state resolution packet queue")
Reported-by: Konstantinos Kolelis <k.kolelis@sirrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Currently we genarate a blackhole route route whenever we have
matching policies but can not resolve the states. Here we assume
that dst_output() is called to kill the balckholed packets.
Unfortunately this assumption is not true in all cases, so
it is possible that these packets leave the system unwanted.
We fix this by generating blackhole routes only from the
route lookup functions, here we can guarantee a call to
dst_output() afterwards.
Fixes: 2774c131b1 ("xfrm: Handle blackhole route creation via afinfo.")
Reported-by: Konstantinos Kolelis <k.kolelis@sirrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Recirc action allows a packet to reenter openvswitch processing.
currently openvswitch lookup flow for packet received and execute
set of actions on that packet, with help of recirc action we can
process/modify the packet and recirculate it back in openvswitch
for another pass.
OVS hash action calculates 5-tupple hash and set hash in flow-key
hash. This can be used along with recirculation for distributing
packets among different ports for bond devices.
For example:
OVS bonding can use following actions:
Match on: bond flow; Action: hash, recirc(id)
Match on: recirc-id == id and hash lower bits == a;
Action: output port_bond_a
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
The current sample() function implementation is more complicated
than necessary in handling single user space action optimization
and skb reference counting. There is no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Currently tun_key is used for passing tunnel information
on ingress and egress path, this cause confusion. Following
patch removes its use on ingress path make it egress only parameter.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
OVS flow extract is called on packet receive or packet
execute code path. Following patch defines separate API
for extracting flow-key in packet execute code path.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
OVS keeps pointer to packet key in skb->cb, but the packet key is
store on stack. This could make code bit tricky. So it is better to
get rid of the pointer.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
The LBLCR entries should use svc->af, not dest->af.
Needed to support svc->af != dest->af.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The LBLC entries should use svc->af, not dest->af.
Needed to support svc->af != dest->af.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Pull the common logic for preparing an skb to prepend the header into a
single function and then set fields such that they can be used in either
case (generalize tos and tclass to dscp, hop_limit and ttl to ttl, etc)
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The out_rt functions check to see if the mtu is large enough for the packet
and, if not, send icmp messages (TOOBIG or DEST_UNREACH) to the source and
bail out. We needed the ability to send ICMP from the out_rt_v6 function
and DEST_UNREACH from the out_rt function, so we just pulled it out into a
common function.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Another step toward heterogeneous pools, this removes another piece of
functionality currently specific to each address family type.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This logic is repeated in both out_rt functions so it was redundant.
Additionally, we'll need to be able to do checks to route v4 to v6 and vice
versa in order to deal with heterogeneous pools.
This patch also updates the callsites to add an additional parameter to the
out route functions.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The synchronization protocol is not compatible with heterogeneous pools, so
we need to verify that we're not turning both on at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The assumption that dest af is equal to service af is now unreliable, so we
must specify it manually so as not to copy just the first 4 bytes of a v6
address or doing an illegal read of 16 butes on a v6 address.
We "lie" in two places: for synchronization (which we will explicitly
disallow from happening when we have heterogeneous pools) and for black
hole addresses where there's no real dest.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Part of a series of diffs to tease out destination family from virtual
family. This diff just adds a parameter to ip_vs_trash_get and then uses
it for comparison rather than svc->af.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
We need to remove the assumption that virtual address family is the same as
real address family in order to support heterogeneous services (that is,
services with v4 vips and v6 backends or the opposite).
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This is necessary to support heterogeneous pools. For example, if you have
an ipv6 addressed network, you'll want to be able to forward ipv4 traffic
into it.
This patch enforces that destination address family is the same as service
family, as none of the forwarding mechanisms support anything else.
For the old setsockopt mechanism, we simply set the dest address family to
AF_INET as we do with the service.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add simple weighted IPVS failover support to the Linux kernel. All
other scheduling modules implement some form of load balancing, while
this offers a simple failover solution. Connections are directed to
the appropriate server based solely on highest weight value and server
availability. Tested functionality with keepalived.
Signed-off-by: Kenny Mathis <kmathis@chokepoint.net>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
dsa_of_probe() still used cd->mii_bus instead of cd->host_dev when
building with CONFIG_OF=y. Fix this by making the replacement here as
well.
Fixes: b4d2394d01 ("dsa: Replace mii_bus with a generic host device")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: commit 331b72922c ("net: sched: RCU cls_tcindex")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: commit 331b72922c ("net: sched: RCU cls_tcindex")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: commit 1f947bf151 ("net: sched: rcu'ify cls_bpf")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As Toshiaki Makita pointed out, the BRIDGE_INPUT_SKB_CB will
not be initialized in br_should_learn() as that function
is called only from br_handle_local_finish(). That is
an input handler for link-local ethernet traffic so it perfectly
correct to check br->vlan_enabled here.
Reported-by: Toshiaki Makita<toshiaki.makita1@gmail.com>
Fixes: 20adfa1 bridge: Check if vlan filtering is enabled only once.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that instead of passing and storing a mii_bus we
instead pass and store a host_dev. From there we can test to determine the
exact type of device, and can verify it is the correct device for our switch.
So for example it would be possible to pass a device pointer from a pci_dev
and instead of checking for a PHY ID we could check for a vendor and/or device
ID.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change addresses several issues.
First, it was possible to set tag_protocol without setting the ops pointer.
To correct that I have reordered things so that rcv is now populated before
we set tag_protocol.
Second, it didn't make much sense to keep setting the device ops each time a
new slave was registered. So by moving the receive portion out into root
switch initialization that issue should be addressed.
Third, I wanted to avoid sending tags if the rcv pointer was not registered
so I changed the tag check to verify if the rcv function pointer is set on
the root tree. If it is then we start sending DSA tagged frames.
Finally I split the device ops pointer in the structures into two spots. I
placed the rcv function pointer in the root switch since this makes it
easiest to access from there, and I placed the xmit function pointer in the
slave for the same reason.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add skbinfo extension kernel support for the list set type.
Introduce the new revision of the list set type.
Signed-off-by: Anton Danilov <littlesmilingcloud@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Add skbinfo extension kernel support for the hash set types.
Inroduce the new revisions of all hash set types.
Signed-off-by: Anton Danilov <littlesmilingcloud@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Add skbinfo extension kernel support for the bitmap set types.
Inroduce the new revisions of bitmap_ip, bitmap_ipmac and bitmap_port set types.
Signed-off-by: Anton Danilov <littlesmilingcloud@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Skbinfo extension provides mapping of metainformation with lookup in the ipset tables.
This patch defines the flags, the constants, the functions and the structures
for the data type independent support of the extension.
Note the firewall mark stores in the kernel structures as two 32bit values,
but transfered through netlink as one 64bit value.
Signed-off-by: Anton Danilov <littlesmilingcloud@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Dan Carpenter reported the following static checker warning:
net/netfilter/ipset/ip_set_core.c:1414 call_ad()
error: 'nlh->nlmsg_len' from user is not capped properly
The payload size is limited now by the max size of size_t.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
small feature from CCX that Steinar reverse-engineered, dynamic ACK
timeout support, a number of changes for TDLS, early support for radio
resource measurement and many fixes. Also, I'm changing a number of
places to clear key memory when it's freed and Intel claims copyright
for code they developed.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=OPIp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-09-12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"This time, I have some rate minstrel improvements, support for a very
small feature from CCX that Steinar reverse-engineered, dynamic ACK
timeout support, a number of changes for TDLS, early support for radio
resource measurement and many fixes. Also, I'm changing a number of
places to clear key memory when it's freed and Intel claims copyright
for code they developed."
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/iface.c
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
tcp_collapse() wants to shrink skb so that the overhead is minimal.
Now we store tcp flags into TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->tcp_flags, we no longer
need to keep around full headers.
Whole available space is dedicated to the payload.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can allow a segment with FIN to be aggregated,
if we take care to add tcp flags,
and if skb_try_coalesce() takes care of zero sized skbs.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Input path of TCP do not currently uses TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->tcp_flags,
which is only used in output path.
tcp_recvmsg(), looks at tcp_hdr(skb)->syn for every skb found in receive queue,
and its unfortunate because this bit is located in a cache line right before
the payload.
We can simplify TCP by copying tcp flags into TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->tcp_flags.
This patch does so, and avoids the cache line miss in tcp_recvmsg()
Following patches will
- allow a segment with FIN being coalesced in tcp_try_coalesce()
- simplify tcp_collapse() by not copying the headers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__netdev_adjacent_dev_insert may add adjust device of different net
namespace, without proper check it leads to emergence of broken
sysfs links from/to devices in another namespace.
Fix: rewrite netdev_adjacent_is_neigh_list macro as a function,
move net_eq check into netdev_adjacent_is_neigh_list.
(thanks David)
related to: 4c75431ac3
Signed-off-by: Alexander Fomichev <git.user@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Bluetooth core already does processing of the HCI command header
and puts it together before sending it to the driver. It is not really
efficient for the driver to look at the HCI command header again in
case it has to make certain decisions about certain commands. To make
this easier, just provide the opcode as part of the SKB control buffer
information. The extra information about the opcode is optional and
only provided for HCI commands.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The struct bt_skb_cb size needs to stay within the limits of skb->cb
at all times and to ensure that add a BUILD_BUG_ON to check for it at
compile time.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Commit "net: bpf: make eBPF interpreter images read-only" has changed bpf_prog
to be vmalloc()ed but never handled some of the errors paths of the old code.
On error within sk_attach_filter (which userspace can easily trigger), we'd
kfree() the vmalloc()ed memory, and leak the internal bpf_work_struct.
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, it is possible to modify the vlan filter
configuration to add pvid or untagged support.
For example:
bridge vlan add vid 10 dev eth0
bridge vlan add vid 10 dev eth0 untagged pvid
The second statement will modify vlan 10 to
include untagged and pvid configuration.
However, it is currently impossible to go backwards
bridge vlan add vid 10 dev eth0 untagged pvid
bridge vlan add vid 10 dev eth0
Here nothing happens. This patch correct this so
that any modifiers not supplied are removed from
the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge code checks if vlan filtering is enabled on both
ingress and egress. When the state flip happens, it
is possible for the bridge to currently be forwarding packets
and forwarding behavior becomes non-deterministic. Bridge
may drop packets on some interfaces, but not others.
This patch solves this by caching the filtered state of the
packet into skb_cb on ingress. The skb_cb is guaranteed to
not be over-written between the time packet entres bridge
forwarding path and the time it leaves it. On egress, we
can then check the cached state to see if we need to
apply filtering information.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we have 2 pkt_type_offset functions doing the same thing and
spread across the architecture files. Remove those and replace them
with a PKT_TYPE_OFFSET macro helper which gets the constant value from a
zero sized sk_buff member right in front of the bitfield with offsetof.
This new offset marker does not change size of struct sk_buff.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Markos Chandras <markos.chandras@imgtec.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis Kirjanov <kda@linux-powerpc.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we introduced an additional multiplexing/demultiplexing layer
with commit 3e8a72d1da ("net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks")
that lives within the DSA code, we no longer need to have a given switch
driver tag_protocol be an actual ethertype value, instead, we can
replace it with an enum: dsa_tag_protocol.
Do this replacement in the drivers, which allows us to get rid of the
cpu_to_be16()/htons() dance, and remove ETH_P_BRCMTAG since we do not
need it anymore.
Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If IPv6 is explicitly disabled before the interface comes up,
it makes no sense to continue when it comes up, even just
print a message.
(I am not sure about other cases though, so I prefer not to touch)
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor out allocation and initialization and make
the refcount code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly the code is already protected by rtnl lock.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly the code is already protected by rtnl lock.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor out allocation and initialization and make
the refcount code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make it accept inet6_dev, and rename it to __ipv6_dev_ac_inc()
to reflect this change.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just move rtnl lock up, so that the anycast list can be protected
by rtnl lock now.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These code is now protected by rtnl lock, rcu read lock
is useless now.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the cls_bpf classifier RCU safe. The tcf_lock
was being used to protect a list of cls_bpf_prog now this list
is RCU safe and updates occur with rcu_replace.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make cls_u32 classifier safe to run without holding lock. This patch
converts statistics that are kept in read section u32_classify into
per cpu counters.
This patch was tested with a tight u32 filter add/delete loop while
generating traffic with pktgen. By running pktgen on vlan devices
created on top of a physical device we can hit the qdisc layer
correctly. For ingress qdisc's a loopback cable was used.
for i in {1..100}; do
q=`echo $i%8|bc`;
echo -n "u32 tos: iteration $i on queue $q";
tc filter add dev p3p2 parent $p prio $i u32 match ip tos 0x10 0xff \
action skbedit queue_mapping $q;
sleep 1;
tc filter del dev p3p2 prio $i;
echo -n "u32 tos hash table: iteration $i on queue $q";
tc filter add dev p3p2 parent $p protocol ip prio $i handle 628: u32 divisor 1
tc filter add dev p3p2 parent $p protocol ip prio $i u32 \
match ip protocol 17 0xff link 628: offset at 0 mask 0xf00 shift 6 plus 0
tc filter add dev p3p2 parent $p protocol ip prio $i u32 \
ht 628:0 match ip tos 0x10 0xff action skbedit queue_mapping $q
sleep 2;
tc filter del dev p3p2 prio $i
sleep 1;
done
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This uses per cpu counters in cls_u32 in preparation
to convert over to rcu.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make cls_tcindex RCU safe.
This patch addds a new RCU routine rcu_dereference_bh_rtnl() to check
caller either holds the rcu read lock or RTNL. This is needed to
handle the case where tcindex_lookup() is being called in both cases.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCUify the route classifier. For now however spinlock's are used to
protect fastmap cache.
The issue here is the fastmap may be read by one CPU while the
cache is being updated by another. An array of pointers could be
one possible solution.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCU'ify fw classifier.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make cgroup classifier safe for RCU.
Also drops the calls in the classify routine that were doing a
rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock(). If the rcu_read_lock() isn't held
entering this routine we have issues with deleting the classifier
chain so remove the unnecessary rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock()
pair noting all paths AFAIK hold rcu_read_lock.
If there is a case where classify is called without the rcu read lock
then an rcu splat will occur and we can correct it.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable basic classifier for RCU.
Dereferencing tp->root may look a bit strange here but it is needed
by my accounting because it is allocated at init time and needs to
be kfree'd at destroy time. However because it may be referenced in
the classify() path we must wait an RCU grace period before free'ing
it. We use kfree_rcu() and rcu_ APIs to enforce this. This pattern
is used in all the classifiers.
Also the hgenerator can be incremented without concern because it
is always incremented under RTNL.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu'ify tcf_proto this allows calling tc_classify() without holding
any locks. Updaters are protected by RTNL.
This patch prepares the core net_sched infrastracture for running
the classifier/action chains without holding the qdisc lock however
it does nothing to ensure cls_xxx and act_xxx types also work without
locking. Additional patches are required to address the fall out.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu notation to qdisc handling by doing this we can make
smatch output more legible. And anyways some of the cases should
be using rcu_dereference() see qdisc_all_tx_empty(),
qdisc_tx_chainging(), and so on.
Also *wake_queue() API is commonly called from driver timer routines
without rcu lock or rtnl lock. So I added rcu_read_lock() blocks
around netif_wake_subqueue and netif_tx_wake_queue.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-09-11
Please pull this batch of fixes intended for the 3.17 stream:
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"Two more fixes for mac80211 - one of them addresses a long-standing
issue that we only found when using vendor events more frequently;
the other addresses some bad information being reported in userspace
that people were starting to actually look at."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I re-enable scheduled scan on firmware that contain the fix for
the bug that Linus reported. A few trivial fixes: endianity issues,
the same DTIM period fix that I did in mac80211. Eyal fixes a few
issues we identified with EAPOL, we now send them just as if they were
management frames, this solves interrop issues. Johannes has another
set of trivial fixes, while Luca fixes the way we configure the filters
in the firmware. Last but not least, a new device is added by Oren."
Emmanuel was traveling, resulting in his pull to be a bit larger than
I would have liked to see at this point. FWIW, I have asked Emmanuel
to be much more strict for any more pull requests in this cycle.
In addition to the above, Sujith Manoharan reverts an earlier ath9k
patch. The earlier change was found to allow for the device to sleep
too long and miss beacons.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 2abb7cdc0d ("udp: Add support for doing checksum unnecessary
conversion") caused napi_gro_cb structs with the "flush" field zero to
take the "udp_gro_receive" path rather than the "set flush to 1" path
that they would previously take. As a result I saw booting from an NFS
root hang shortly after starting userspace, with "server not
responding" messages.
This change to the handling of "flush == 0" packets appears to be
incidental to the goal of adding new code in the case where
skb_gro_checksum_validate_zero_check() returns zero. Based on that and
the fact that it breaks things, I'm assuming that it is unintentional.
Fixes: 2abb7cdc0d ("udp: Add support for doing checksum unnecessary conversion")
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a possible issue with the use, or lack thereof of sk_refcnt and
sk_wmem_alloc in the wifi ack status functionality.
Specifically if a socket were to request acknowledgements, and the socket
were to have sk_refcnt drop to 0 resulting in it waiting on sk_wmem_alloc
to reach 0 it would be possible to have sock_queue_err_skb orphan the last
buffer, resulting in __sk_free being called on the socket. After this the
buffer is enqueued on sk_error_queue, however the queue has already been
flushed resulting in at least a memory leak, if not a data corruption.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds some documentation to the call skb_clone_sk. This is
meant to help clarify the purpose of the function for other developers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we try to rmmod the driver for an interface while sockets with
setsockopt(JOIN_ANYCAST) are alive, some refcounts aren't cleaned up
and we get stuck on:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for ens3 to become free. Usage count = 1
If we LEAVE_ANYCAST/close everything before rmmod'ing, there is no
problem.
We need to perform a cleanup similar to the one for multicast in
addrconf_ifdown(how == 1).
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hci_update_random_address will clear the RPA_EXPIRED flag and
proceed with setting a new one if the flag was set. However, the
set_random_addr() function that is called may choose to defer the update
to a later moment. In such a case the flag would incorrectly remain
unset unless set_random_addr() re-sets it. This patch fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Users are starting to test nf_tables with no x_tables support. Therefore,
masquerading needs to be indenpendent of it from Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now that we have masquerading support in nf_tables, the NAT chain can
be use with it, not only for SNAT/DNAT. So make this chain type
independent of it.
While at it, move it inside the scope of 'if NF_NAT_IPV*' to simplify
dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull Ceph fixes from Sage Weil:
"The main thing here is a set of three patches that fix a buffer
overrun for large authentication tickets (sigh).
There is also a trivial warning fix and an error path fix that are
both regressions"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client:
libceph: do not hard code max auth ticket len
libceph: add process_one_ticket() helper
libceph: gracefully handle large reply messages from the mon
rbd: fix error return code in rbd_dev_device_setup()
rbd: avoid format-security warning inside alloc_workqueue()
Use the new static_smps / dynamic_smps feature bits
instead of mac80211-internal hw flags.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Take the requested smps mode from the ap params
(instead of always starting with SMPS_OFF)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add feature bits to indicate device support for
static-smps and dynamic-smps modes.
Add a new NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE attribue to allow
configuring the smps mode to be used by the ap
(e.g. configuring to ap to dynamic smps mode will
reduce power consumption while having minor effect
on throughput)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Correctly mark the network header location in mac80211-generated TDLS
frames. These may be used by lower-level drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Userspace might need to know what queues are configured
for uapsd (e.g. for setting proper default values in tspecs).
Add this bitmap to the association event (inside wmm
nested attribute)
Add additional parameter to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp,
and update its callers.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add nl80211 and driver API to validate, add and delete traffic
streams with appropriate settings.
The API calls for userspace doing the action frame handshake
with the peer, and then allows only to set up the parameters
in the driver. To avoid setting up a session only to tear it
down again, the validate API is provided, but the real usage
later can still fail so userspace must be prepared for that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding a timeout for tearing down a TDLS connection that
hasn't had ACKed traffic sent through it for a certain
amount of time.
Since we have no other monitoring facility to indicate the
existance (or non-existance) of a peer, this patch will
cause a peer to be considered as unavailable if for some X
time at least some Y packets have all not been ACKed.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch improves the way minstrel_ht sorts rates according to throughput
and success probability. 3 FOR-loops across the entire rate and mcs group set
in function minstrel_ht_update_stats() which where used to determine the
fastest, second fastest and most robust rate are reduced to 2 FOR-loop.
The sorted list of rates according throughput is extended to the best four
rates as we need them in upcoming joint rate and power control. The sorting
is done via the new function minstrel_ht_sort_best_tp_rates(). The annotation
of those 4 best throughput rates in the debugfs file rc-stats is changes to:
"A,B,C,D", where A is the fastest rate and C the 4th fastest.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Minstrel and Mintrel_HT used there own structs to keep track of rate
statistics. Unify those variables in struct minstrel_rate_states and
move it to rc80211_minstrel.h for common usage. This is a clean-up
patch to prepare Minstrel and Minstrel_HT codebase for upcoming TPC.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clear any nl80211 messages that might contain keys after
processing them to avoid leaving their data in memory
"forever" after they've been freed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to put the values on the stack, just pass a
pointer to the data in the nl80211 message. This reduces stack
usage and avoids potential issues with putting sensitive data
on the stack.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When freeing the keys stored for wireless extensions, clear the memory
to avoid having the key material stick around in memory "forever".
Similarly, when userspace overwrites a key, actually clear it instead
of just setting the key length to zero.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When freeing the key, clear the memory to avoid having the
key material stick around in memory "forever".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When freeing the connect keys, clear the memory to avoid
having the key material stick around in memory "forever".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If encryption fails and we're using an RPA it may be because of a
conflict with another device. To avoid repeated failures the safest
action is to simply mark the RPA as expired so that a new one gets
generated as soon as the connection drops.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is a trivial change to use a proper define for the NoInputNoOutput
IO capability instead of hard-coded values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Even if we have no connection-oriented channels we should perform the
L2CAP Information Request procedures before notifying L2CAP channels of
the connection. This is so that the L2CAP channel implementations can
perform checks on what the remote side supports (e.g. does it support
the fixed channel in question).
So far the code has relied on the l2cap_do_start() function to initiate
the Information Request, however l2cap_do_start() is used on a
per-channel basis and only for connection-oriented channels. This means
that if there are no connection-oriented channels on the system we would
never start the Information Request procedure.
This patch creates a new l2cap_request_info() helper function to
initiate the Information Request procedure, and ensures that it is
called whenever a BR/EDR connection has been established. The patch also
updates fixed channels to be notified of connection readiness only once
the Information Request procedure has completed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are several places that need to determine the security level that
an LTK can provide. This patch adds a convenience function for this to
help make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the local IO capability is NoInputNoOutput any attempt to convert
the remote authentication requirement to a target security level is
futile. This patch makes sure that we set the target security level at
most to MEDIUM if the local IO capability is NoInputNoOutput.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All the cases where we mark SMP commands as dissalowed are their
respective command handlers. We can therefore simplify the code by
always clearing the bit immediately after testing it. This patch
converts the corresponding test_bit() call to a test_and_clear_bit()
call and also removes the now unused SMP_DISALLOW_CMD macro.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The SMP specification states that we should ignore any unknown bits from
the authentication requirement. We already have a define for masking out
unknown bits but we haven't used it in all places so far. This patch
adds usage of the AUTH_REQ_MASK to all places that need it and ensures
that we don't pass unknown bits onward to other functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We do nothing else with the auth variable in smp_cmd_pairing_rsp()
besides passing it to tk_request() which in turn only cares about
whether one of the sides had the MITM bit set. It is therefore
unnecessary to assign a value to it until just before calling
tk_request(), and this value can simply be the bit-wise or of the local
and remote requirements.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This fixes the following sparse warnings:
sparse: symbol 'tipc_update_nametbl' was not declared. Should it be static?
Also, the function is changed to return bool upon success, rather than a
potentially freed pointer.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When attempting to establish a local ephemeral endpoint for a TCP or UDP
socket, do not explicitly call bind, instead let it happen implicilty when the
socket is first used.
The main motivating factor for this change is when TCP runs out of unique
ephemeral ports (i.e. cannot find any ephemeral ports which are not a part of
*any* TCP connection). In this situation if you explicitly call bind, then the
call will fail with EADDRINUSE. However, if you allow the allocation of an
ephemeral port to happen implicitly as part of connect (or other functions),
then ephemeral ports can be reused, so long as the combination of (local_ip,
local_port, remote_ip, remote_port) is unique for TCP sockets on the system.
This doesn't matter for UDP sockets, but it seemed easiest to treat TCP and UDP
sockets the same.
This can allow mount.nfs(8) to continue to function successfully, even in the
face of misbehaving applications which are creating a large number of TCP
connections.
Signed-off-by: Chris Perl <chris.perl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
nf-next pull request
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your
net-next tree. Regarding nf_tables, most updates focus on consolidating
the NAT infrastructure and adding support for masquerading. More
specifically, they are:
1) use __u8 instead of u_int8_t in arptables header, from
Mike Frysinger.
2) Add support to match by skb->pkttype to the meta expression, from
Ana Rey.
3) Add support to match by cpu to the meta expression, also from
Ana Rey.
4) A smatch warning about IPSET_ATTR_MARKMASK validation, patch from
Vytas Dauksa.
5) Fix netnet and netportnet hash types the range support for IPv4,
from Sergey Popovich.
6) Fix missing-field-initializer warnings resolved, from Mark Rustad.
7) Dan Carperter reported possible integer overflows in ipset, from
Jozsef Kadlecsick.
8) Filter out accounting objects in nfacct by type, so you can
selectively reset quotas, from Alexey Perevalov.
9) Move specific NAT IPv4 functions to the core so x_tables and
nf_tables can share the same NAT IPv4 engine.
10) Use the new NAT IPv4 functions from nft_chain_nat_ipv4.
11) Move specific NAT IPv6 functions to the core so x_tables and
nf_tables can share the same NAT IPv4 engine.
12) Use the new NAT IPv6 functions from nft_chain_nat_ipv6.
13) Refactor code to add nft_delrule(), which can be reused in the
enhancement of the NFT_MSG_DELTABLE to remove a table and its
content, from Arturo Borrero.
14) Add a helper function to unregister chain hooks, from
Arturo Borrero.
15) A cleanup to rename to nft_delrule_by_chain for consistency with
the new nft_*() functions, also from Arturo.
16) Add support to match devgroup to the meta expression, from Ana Rey.
17) Reduce stack usage for IPVS socket option, from Julian Anastasov.
18) Remove unnecessary textsearch state initialization in xt_string,
from Bojan Prtvar.
19) Add several helper functions to nf_tables, more work to prepare
the enhancement of NFT_MSG_DELTABLE, again from Arturo Borrero.
20) Enhance NFT_MSG_DELTABLE to delete a table and its content, from
Arturo Borrero.
21) Support NAT flags in the nat expression to indicate the flavour,
eg. random fully, from Arturo.
22) Add missing audit code to ebtables when replacing tables, from
Nicolas Dichtel.
23) Generalize the IPv4 masquerading code to allow its re-use from
nf_tables, from Arturo.
24) Generalize the IPv6 masquerading code, also from Arturo.
25) Add the new masq expression to support IPv4/IPv6 masquerading
from nf_tables, also from Arturo.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the more common pr_warn.
Other miscellanea:
o Coalesce formats
o Realign arguments
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the more common pr_warn.
Coalesce formats.
Realign arguments.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We hard code cephx auth ticket buffer size to 256 bytes. This isn't
enough for any moderate setups and, in case tickets themselves are not
encrypted, leads to buffer overflows (ceph_x_decrypt() errors out, but
ceph_decode_copy() doesn't - it's just a memcpy() wrapper). Since the
buffer is allocated dynamically anyway, allocated it a bit later, at
the point where we know how much is going to be needed.
Fixes: http://tracker.ceph.com/issues/8979
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
Add a helper for processing individual cephx auth tickets. Needed for
the next commit, which deals with allocating ticket buffers. (Most of
the diff here is whitespace - view with git diff -b).
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
We preallocate a few of the message types we get back from the mon. If we
get a larger message than we are expecting, fall back to trying to allocate
a new one instead of blindly using the one we have.
CC: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Add ipv6_gro_receive and ipv6_gro_complete to sit_offload to
support GRO.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add inet_gro_receive and inet_gro_complete to ipip_offload to
support GRO.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In TCP gro we check flush_id which is derived from the IP identifier.
In IPv4 gro path the flush_id is set with the expectation that every
matched packet increments IP identifier. In IPv6, the flush_id is
never set and thus is uinitialized. What's worse is that in IPv6
over IPv4 encapsulation, the IP identifier is taken from the outer
header which is currently not incremented on every packet for Linux
stack, so GRO in this case never matches packets (identifier is
not increasing).
This patch clears flush_id for every time for a matched packet in
IPv6 gro_receive. We need to do this each time to overwrite the
setting that would be done in IPv4 gro_receive per the outer
header in IPv6 over Ipv4 encapsulation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a missing __user annotation in a cast of a user space pointer (found by
checker).
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/ipv4/udp_offload.c:339:5: warning: symbol 'udp4_gro_complete' was
not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Fixes: 57c67ff4bd ("udp: additional GRO support")
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/core/net_namespace.c:227:18: warning: incorrect type in argument 1
(different address spaces)
net/core/net_namespace.c:227:18: expected void const *<noident>
net/core/net_namespace.c:227:18: got struct net_generic [noderef]
<asn:4>*gen
We can use rcu_access_pointer() here as read-side access to the pointer
was removed at least one grace period ago.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/ipv6/udp_offload.c:159:5: warning: symbol 'udp6_gro_complete' was
not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 57c67ff4bd ("udp: additional GRO support")
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove one sparse warning :
net/ipv4/ip_sockglue.c:328:22: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different address spaces)
net/ipv4/ip_sockglue.c:328:22: expected struct ip_ra_chain [noderef] <asn:4>*next
net/ipv4/ip_sockglue.c:328:22: got struct ip_ra_chain *[assigned] ra
And replace one rcu_assign_ptr() by RCU_INIT_POINTER() where applicable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's not used anywhere, so just remove these.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Linux manpage for recvmsg and sendmsg calls does not explicitly mention setting msg_namelen to 0 when
msg_name passed set as NULL. When developers don't set msg_namelen member in msghdr, it might contain garbage
value which will fail the validation check and sendmsg and recvmsg calls from kernel will return EINVAL. This will
break old binaries and any code for which there is no access to source code.
To fix this, we set msg_namelen to 0 when msg_name is passed as NULL from userland.
Signed-off-by: Ani Sinha <ani@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Few packets have timestamping enabled. Exit sock_tx_timestamp quickly
in this common case.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
not used anymore since ddecf0f
(net_sched: sfq: add optional RED on top of SFQ).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported by Mikulas Patocka, kmemcheck currently barks out a
false positive since we don't have special kmemcheck annotation
for bitfields used in bpf_prog structure.
We currently have jited:1, len:31 and thus when accessing len
while CONFIG_KMEMCHECK enabled, kmemcheck throws a warning that
we're reading uninitialized memory.
As we don't need the whole bit universe for pages member, we
can just split it to u16 and use a bool flag for jited instead
of a bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Mikulas Patocka <mpatocka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexander Duyck reported high false sharing on dst refcount in tcp stack
when prequeue is used. prequeue is the mechanism used when a thread is
blocked in recvmsg()/read() on a TCP socket, using a blocking model
rather than select()/poll()/epoll() non blocking one.
We already try to use RCU in input path as much as possible, but we were
forced to take a refcount on the dst when skb escaped RCU protected
region. When/if the user thread runs on different cpu, dst_release()
will then touch dst refcount again.
Commit 093162553c (tcp: force a dst refcount when prequeue packet)
was an example of a race fix.
It turns out the only remaining usage of skb->dst for a packet stored
in a TCP socket prequeue is IP early demux.
We can add a logic to detect when IP early demux is probably going
to use skb->dst. Because we do an optimistic check rather than duplicate
existing logic, we need to guard inet_sk_rx_dst_set() and
inet6_sk_rx_dst_set() from using a NULL dst.
Many thanks to Alexander for providing a nice bug report, git bisection,
and reproducer.
Tested using Alexander script on a 40Gb NIC, 8 RX queues.
Hosts have 24 cores, 48 hyper threads.
echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_autocorking
for i in `seq 0 47`
do
for j in `seq 0 2`
do
netperf -H $DEST -t TCP_STREAM -l 1000 \
-c -C -T $i,$i -P 0 -- \
-m 64 -s 64K -D &
done
done
Before patch : ~6Mpps and ~95% cpu usage on receiver
After patch : ~9Mpps and ~35% cpu usage on receiver.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the remote side is not distributing its IRK but is distributing the
CSRK the next PDU after master identification is the Signing
Information. This patch fixes a missing SMP_ALLOW_CMD() for this in the
smp_cmd_master_ident() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
security_file_set_fowner always returns 0, so make it f_setown and
__f_setown void return functions and fix up the error handling in the
callers.
Cc: linux-security-module@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Change the date type of error status from u64 to atomic_long_t, and use atomic
operation, then remove the lock which is used to protect the error status.
The operation of atomic maybe faster than spin lock.
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes an unncessary check in the br_afspec() method of
br_netlink.c.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow rtnetlink users to set bridge master info via IFLA_INFO_DATA attr
This initial part implements forward_delay, hello_time, max_age options.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow rtnetlink users to get bridge master info in IFLA_INFO_DATA attr
This initial part implements forward_delay, hello_time, max_age options.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow rtnetlink users to set port info via IFLA_INFO_SLAVE_DATA attr
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow rtnetlink users to get port info in IFLA_INFO_SLAVE_DATA attr
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The thing is that netdev_master_upper_dev_link calls
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, dev). That generates rtnl
link message and during that, rtnl_link_ops->fill_slave_info is called.
But with current ordering, rx_handler and IFF_BRIDGE_PORT are not set
yet so there would have to be check for that in fill_slave_info callback.
Resolve this by reordering to similar what bonding and team does to
avoid the check.
Also add removal of IFF_BRIDGE_PORT flag into error path.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
issue that we only found when using vendor events more frequently;
the other addresses some bad information being reported in userspace
that people were starting to actually look at.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=gW3Y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-john-2014-09-08' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"Two more fixes for mac80211 - one of them addresses a long-standing
issue that we only found when using vendor events more frequently;
the other addresses some bad information being reported in userspace
that people were starting to actually look at."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net.ipv4.ip_nonlocal_bind sysctl was global to all network
namespaces. This patch allows to set a different value for each
network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.im>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nft_masq expression is intended to perform NAT in the masquerade flavour.
We decided to have the masquerade functionality in a separated expression other
than nft_nat.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Let's refactor the code so we can reach the masquerade functionality
from outside the xt context (ie. nftables).
The patch includes the addition of an atomic counter to the masquerade
notifier: the stuff to be done by the notifier is the same for xt and
nftables. Therefore, only one notification handler is needed.
This factorization only involves IPv6; a similar patch exists to
handle IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Let's refactor the code so we can reach the masquerade functionality
from outside the xt context (ie. nftables).
The patch includes the addition of an atomic counter to the masquerade
notifier: the stuff to be done by the notifier is the same for xt and
nftables. Therefore, only one notification handler is needed.
This factorization only involves IPv4; a similar patch follows to
handle IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is already done for x_tables (family AF_INET and AF_INET6), let's
do it for AF_BRIDGE also.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Both SNAT and DNAT (and the upcoming masquerade) can have additional
configuration parameters, such as port randomization and NAT addressing
persistence. We can cover these scenarios by simply adding a flag
attribute for userspace to fill when needed.
The flags to use are defined in include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nf_nat.h:
NF_NAT_RANGE_MAP_IPS
NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_SPECIFIED
NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_RANDOM
NF_NAT_RANGE_PERSISTENT
NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_RANDOM_FULLY
NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_RANDOM_ALL
The caller must take care of not messing up with the flags, as they are
added unconditionally to the final resulting nf_nat_range.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch extend the NFT_MSG_DELTABLE call to support flushing the entire
ruleset.
The options now are:
* No family speficied, no table specified: flush all the ruleset.
* Family specified, no table specified: flush all tables in the AF.
* Family specified, table specified: flush the given table.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch refactor the code to schedule objects deletion.
They are useful in follow-up patches.
In order to be able to use these new helper functions in all the code,
they are placed in the top of the file, with all the dependant functions
and symbols.
nft_rule_disactivate_next has been renamed to nft_rule_deactivate.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The skb_find_text() accepts uninitialized textsearch state variable.
Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <prtvar.b@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use union to reserve the required stack space for sockopt data
which is less than the currently hardcoded value of 128.
Now the tables for commands should be more readable.
The checks added for readability are optimized by compiler,
others warn at compile time if command uses too much
stack or exceeds the storage of set_arglen and get_arglen.
As Dan Carpenter points out, we can run for unprivileged user,
so we can silent some error messages.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
CC: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
CC: Andrey Utkin <andrey.krieger.utkin@gmail.com>
CC: David Binderman <dcb314@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add devgroup support to let us match device group of a packets incoming
or outgoing interface.
Signed-off-by: Ana Rey <anarey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
For the sake of homogenize the function naming scheme, let's rename
nf_table_delrule_by_chain() to nft_delrule_by_chain().
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds a helper function to unregister chain hooks in the chain
deletion path. Basically, a code factorization.
The new function is useful in follow-up patches.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This helper function always schedule the rule to be removed in the following
transaction.
In follow-up patches, it is interesting to handle separately the logic of rule
activation/disactivation from the transaction mechanism.
So, this patch simply splits the original nf_tables_delrule_one() in two
functions, allowing further control.
While at it, for the sake of homigeneize the function naming scheme, let's
rename nf_tables_delrule_one() to nft_delrule().
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use the exported IPv6 NAT functions that are provided by the core. This
removes duplicated code so iptables and nft use the same NAT codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the specific NAT IPv6 core functions that are called from the
hooks from ip6table_nat.c to nf_nat_l3proto_ipv6.c. This prepares the
ground to allow iptables and nft to use the same NAT engine code that
comes in a follow up patch.
This also renames nf_nat_ipv6_fn to nft_nat_ipv6_fn in
net/ipv6/netfilter/nft_chain_nat_ipv6.c to avoid a compilation breakage.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Packets that are supposed to be delivered via the peer device need to
be checked and sent to correct device. This requires that user has set
the routes properly so that the 6lowpan module can then figure out
the destination gateway and the correct Bluetooth device.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17.x
The peer IPv6 address contained wrong U/L bit in the EUI-64 part.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17.x
Use the default connection timeout value defined in l2cap.h because
the current timeout was too short and most of the time the connection
attempts timed out.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17.x
Whether through HCI with BR/EDR or SMP with LE when authentication fails
we should also notify any pending Pair Device mgmt command. This patch
updates the mgmt_auth_failed function to take the actual hci_conn object
and makes sure that any pending pairing command is notified and cleaned
up appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-09-08
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.18 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"Not that much content this time. Some RCU cleanups, crypto
performance improvements, and various patches all over,
rather than listing them one might as well look into the
git log instead."
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"The changes consists of:
- Coding style fixes to HCI drivers
- Corrupted ack value fix for the H5 HCI driver
- A couple of Enhanced L2CAP fixes
- Conversion of SMP code to use common L2CAP channel API
- Page scan optimizations when using the kernel-side whitelist
- Various mac802154 and and ieee802154 6lowpan cleanups
- One new Atheros USB ID"
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"We have a new big thing coming up which is called Dynamic Queue
Allocation (or DQA). This is a completely new way to work with the
Tx queues and it requires major refactoring. This is being done by
Johannes and Avri. Besides this, Johannes disables U-APSD by default
because of APs that would disable A-MPDU if the association supports
U-ASPD. Luca contributed to the power area which he was cleaning
up on the way while working on CSA. A few more random things here
and there."
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"For ath6kl we had two small fixes and a new SDIO device id.
For ath10k the bigger changes are:
* support for new firmware version 10.2 (Michal)
* spectral scan support (Simon, Sven & Mathias)
* export a firmware crash dump file (Ben & me)
* cleaning up of pci.c (Michal)
* print pci id in all messages, which causes most of the churn (Michal)"
Beyond that, we have the usual collection of various updates to ath9k,
b43, mwifiex, and wil6210, as well as a few other bits here and there.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inetpeer sequence numbers are no longer incremented, so no need to
check and flush the tree. The function that increments the sequence
number was already dead code and removed in in "ipv4: remove unused
function" (068a6e18). Remove the code that checks for a change, too.
Verifying that v4_seq and v6_seq are never incremented and thus that
flush_check compares bp->flush_seq to 0 is trivial.
The second part of the change removes flush_check completely even
though bp->flush_seq is exactly !0 once, at initialization. This
change is correct because the time this branch is true is when
bp->root == peer_avl_empty_rcu, in which the branch and
inetpeer_invalidate_tree are a NOOP.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GRE assumes that the GRE header is at skb_network_header +
ip_hrdlen(skb). It is more general to use skb_transport_header
and this allows the possbility of inserting additional header
between IP and GRE (which is what we will done in Generic UDP
Encapsulation for GRE).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit d9b2938aab ("net: attempt a single high order allocation)
I forgot to update kerneldoc, as @prio parameter was renamed to @gfp
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the following type of static analyzer warning (and
probably a real bug as well as the NULL check should be there for a
reason):
net/bluetooth/smp.c:1182 smp_conn_security() warn: variable dereferenced before check 'conn' (see line 1174)
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Replaced the use of a Variable Length Array In Struct (VLAIS) with a C99
compliant equivalent. This patch allocates the appropriate amount of memory
using an char array.
The new code can be compiled with both gcc and clang.
struct shash_desc contains a flexible array member member ctx declared with
CRYPTO_MINALIGN_ATTR, so sizeof(struct shash_desc) aligns the beginning
of the array declared after struct shash_desc with long long.
No trailing padding is required because it is not a struct type that can
be used in an array.
The CRYPTO_MINALIGN_ATTR is required so that desc is aligned with long long
as would be the case for a struct containing a member with
CRYPTO_MINALIGN_ATTR.
Signed-off-by: Behan Webster <behanw@converseincode.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Charlebois <charlebm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan-Simon Möller <dl9pf@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
SMP defines quite clearly when certain PDUs are to be expected/allowed
and when not, but doesn't have any explicit request/response definition.
So far the code has relied on each PDU handler to behave correctly if
receiving PDUs at an unexpected moment, however this requires many
different checks and is prone to errors.
This patch introduces a generic way to keep track of allowed PDUs and
thereby reduces the responsibility & load on individual command
handlers. The tracking is implemented using a simple bit-mask where each
opcode maps to its own bit. If the bit is set the corresponding PDU is
allow and if the bit is not set the PDU is not allowed.
As a simple example, when we send the Pairing Request we'd set the bit
for Pairing Response, and when we receive the Pairing Response we'd
clear the bit for Pairing Response.
Since the disallowed PDU rejection is now done in a single central place
we need to be a bit careful of which action makes most sense to all
cases. Previously some, such as Security Request, have been simply
ignored whereas others have caused an explicit disconnect.
The only PDU rejection action that keeps good interoperability and can
be used for all the applicable use cases is to drop the data. This may
raise some concerns of us now being more lenient for misbehaving (and
potentially malicious) devices, but the policy of simply dropping data
has been a successful one for many years e.g. in L2CAP (where this is
the *only* policy for such cases - we never request disconnection in
l2cap_core.c because of bad data). Furthermore, we cannot prevent
connected devices from creating the SMP context (through a Security or
Pairing Request), and once the context exists looking up the
corresponding bit for the received opcode and deciding to reject it is
essentially an equally lightweight operation as the kind of rejection
that l2cap_core.c already successfully does.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're in the process of receiving keys in phase 3 of SMP we keep
track of which keys are still expected in the smp->remote_key_dist
variable. If we still have some key bits set we need to continue waiting
for more PDUs and not needlessly call smp_distribute_keys(). This patch
fixes two such cases in the smp_cmd_master_ident() and
smp_cmd_ident_addr_info() handler functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a define for the allowed bits of the key distribution
mask so we don't have to have magic 0x07 constants throughout the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Before the move the l2cap_chan the SMP context (smp_chan) didn't have
any kind of proper locking. The best there existed was the
HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag which was used to enable mutual exclusion for
potential multiple creators of the SMP context.
Now that SMP has been converted to use the l2cap_chan infrastructure and
since the SMP context is directly mapped to a corresponding l2cap_chan
we get the SMP context locking essentially for free through the
l2cap_chan lock. For all callbacks that l2cap_core.c makes for each
channel implementation (smp.c in the case of SMP) the l2cap_chan lock is
held through l2cap_chan_lock(chan).
Since the calls from l2cap_core.c to smp.c are covered the only missing
piece to have the locking implemented properly is to ensure that the
lock is held for any other call path that may access the SMP context.
This means user responses through mgmt.c, requests to elevate the
security of a connection through hci_conn.c, as well as any deferred
work through workqueues.
This patch adds the necessary locking to all these other code paths that
try to access the SMP context. Since mutual exclusion for the l2cap_chan
access is now covered from all directions the patch also removes
unnecessary HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag (once we've acquired the chan lock
we can simply check whether chan->smp is set to know if there's an SMP
context).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the identity address update happens through its own deferred
work there's no need to have smp_distribute_keys anymore behind a second
deferred work. This patch removes this extra construction and makes the
code do direct calls to smp_distribute_keys() again.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The identity address update of all channels for an l2cap_conn needs to
take the lock for each channel, i.e. it's safest to do this by a
separate workqueue callback.
Previously this was partially solved by moving the entire SMP key
distribution behind a workqueue. However, if we want SMP context locking
to be correct and safe we should always use the l2cap_chan lock when
accessing it, meaning even smp_distribute_keys needs to take that lock
which would once again create a dead lock when updating the identity
address.
The simplest way to solve this is to have l2cap_conn manage the deferred
work which is what this patch does. A subsequent patch will remove the
now unnecessary SMP key distribution work struct.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When smp_resume_cb is called if we're not encrypted (i.e. the callback
wasn't called because the connection became encrypted) we shouldn't take
any action at all. This patch moves also the security_timer cancellation
behind this condition.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The SMP security timer used to be able to modify the SMP context state
but now days it simply calls hci_disconnect(). It is therefore
unnecessary to have extra sanity checks for the SMP context after
canceling the timer.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The "pending" L2CAP response value is not defined for LE CoC. This patch
adds a clarifying comment to the code so that the reader will not think
there is a bug in trying to use this value for LE CoC.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To give all hci_disconnect() users the advantage of getting the clock
offset read automatically this patch moves the necessary code from
hci_conn_timeout() into hci_disconnect(). This way we pretty much always
update the clock offset when disconnecting.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no reason to custom build the HCI_Disconnect command in the
Disconnect Device mgmt command handler. This patch updates the code to
use hci_disconnect() instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll soon use hci_disconnect() from places that are interested to know
whether the hci_send_cmd() really succeeded or not. This patch updates
hci_disconnect() to pass on any error returned from hci_send_cmd().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Returning failure from the SMP data parsing function will cause an
immediate disconnect, making any attempts to send a response PDU futile.
This patch updates the function to always either send a response or
return an error, but never both at the same time:
* In the case that HCI_LE_ENABLED is not set we want to send a Pairing Not
Supported response but it is not required to force a disconnection, so
do not set the error return in this case.
* If we get garbage SMP data we can just fail with the handler function
instead of also trying to send an SMP Failure PDU.
* There's no reason to force a disconnection if we receive an unknown SMP
command. Instead simply send a proper Command Not Supported SMP
response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that there are no more users of the l2cap_conn_shutdown API (since
smp.c switched to using hci_disconnect) we can simply remove it along
with all of it's l2cap_conn variables.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Relying on the l2cap_conn_del procedure (triggered through the
l2cap_conn_shutdown API) to get the connection disconnected is not
reliable as it depends on all users releasing (through hci_conn_drop)
and that there's at least one user (so hci_conn_drop is called at least
one time).
A much simpler and more reliable solution is to call hci_disconnect()
directly from the SMP code when we want to disconnect. One side-effect
this has is that it prevents any SMP Failure PDU from being sent before
the disconnection, however neither one of the scenarios where
l2cap_conn_shutdown was used really requires this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the l2cap_conn_del() function is used we do not want to wait around
"in case something happens" before disconnecting. This patch sets the
disconnection timeout to 0 so that the disconnection routines get
immediately scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We can't have hci_chan contribute to the "active" reference counting of
the hci_conn since otherwise the connection would never get dropped when
there are no more users (since hci_chan would be counted as a user).
This patch removes hold() when creating the hci_chan and drop() when
destroying it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When hci_chan_del is called the disconnection routines get scheduled
through a workqueue. If there's any incoming ACL data before the
routines get executed there's a chance that a new hci_chan is created
and the disconnection never happens. This patch adds a new hci_conn flag
to indicate that we're in the process of driving the connection down. We
set the flag in hci_chan_del and check for it in hci_chan_create so that
no new channels are created for the same connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hci_chan_del() function is used in scenarios where we've decided we
want to get rid of the underlying baseband link. It makes therefore
sense to force the disc_timeout to 0 so that the disconnection routines
are immediately scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hci_chan_del() function was doing a hci_conn_drop() but there was no
matching hci_conn_hold() in the hci_chan_create() function. Furthermore,
as the hci_chan struct holds a pointer to the hci_conn there should be
proper use of hci_conn_get/put. This patch fixes both issues so that
hci_chan does correct reference counting of the hci_conn object.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The necessary steps for freeing connection paramaters have grown quite a
bit so we can simplify the code by factoring it out into its own
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Wherever we keep hci_conn pointers around we should be using
hci_conn_get/put to ensure that they stay valid. This patch fixes
all places violating against the principle currently.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It's natural to have *_get() functions that increment the reference
count of an object to return the object type itself. This way it's
simple to make a copy of the object pointer and increase the reference
count in a single step. This patch updates two such get() functions,
namely hci_conn_get() and l2cap_conn_get(), and updates the users to
take advantage of the new API.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we get an LE connection complete event there's really no reason to
look through the entire connection parameter list as the entry should be
present in the hdev->pend_le_conns list too. This patch changes the
lookup code to do a more restricted lookup only in the pend_le_conns
list.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the hci_le_conn_complete_evt() function there's no need to set the
addr_type value until it's actually needed, i.e. for the black list
lookup. This patch moves the code a bit further down in the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that SMP has been converted to use fixed channels we've got a bit of
a problem with the hci_conn reference counting. So far the L2CAP code
has kept a reference for each L2CAP channel that was notified of the
connection. With SMP however this would mean that the connection is
never dropped even though there are no other users of it. Furthermore,
SMP already does its own hci_conn reference counting internally,
starting from a security or pairing request and ending with the key
distribution.
This patch makes L2CAP fixed channels default to the L2CAP core not
keeping a hci_conn reference for them. A new FLAG_HOLD_HCI_CONN flag is
added so that L2CAP users can declare an exception to this rule and hold
a reference even for their fixed channels. One such exception is the
L2CAP socket layer which does want a reference for each socket (e.g. an
ATT socket which uses a fixed channel).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The l2cap_chan_add() function doesn't require the channel to be
unlocked. It only requires the l2cap_conn to be unlocked. Therefore,
it's unnecessary to unlock a channel before calling l2cap_chan_add().
This patch removes such unnecessary unlocking from the
l2cap_chan_connect() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The l2cap_create_le_flowctl_pdu() function that l2cap_segment_le_sdu()
calls is perfectly capable of doing packet fragmentation if given bigger
PDUs than the HCI buffers allow. Forcing the PDU length based on the HCI
MTU (conn->mtu) would therefore needlessly strict operation on hardware
with limited LE buffers (e.g. both Intel and Broadcom seem to have this
set to just 27 bytes).
This patch removes the restriction and makes it possible to send PDUs of
the full length that the remote MPS value allows.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
This message occasionally triggers for some people as in
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1111740 but
it's not clear which (headroom or tailroom) is at fault.
Annotate the message a bit to get more information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Linux already supports 802.11h, where the access point can tell the
client to reduce its transmission power. However, 802.11h is only
defined for 5 GHz, where the need for this is much smaller than on
2.4 GHz.
Cisco has their own solution, called DTPC (Dynamic Transmit Power
Control). Cisco APs on a controller sometimes but not always send
802.11h; they always send DTPC, even on 2.4 GHz. This patch adds support
for parsing and honoring the DTPC IE in addition to the 802.11h
element (they do not always contain the same limits, so both must
be honored); the format is not documented, but very simple.
Tested (on top of wireless.git and on 3.16.1) against a Cisco Aironet
1142 joined to a Cisco 2504 WLC, by setting various transmit power
levels for the given access points and observing the results.
The Wireshark 802.11 dissector agrees with the interpretation of the
element, except for negative numbers, which seem to never happen
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Decouple the logic of parsing the 802.11d and 802.11h IEs from the
part of deciding what to do about the data (messaging, clamping to
0 dBm, doing the actual setting). This paves the way for the next
patch, which introduces more data sources for transmit power limitation.
Signed-off-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Percpu allocator now supports allocation mask. Add @gfp to
percpu_counter_init() so that !GFP_KERNEL allocation masks can be used
with percpu_counters too.
We could have left percpu_counter_init() alone and added
percpu_counter_init_gfp(); however, the number of users isn't that
high and introducing _gfp variants to all percpu data structures would
be quite ugly, so let's just do the conversion. This is the one with
the most users. Other percpu data structures are a lot easier to
convert.
This patch doesn't make any functional difference.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: x86@kernel.org
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-09-05
Please pull this batch of fixes intended for the 3.17 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"Here are a few fixes for mac80211. One has been discussed for a while
and adds a terminating NUL-byte to the alpha2 sent to userspace, which
shouldn't be necessary but since many places treat it as a string we
couldn't move to just sending two bytes.
In addition to that, we have two VLAN fixes from Felix, a mesh fix, a
fix for the recently introduced RX aggregation offload, a revert for
a broken patch (that luckily didn't really cause any harm) and a small
fix for alignment in debugfs."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I revert a patch that disabled CTS to self in dvm because users
reported issues. The revert is CCed to stable since the offending
patch was sent to stable too. I also bump the firmware API versions
since a new firmware is coming up. On top of that, Marcel fixes a
bug I introduced while fixing a bug in our Kconfig file."
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible that the interface is already gone after joining
the list of anycast on this interface as we don't hold a refcount
for the device, in this case we are safe to ignore the error.
What's more important, for API compatibility we should not
change this behavior for applications even if it were correct.
Fixes: commit a9ed4a2986 ("ipv6: fix rtnl locking in setsockopt for anycast and multicast")
Cc: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of dereference each byte let's use %*ph specifier in the printk()
calls.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CONFIG_IPV6=m
CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TPROXY=y
net/built-in.o: In function `nf_tproxy_get_sock_v6.constprop.11':
>> xt_TPROXY.c:(.text+0x583a1): undefined reference to `udp6_lib_lookup'
net/built-in.o: In function `tproxy_tg_init':
>> xt_TPROXY.c:(.init.text+0x1dc3): undefined reference to `nf_defrag_ipv6_enable'
This fix is similar to 1a5bbfc ("netfilter: Fix build errors with
xt_socket.c").
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->when field no longer exists as of recent change
7faee5c0d5 ("tcp: remove TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->when"). And in any case,
tcp_fragment() is called on already-transmitted packets from the
__tcp_retransmit_skb() call site, so copying timestamps of any kind
in this spot is quite sensible.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reported-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 740b0f1841 ("tcp: switch rtt estimations to usec resolution"),
we no longer need to maintain timestamps in two different fields.
TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->when can be removed, as same information sits in skb_mstamp.stamp_jiffies
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->when has different meaning in output and input paths.
In output path, it contains a timestamp.
In input path, it contains an ISN, chosen by tcp_timewait_state_process()
Lets add a different name to ease code comprehension.
Note that 'when' field will disappear in following patch,
as skb_mstamp already contains timestamp, the anonymous
union will promptly disappear as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates some of the flow_dissector api so that it can be used to
parse the length of ethernet buffers stored in fragments. Most of the
changes needed were to __skb_get_poff as it needed to be updated to support
sending a linear buffer instead of a skb.
I have split __skb_get_poff into two functions, the first is skb_get_poff
and it retains the functionality of the original __skb_get_poff. The other
function is __skb_get_poff which now works much like __skb_flow_dissect in
relation to skb_flow_dissect in that it provides the same functionality but
works with just a data buffer and hlen instead of needing an skb.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since sock_efree and sock_demux are essentially the same code for non-TCP
sockets and the case where CONFIG_INET is not defined we can combine the
code or replace the call to sock_edemux in several spots. As a result we
can avoid a bit of unnecessary code or code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy timestamping takes a different path than the regular timestamping
does in that it will create a clone first so that the packets needing to be
timestamped can be placed in a queue, or the context block could be used.
In order to support these use cases I am pulling the core of the code out
so it can be used in other drivers beyond just phy devices.
In addition I have added a destructor named sock_efree which is meant to
provide a simple way for dropping the reference to skb exceptions that
aren't part of either the receive or send windows for the socket, and I
have removed some duplication in spots where this destructor could be used
in place of sock_edemux.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change merges the shared bits that exist between skb_tx_tstamp and
skb_complete_tx_timestamp. By doing this we can avoid the two diverging as
there were already changes pushed into skb_tx_tstamp that hadn't made it
into the other function.
In addition this resolves issues with the fact that
skb_complete_tx_timestamp was included in linux/skbuff.h even though it was
only compiled in if phy timestamping was enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lets make this hash function a bit secure, as ICMP attacks are still
in the wild.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix spelling typo found in DocBook/networking.xml.
It is because the neworking.xml is generated from comments
in the source, I have to fix typo in comments within the source.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Paul Bolle reports that 'select NETFILTER_XT_NAT' from the IPV4 and IPV6
NAT tables becomes noop since there is no Kconfig switch for it. Add the
Kconfig switch to resolve this problem.
Fixes: 8993cf8 netfilter: move NAT Kconfig switches out of the iptables scope
Reported-by: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nh_exceptions is effectively used under rcu, but lacks proper
barriers. Between kzalloc() and setting of nh->nh_exceptions(),
we need a proper memory barrier.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 4895c771c7 ("ipv4: Add FIB nexthop exceptions.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
addrconf_get_prefix_route() ensures to get the right route in the right table.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason to take a refcnt before deleting the peer address route.
It's done some lines below for the local prefix route because
inet6_ifa_finish_destroy() will release it at the end.
For the peer address route, we want to free it right now.
This bug has been introduced by commit
caeaba7900 ("ipv6: add support of peer address").
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This syntax error was covered by L2TP_REFCNT_DEBUG not being set by
default.
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The timestamping API has separate bits for generating and reporting
timestamps. A software timestamp should only be reported for a packet
when the packet has the relevant generation flag (SKBTX_..) set
and the socket has reporting bit SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE set.
The second check was accidentally removed. Reinstitute the original
behavior.
Tested:
Without this patch, Documentation/networking/txtimestamp reports
timestamps regardless of whether SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE is set.
After the patch, it only reports them when the flag is set.
Fixes: f24b9be595 ("net-timestamp: extend SCM_TIMESTAMPING ancillary data struct")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds new ethtool cmd, ETHTOOL_GTUNABLE & ETHTOOL_STUNABLE for getting
tunable values from driver.
Add get_tunable and set_tunable to ethtool_ops. Driver implements these
functions for getting/setting tunable value.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marcel reported to see the following message when autoloading
is being triggered when adding nlmon device:
Loading kernel module for a network device with
CAP_SYS_MODULE (deprecated). Use CAP_NET_ADMIN and alias
netdev-nlmon instead.
This false-positive happens despite with having correct
capabilities set, e.g. through issuing `ip link del dev nlmon`
more than once on a valid device with name nlmon, but Marcel
has also seen it on creation time when no nlmon module is
previously compiled-in or loaded as module and the device
name equals a link type name (e.g. nlmon, vxlan, team).
Stephen says:
The netdev module alias is a hold over from the past. For
normal devices, people used to create a alias eth0 to and
point it to the type of network device used, that was back
in the bad old ISA days before real discovery.
Also, the tunnels create module alias for the control device
and ip used to use this to autoload the tunnel device.
The message is bogus and should just be removed, I also see
it in a couple of other cases where tap devices are renamed
for other usese.
As mentioned in 8909c9ad8f ("net: don't allow CAP_NET_ADMIN
to load non-netdev kernel modules"), we nevertheless still
might want to leave the old autoloading behaviour in place
as it could break old scripts, so for now, lets just remove
the log message as Stephen suggests.
Reference: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1105168
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Suggested-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With eBPF getting more extended and exposure to user space is on it's way,
hardening the memory range the interpreter uses to steer its command flow
seems appropriate. This patch moves the to be interpreted bytecode to
read-only pages.
In case we execute a corrupted BPF interpreter image for some reason e.g.
caused by an attacker which got past a verifier stage, it would not only
provide arbitrary read/write memory access but arbitrary function calls
as well. After setting up the BPF interpreter image, its contents do not
change until destruction time, thus we can setup the image on immutable
made pages in order to mitigate modifications to that code. The idea
is derived from commit 314beb9bca ("x86: bpf_jit_comp: secure bpf jit
against spraying attacks").
This is possible because bpf_prog is not part of sk_filter anymore.
After setup bpf_prog cannot be altered during its life-time. This prevents
any modifications to the entire bpf_prog structure (incl. function/JIT
image pointer).
Every eBPF program (including classic BPF that are migrated) have to call
bpf_prog_select_runtime() to select either interpreter or a JIT image
as a last setup step, and they all are being freed via bpf_prog_free(),
including non-JIT. Therefore, we can easily integrate this into the
eBPF life-time, plus since we directly allocate a bpf_prog, we have no
performance penalty.
Tested with seccomp and test_bpf testsuite in JIT/non-JIT mode and manual
inspection of kernel_page_tables. Brad Spengler proposed the same idea
via Twitter during development of this patch.
Joint work with Hannes Frederic Sowa.
Suggested-by: Brad Spengler <spender@grsecurity.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling setsockopt with IPV6_JOIN_ANYCAST or IPV6_LEAVE_ANYCAST
triggers the assertion in addrconf_join_solict()/addrconf_leave_solict()
ipv6_sock_ac_join(), ipv6_sock_ac_drop(), ipv6_sock_ac_close() need to
take RTNL before calling ipv6_dev_ac_inc/dec. Same thing with
ipv6_sock_mc_join(), ipv6_sock_mc_drop(), ipv6_sock_mc_close() before
calling ipv6_dev_mc_inc/dec.
This patch moves ASSERT_RTNL() up a level in the call stack.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Reported-by: Tommi Rantala <tt.rantala@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit "mac80211: disable 40MHz support in case of 20MHz AP"
broke working VHT in 20Mhz with APs like Netgear R6300v2 which
do not publish support for 40Mhz but allow use of VHT in 20Mhz.
The break is because VHT is disabled once no HT cap doesn't indicate
support for 40Mhz. This causes the assoc request to be sent without
any VHT IE and the association is only HT due to this.
For more details check out commit 4a817aa7
"mac80211: allow VHT with peers not capable of 40MHz"
Fixes: 53b954ee4a ("mac80211: disable 40MHz support in case of 20MHz AP")
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend mac80211 set_coverage_class API in order to enable ACK timeout
estimation algorithm (dynack) passing coverage class equals to -1
to lower drivers. Synchronize set_coverage_class routine signature with
mac80211 function pointer for p54, ath9k, ath9k_htc and ath5k drivers.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enable ACK timeout estimation algorithm (dynack) using mac80211
set_coverage_class API. Dynack is activated passing coverage class equals to -1
to lower drivers and it is automatically disabled setting valid value for
coverage class.
Define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute to enable dynack from
userspace. In order to activate dynack NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature
flag must be set by lower drivers to indicate dynack capability.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the remaining time in the current roc is not long
enough, mac80211 adds the new roc right after it
(if they have similar params).
However, in case of multiple rocs, the "next roc"
is not considered, resulting in multiple rocs,
each one with its own duration.
Refactor the code a bit and consider the next roc,
so a single max roc will be used instead of
multiple rocs (which might last much longer).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new duration (remaining duration after the current
ROC ends) was calculated but not used, making the
optimization worthless.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The regdom intersection code simply tries intersecting
each rule of the source with each rule of the target.
Since the resulting intersections are not observed
as a whole, this can result in multiple overlapping/duplicate
entries.
Make the rule addition a bit more smarter, by looking
for rules that can be contained within other rules,
and adding only extended ones.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of a RRM-supporting connection, in the association request
frame: set the RRM capability flag, and add the required IEs.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a flag attribute to use in associations, for tagging the target
connection as supporting RRM. It is the responsibility of upper
layers to set this flag only if both the underlying device, and the
target network indeed support RRM.
To be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT commands.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function description claimed that on error the skb isn't
freed even though it is, and stated return values that are
different than what really happens in the code.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but
we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright
notice.
For files that we have modified in the time since the change,
add the proper copyright notice now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but
we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright
notice.
For files that we have modified in the time since the change,
add the proper copyright notice now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sta_set_sinfo is obviously takes data for specific station.
This specific station is attached to a specific virtual
interface. Hence we should use the dtim_period from this
virtual interface rather than the system wide dtim_period.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Not sure how the declaration of ieee80211_tdls_peer_del_work
landed after the double inclusion protection end.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As in IPv6 people might increase the igmp query robustness variable to
make sure unsolicited state change reports aren't lost on the network. Add
and document this new knob to igmp code.
RFCs allow tuning this parameter back to first IGMP RFC, so we also use
this setting for all counters, including source specific multicast.
Also take over sysctl value when upping the interface and don't reuse
the last one seen on the interface.
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new sysctl_mld_qrv knob to configure the mldv1/v2 query
robustness variable. It specifies how many retransmit of unsolicited mld
retransmit should happen. Admins might want to tune this on lossy links.
Also reset mld state on interface down/up, so we pick up new sysctl
settings during interface up event.
IPv6 certification requests this knob to be available.
I didn't make this knob netns specific, as it is mostly a setting in a
physical environment and should be per host.
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
performance improvements, and various patches all over,
rather than listing them one might as well look into the
git log instead.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Qth6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-08-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"Not that much content this time. Some RCU cleanups, crypto
performance improvements, and various patches all over,
rather than listing them one might as well look into the
git log instead."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/wmi.c
and adds a terminating NUL-byte to the alpha2 sent to userspace, which
shouldn't be necessary but since many places treat it as a string we
couldn't move to just sending two bytes.
In addition to that, we have two VLAN fixes from Felix, a mesh fix, a
fix for the recently introduced RX aggregation offload, a revert for
a broken patch (that luckily didn't really cause any harm) and a small
fix for alignment in debugfs.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=G/pB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-john-2014-08-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"Here are a few fixes for mac80211. One has been discussed for a while
and adds a terminating NUL-byte to the alpha2 sent to userspace, which
shouldn't be necessary but since many places treat it as a string we
couldn't move to just sending two bytes.
In addition to that, we have two VLAN fixes from Felix, a mesh fix, a
fix for the recently introduced RX aggregation offload, a revert for
a broken patch (that luckily didn't really cause any harm) and a small
fix for alignment in debugfs."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@redhat.com>
distinguish between the dropped and consumed skb, not assume the skb
is consumed always
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@noironetworks.com>
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 50cbe9ab5f ("net: Validate xmit SKBs right when we
pull them out of the qdisc") the validation code was moved out of
dev_hard_start_xmit and into dequeue_skb.
However this overlooked the fact that we do not always enqueue
the skb onto a qdisc. First situation is if qdisc have flag
TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS and qdisc is empty. Second situation is if
there is no qdisc on the device, which is a common case for
software devices.
Originally spotted and inital patch by Alexander Duyck.
As a result Alex was seeing issues trying to connect to a
vhost_net interface after commit 50cbe9ab5f was applied.
Added a call to validate_xmit_skb() in __dev_xmit_skb(), in the
code path for qdiscs with TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS flag, and in
__dev_queue_xmit() when no qdisc.
Also handle the error situation where dev_hard_start_xmit() could
return a skb list, and does not return dev_xmit_complete(rc) and
falls through to the kfree_skb(), in that situation it should
call kfree_skb_list().
Fixes: 50cbe9ab5f ("net: Validate xmit SKBs right when we pull them out of the qdisc")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
More minor fixes to merge commit 53fda7f7f9 (Merge branch 'xmit_list')
that allows us to work with a list of SKBs.
Fixing exit cases in qdisc_reset() and qdisc_destroy(), where a
leftover requeued SKB (qdisc->gso_skb) can have the potential of
being a skb list, thus use kfree_skb_list().
This is a followup to commit 10770bc2d1 ("qdisc: adjustments for
API allowing skb list xmits").
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have to wait until the full batch has been processed to deliver the
netlink error messages to userspace. Otherwise, we may deliver
duplicated errors to userspace in case that we need to abort and replay
the transaction if any of the required modules needs to be autoloaded.
A simple way to reproduce this (assumming nft_meta is not loaded) with
the following test file:
add table filter
add chain filter test
add chain bad test # intentional wrong unexistent table
add rule filter test meta mark 0
Then, when trying to load the batch:
# nft -f test
test:4:1-19: Error: Could not process rule: No such file or directory
add chain bad test
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
test:4:1-19: Error: Could not process rule: No such file or directory
add chain bad test
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The error is reported twice, once when the batch is aborted due to
missing nft_meta and another when it is fully processed.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When starting an offloaded BA session it is
unknown what starting sequence number should be
used. Using last_seq worked in most cases except
after hw restart.
When hw restart is requested last_seq is
(rightfully so) kept unmodified. This ended up
with BA sessions being restarted with an aribtrary
BA window values resulting in dropped frames until
sequence numbers caught up.
Instead of last_seq pick seqno of a first Rxed
frame of a given BA session.
This fixes stalled traffic after hw restart with
offloaded BA sessions (currently only ath10k).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In testmode and vendor command reply/event SKBs we use the
skb cb data to store nl80211 parameters between allocation
and sending. This causes the code for CONFIG_NETLINK_MMAP
to get confused, because it takes ownership of the skb cb
data when the SKB is handed off to netlink, and it doesn't
explicitly clear it.
Clear the skb cb explicitly when we're done and before it
gets passed to netlink to avoid this issue.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [this goes way back]
Reported-by: Assaf Azulay <assaf.azulay@intel.com>
Reported-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The sets are released from the rcu callback, after the rule is removed
from the chain list, which implies that nfnetlink cannot update the
rbtree and no packets are walking on the set anymore. Thus, we can get
rid of the spinlock in the set destroy path there.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reviewied-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
The sets are released from the rcu callback, after the rule is removed
from the chain list, which implies that nfnetlink cannot update the
hashes (thus, no resizing may occur) and no packets are walking on the
set anymore.
This resolves a lockdep splat in the nft_hash_destroy() path since the
nfnl mutex is not held there.
===============================
[ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ]
3.16.0-rc2+ #168 Not tainted
-------------------------------
net/netfilter/nft_hash.c:362 suspicious rcu_dereference_protected() usage!
other info that might help us debug this:
rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 1
1 lock held by ksoftirqd/0/3:
#0: (rcu_callback){......}, at: [<ffffffff81096393>] rcu_process_callbacks+0x27e/0x4c7
stack backtrace:
CPU: 0 PID: 3 Comm: ksoftirqd/0 Not tainted 3.16.0-rc2+ #168
Hardware name: LENOVO 23259H1/23259H1, BIOS G2ET32WW (1.12 ) 05/30/2012
0000000000000001 ffff88011769bb98 ffffffff8142c922 0000000000000006
ffff880117694090 ffff88011769bbc8 ffffffff8107c3ff ffff8800cba52400
ffff8800c476bea8 ffff8800c476bea8 ffff8800cba52400 ffff88011769bc08
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8142c922>] dump_stack+0x4e/0x68
[<ffffffff8107c3ff>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xfa/0x103
[<ffffffffa079931e>] nft_hash_destroy+0x50/0x137 [nft_hash]
[<ffffffffa078cd57>] nft_set_destroy+0x11/0x2a [nf_tables]
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Minor adjustments for merge commit 53fda7f7f9 (Merge branch 'xmit_list')
that allows us to work with a list of SKBs.
Update code doc to function sch_direct_xmit().
In handle_dev_cpu_collision() use kfree_skb_list() in error handling.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The user_skb maybe be leaked if the operation on it failed and codes
skipped into the label "out:" without calling genlmsg_unicast.
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
make defconfig reports:
warning: (NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_LOG) selects NF_LOG_IPV6 which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && INET && IPV6 && NETFILTER && NETFILTER_ADVANCED)
Fixes: d79a61d netfilter: NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_LOG selects NF_LOG_*
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
pull request: Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains seven Netfilter fixes for your net
tree, they are:
1) Make the NAT infrastructure independent of x_tables, some users are
already starting to test nf_tables with NAT without enabling x_tables.
Without this patch for Kconfig, there's a superfluous dependency
between NAT and x_tables.
2) Allow to use 0 in the cgroup match, the kernel rejects with -EINVAL
with no good reason. From Daniel Borkmann.
3) Select CONFIG_NF_NAT from the nf_tables NAT expression, this also
resolves another NAT dependency with x_tables.
4) Use HAVE_JUMP_LABEL instead of CONFIG_JUMP_LABEL in the Netfilter hook
code as elsewhere in the kernel to resolve toolchain problems, from
Zhouyi Zhou.
5) Use iptunnel_handle_offloads() to set up tunnel encapsulation
depending on the offload capabilities, reported by Alex Gartrell
patch from Julian Anastasov.
6) Fix wrong family when registering the ip_vs_local_reply6() hook,
also from Julian.
7) Select the NF_LOG_* symbols from NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_LOG. Rafał
Miłecki reported that when jumping from 3.16 to 3.17-rc, his log
target is not selected anymore due to changes in the previous
development cycle to accomodate the full logging support for
nf_tables.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Depending on which parameters were updated, the changes were not propagated via
the notifier chain and netlink.
The new flag has been set only when the change did not cause a call to the
notifier chain and/or to the netlink notification functions.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no functional changes with this commit, it only prepares the next one.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only effect of this patch is to print a warning if IFLA_LINKMODE is updated
and a following change fails.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only effect of this patch is to print a warning if IFLA_TXQLEN is updated
and a following change fails.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the exported IPv4 NAT functions that are provided by the core. This
removes duplicated code so iptables and nft use the same NAT codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the specific NAT IPv4 core functions that are called from the
hooks from iptable_nat.c to nf_nat_l3proto_ipv4.c. This prepares the
ground to allow iptables and nft to use the same NAT engine code that
comes in a follow up patch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Enable to specify local and remote prefix length thresholds for the
policy hash table via a netlink XFRM_MSG_NEWSPDINFO message.
prefix length thresholds are specified by XFRMA_SPD_IPV4_HTHRESH and
XFRMA_SPD_IPV6_HTHRESH optional attributes (struct xfrmu_spdhthresh).
example:
struct xfrmu_spdhthresh thresh4 = {
.lbits = 0;
.rbits = 24;
};
struct xfrmu_spdhthresh thresh6 = {
.lbits = 0;
.rbits = 56;
};
struct nlmsghdr *hdr;
struct nl_msg *msg;
msg = nlmsg_alloc();
hdr = nlmsg_put(msg, NL_AUTO_PORT, NL_AUTO_SEQ, XFRMA_SPD_IPV4_HTHRESH, sizeof(__u32), NLM_F_REQUEST);
nla_put(msg, XFRMA_SPD_IPV4_HTHRESH, sizeof(thresh4), &thresh4);
nla_put(msg, XFRMA_SPD_IPV6_HTHRESH, sizeof(thresh6), &thresh6);
nla_send_auto(sk, msg);
The numbers are the policy selector minimum prefix lengths to put a
policy in the hash table.
- lbits is the local threshold (source address for out policies,
destination address for in and fwd policies).
- rbits is the remote threshold (destination address for out
policies, source address for in and fwd policies).
The default values are:
XFRMA_SPD_IPV4_HTHRESH: 32 32
XFRMA_SPD_IPV6_HTHRESH: 128 128
Dynamic re-building of the SPD is performed when the thresholds values
are changed.
The current thresholds can be read via a XFRM_MSG_GETSPDINFO request:
the kernel replies to XFRM_MSG_GETSPDINFO requests by an
XFRM_MSG_NEWSPDINFO message, with both attributes
XFRMA_SPD_IPV4_HTHRESH and XFRMA_SPD_IPV6_HTHRESH.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Gouault <christophe.gouault@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The idea is an extension of the current policy hashing.
Today only non-prefixed policies are stored in a hash table. This
patch relaxes the constraints, and hashes policies whose prefix
lengths are greater or equal to a configurable threshold.
Each hash table (one per direction) maintains its own set of IPv4 and
IPv6 thresholds (dbits4, sbits4, dbits6, sbits6), by default (32, 32,
128, 128).
Example, if the output hash table is configured with values (16, 24,
56, 64):
ip xfrm policy add dir out src 10.22.0.0/20 dst 10.24.1.0/24 ... => hashed
ip xfrm policy add dir out src 10.22.0.0/16 dst 10.24.1.1/32 ... => hashed
ip xfrm policy add dir out src 10.22.0.0/16 dst 10.24.0.0/16 ... => unhashed
ip xfrm policy add dir out \
src 3ffe:304:124:2200::/60 dst 3ffe:304:124:2401::/64 ... => hashed
ip xfrm policy add dir out \
src 3ffe:304:124:2200::/56 dst 3ffe:304:124:2401::2/128 ... => hashed
ip xfrm policy add dir out \
src 3ffe:304:124:2200::/56 dst 3ffe:304:124:2400::/56 ... => unhashed
The high order bits of the addresses (up to the threshold) are used to
compute the hash key.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Gouault <christophe.gouault@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
sk->sk_error_queue is dequeued in four locations. All share the
exact same logic. Deduplicate.
Also collapse the two critical sections for dequeue (at the top of
the recv handler) and signal (at the bottom).
This moves signal generation for the next packet forward, which should
be harmless.
It also changes the behavior if the recv handler exits early with an
error. Previously, a signal for follow-up packets on the errqueue
would then not be scheduled. The new behavior, to always signal, is
arguably a bug fix.
For rxrpc, the change causes the same function to be called repeatedly
for each queued packet (because the recv handler == sk_error_report).
It is likely that all packets will fail for the same reason (e.g.,
memory exhaustion).
This code runs without sk_lock held, so it is not safe to trust that
sk->sk_err is immutable inbetween releasing q->lock and the subsequent
test. Introduce int err just to avoid this potential race.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call skb_checksum_try_convert and skb_gro_checksum_try_convert
after checksum is found present and validated in the GRE header
for normal and GRO paths respectively.
In GRO path, call skb_gro_checksum_try_convert
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for doing CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY to CHECKSUM_COMPLETE
conversion in UDP tunneling path.
In the normal UDP path, we call skb_checksum_try_convert after locating
the UDP socket. The check is that checksum conversion is enabled for
the socket (new flag in UDP socket) and that checksum field is
non-zero.
In the UDP GRO path, we call skb_gro_checksum_try_convert after
checksum is validated and checksum field is non-zero. Since this is
already in GRO we assume that checksum conversion is always wanted.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This flag indicates that an invalid checksum was detected in the
packet. __skb_mark_checksum_bad helper function was added to set this.
Checksums can be marked bad from a driver or the GRO path (the latter
is implemented in this patch). csum_bad is checked in
__skb_checksum_validate_complete (i.e. calling that when ip_summed ==
CHECKSUM_NONE).
csum_bad works in conjunction with ip_summed value. In the case that
ip_summed is CHECKSUM_NONE and csum_bad is set, this implies that the
first (or next) checksum encountered in the packet is bad. When
ip_summed is CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY, the first checksum after the last
one validated is bad. For example, if ip_summed == CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY,
csum_level == 1, and csum_bad is set-- then the third checksum in the
packet is bad. In the normal path, the packet will be dropped when
processing the protocol layer of the bad checksum:
__skb_decr_checksum_unnecessary called twice for the good checksums
changing ip_summed to CHECKSUM_NONE so that
__skb_checksum_validate_complete is called to validate the third
checksum and that will fail since csum_bad is set.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/dsa/dsa.c:624:20: sparse: symbol 'dsa_pack_type' was not declared.
Should it be static?
Fixes: 3e8a72d1da ("net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks")
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix places where there is space before tab, long lines, and
awkward if(){, double spacing etc. Add blank line after declaration/initialization.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-08-28
Please pull this batch of fixes intended for the 3.17 stream.
For the Bluetooth/6LowPAN/802.15.4 bits, Johan says:
'It contains a connection reference counting fix for LE where a
connection might stay up even though it should get disconnected.
The other 802.15.4 6LoWPAN related patches were sent to the bluetooth
tree by Alexander Aring and described as follows by him:
"
these patches contains patches for the bluetooth branch.
This series includes memory leak fixes and an errno value fix.
Also there are two patches for sending and receiving 1280 6LoWPAN
packets, which makes the IEEE 802.15.4 6LoWPAN stack more RFC
compliant.
"'
Along with that...
Alexey Khoroshilov fixes a use-after-free bug on at76c50x-usb.
Hauke Mehrtens adds a PCI ID to bcma.
Himangi Saraogi fixes a silly "A || A" test in rtlwifi.
Larry Finger adds a device ID to rtl8192cu.
Maks Naumov fixes a strncmp argument in ath9k.
Álvaro Fernández Rojas adds a PCI ID to ssb.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Then testing the TX limits of the stack, then it is useful to
be-able to disable the do_gettimeofday() timetamping on every packet.
This implements a pktgen flag NO_TIMESTAMP which will disable this
call to do_gettimeofday().
The performance change on (my system E5-2695) with skb_clone=0, goes
from TX 2,423,751 pps to 2,567,165 pps with flag NO_TIMESTAMP. Thus,
the cost of do_gettimeofday() or saving is approx 23 nanosec.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIPC name table updates are distributed asynchronously in a cluster,
entailing a risk of certain race conditions. E.g., if two nodes
simultaneously issue conflicting (overlapping) publications, this may
not be detected until both publications have reached a third node, in
which case one of the publications will be silently dropped on that
node. Hence, we end up with an inconsistent name table.
In most cases this conflict is just a temporary race, e.g., one
node is issuing a publication under the assumption that a previous,
conflicting, publication has already been withdrawn by the other node.
However, because of the (rtt related) distributed update delay, this
may not yet hold true on all nodes. The symptom of this failure is a
syslog message: "tipc: Cannot publish {%u,%u,%u}, overlap error".
In this commit we add a resiliency queue at the receiving end of
the name table distributor. When insertion of an arriving publication
fails, we retain it in this queue for a short amount of time, assuming
that another update will arrive very soon and clear the conflict. If so
happens, we insert the publication, otherwise we drop it.
The (configurable) retention value defaults to 2000 ms. Knowing from
experience that the situation described above is extremely rare, there
is no risk that the queue will accumulate any large number of items.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to perform the same actions when processing deferred name
table updates, so this functionality is moved to a separate
function.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just maintain the list properly by returning the head of the remaining
SKB list from dev_hard_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_hard_start_xmit() does two things, it first validates and
canonicalizes the SKB, then it actually sends it.
Make a set of helper functions for doing the first part.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a slight policy change happening here as well.
The previous code would drop the entire rest of the GSO skb if any of
them got, for example, a congestion notification.
That makes no sense, anything NET_XMIT_MASK and below is something
like congestion or policing. And in the congestion case it doesn't
even mean the packet was actually dropped.
Just continue until dev_xmit_complete() evaluates to false.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NCI RF FRAME interface is used for all kind of tags
except ISODEP ones. So for all other kind of tags the
status byte has to be removed.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Cuissard <cuissard@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
All contexts have to be initiliazed before calling
nfc_register_device otherwise it is possible to call
nci_dev_up before ending the nci_register_device
function. In such case kernel will crash on non
initialized variables.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Cuissard <cuissard@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_LOG is not selected anymore when jumping
from 3.16 to 3.17-rc1 if you don't set on the new NF_LOG_IPV4 and
NF_LOG_IPV6 switches.
Change this to select the three new symbols NF_LOG_COMMON, NF_LOG_IPV4
and NF_LOG_IPV6 instead, so NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_LOG remains enabled
when moving from old to new kernels.
Reported-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In order to operate at the fasted bit rate
possible, add initiator-side support for
PSL REQ while in P2P mode. The PSL REQ
will switch the RF technology to 424F
whenever possible.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY may be applied to the SCTP CRC so we need to
appropriate account for this by decrementing csum_level. This is
done by calling __skb_dec_checksum_unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow GRO path to "consume" checksums provided in CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY
and to report new checksums verfied for use in fallback to normal
path.
Change GRO checksum path to track csum_level using a csum_cnt field
in NAPI_GRO_CB. On GRO initialization, if ip_summed is
CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->csum_cnt to
skb->csum_level + 1. For each checksum verified, decrement
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->csum_cnt while its greater than zero. If a checksum
is verfied and NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->csum_cnt == 0, we have verified a
deeper checksum than originally indicated in skbuf so increment
csum_level (or initialize to CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY if ip_summed is
CHECKSUM_NONE or CHECKSUM_COMPLETE).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch:
- Clarifies the specific requirements of devices returning
CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY (comments in skbuff.h).
- Adds csum_level field to skbuff. This is used to express how
many checksums are covered by CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY (stores n - 1).
This replaces the overloading of skb->encapsulation, that field is
is now only used to indicate inner headers are valid.
- Change __skb_checksum_validate_needed to "consume" each checksum
as indicated by csum_level as layers of the the packet are parsed.
- Remove skb_pop_rcv_encapsulation, no longer needed in the new
csum_level model.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since SCTP day 1, that is, 19b55a2af145 ("Initial commit") from lksctp
tree, the official <netinet/sctp.h> header carries a copy of enum
sctp_sstat_state that looks like (compared to the current in-kernel
enumeration):
User definition: Kernel definition:
enum sctp_sstat_state { typedef enum {
SCTP_EMPTY = 0, <removed>
SCTP_CLOSED = 1, SCTP_STATE_CLOSED = 0,
SCTP_COOKIE_WAIT = 2, SCTP_STATE_COOKIE_WAIT = 1,
SCTP_COOKIE_ECHOED = 3, SCTP_STATE_COOKIE_ECHOED = 2,
SCTP_ESTABLISHED = 4, SCTP_STATE_ESTABLISHED = 3,
SCTP_SHUTDOWN_PENDING = 5, SCTP_STATE_SHUTDOWN_PENDING = 4,
SCTP_SHUTDOWN_SENT = 6, SCTP_STATE_SHUTDOWN_SENT = 5,
SCTP_SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED = 7, SCTP_STATE_SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED = 6,
SCTP_SHUTDOWN_ACK_SENT = 8, SCTP_STATE_SHUTDOWN_ACK_SENT = 7,
}; } sctp_state_t;
This header was later on also placed into the uapi, so that user space
programs can compile without having <netinet/sctp.h>, but the shipped
with <linux/sctp.h> instead.
While RFC6458 under 8.2.1.Association Status (SCTP_STATUS) says that
sstat_state can range from SCTP_CLOSED to SCTP_SHUTDOWN_ACK_SENT, we
nevertheless have a what it appears to be dummy SCTP_EMPTY state from
the very early days.
While it seems to do just nothing, commit 0b8f9e25b0 ("sctp: remove
completely unsed EMPTY state") did the right thing and removed this dead
code. That however, causes an off-by-one when the user asks the SCTP
stack via SCTP_STATUS API and checks for the current socket state thus
yielding possibly undefined behaviour in applications as they expect
the kernel to tell the right thing.
The enumeration had to be changed however as based on the current socket
state, we access a function pointer lookup-table through this. Therefore,
I think the best way to deal with this is just to add a helper function
sctp_assoc_to_state() to encapsulate the off-by-one quirk.
Reported-by: Tristan Su <sooqing@gmail.com>
Fixes: 0b8f9e25b0 ("sctp: remove completely unsed EMPTY state")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit ed98df3361 ("net: use __GFP_NORETRY for high order
allocations") we tried to address one issue caused by order-3
allocations.
We still observe high latencies and system overhead in situations where
compaction is not successful.
Instead of trying order-3, order-2, and order-1, do a single order-3
best effort and immediately fallback to plain order-0.
This mimics slub strategy to fallback to slab min order if the high
order allocation used for performance failed.
Order-3 allocations give a performance boost only if they can be done
without recurring and expensive memory scan.
Quoting David :
The page allocator relies on synchronous (sync light) memory compaction
after direct reclaim for allocations that don't retry and deferred
compaction doesn't work with this strategy because the allocation order
is always decreasing from the previous failed attempt.
This means sync light compaction will always be encountered if memory
cannot be defragmented or reclaimed several times during the
skb_page_frag_refill() iteration.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 6c9808ce09 ("tipc: remove port_lock") accidentally involves
a potential bug: when tipc socket instance(tsk) is not got with given
reference number in tipc_sk_get(), tsk is set to NULL. Subsequently
we jump to exit label where to decrease socket reference counter
pointed by tsk pointer in tipc_sk_put(). However, As now tsk is NULL,
oops may happen because of touching a NULL pointer.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace occurences of skb_get_queue_mapping() and follow-up
netdev_get_tx_queue() with an actual helper function.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds one more ACPI ID of a Broadcom bluetooth chip.
Signed-off-by: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a device driver is unloaded local->interfaces
list is cleared. If there was more than 1
interface running and connected (bound to a
chanctx) then chantype recalc was called and it
ended up with compat being NULL causing a call
trace warning.
Warn if compat becomes NULL as a result of
incompatible bss_conf.chandef of interfaces bound
to a given channel context only.
The call trace looked like this:
WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 2594 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/chan.c:557 ieee80211_recalc_chanctx_chantype+0x2cd/0x2e0()
Modules linked in: ath10k_pci(-) ath10k_core ath
CPU: 2 PID: 2594 Comm: rmmod Tainted: G W 3.16.0-rc1+ #150
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
0000000000000009 ffff88001ea279c0 ffffffff818dfa93 0000000000000000
ffff88001ea279f8 ffffffff810514a8 ffff88001ce09cd0 ffff88001e03cc58
0000000000000000 ffff88001ce08840 ffff88001ce09cd0 ffff88001ea27a08
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff818dfa93>] dump_stack+0x4d/0x66
[<ffffffff810514a8>] warn_slowpath_common+0x78/0xa0
[<ffffffff81051585>] warn_slowpath_null+0x15/0x20
[<ffffffff818a407d>] ieee80211_recalc_chanctx_chantype+0x2cd/0x2e0
[<ffffffff818a3dda>] ? ieee80211_recalc_chanctx_chantype+0x2a/0x2e0
[<ffffffff818a4919>] ieee80211_assign_vif_chanctx+0x1a9/0x770
[<ffffffff818a6220>] __ieee80211_vif_release_channel+0x70/0x130
[<ffffffff818a6dd3>] ieee80211_vif_release_channel+0x43/0xb0
[<ffffffff81885f4e>] ieee80211_stop_ap+0x21e/0x5a0
[<ffffffff8184b9b5>] __cfg80211_stop_ap+0x85/0x520
[<ffffffff8181c188>] __cfg80211_leave+0x68/0x120
[<ffffffff8181c268>] cfg80211_leave+0x28/0x40
[<ffffffff8181c5f3>] cfg80211_netdev_notifier_call+0x373/0x6b0
[<ffffffff8107f965>] notifier_call_chain+0x55/0x110
[<ffffffff8107fa41>] raw_notifier_call_chain+0x11/0x20
[<ffffffff816a8dc0>] call_netdevice_notifiers_info+0x30/0x60
[<ffffffff816a8eb9>] __dev_close_many+0x59/0xf0
[<ffffffff816a9021>] dev_close_many+0x81/0x120
[<ffffffff816aa1c5>] rollback_registered_many+0x115/0x2a0
[<ffffffff816aa3a6>] unregister_netdevice_many+0x16/0xa0
[<ffffffff8187d841>] ieee80211_remove_interfaces+0x121/0x1b0
[<ffffffff8185e0e6>] ieee80211_unregister_hw+0x56/0x110
[<ffffffffa0011ac4>] ath10k_mac_unregister+0x14/0x60 [ath10k_core]
[<ffffffffa0014fe7>] ath10k_core_unregister+0x27/0x40 [ath10k_core]
[<ffffffffa003b1f4>] ath10k_pci_remove+0x44/0xa0 [ath10k_pci]
[<ffffffff81373138>] pci_device_remove+0x28/0x60
[<ffffffff814cb534>] __device_release_driver+0x64/0xd0
[<ffffffff814cbcc8>] driver_detach+0xb8/0xc0
[<ffffffff814cb23a>] bus_remove_driver+0x4a/0xb0
[<ffffffff814cc697>] driver_unregister+0x27/0x50
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In xfrm_state.c, hash_resize_mutex is defined as a local variable
and only used in xfrm_hash_resize() which is declared as a work
handler of xfrm.state_hash_work. But when the xfrm.state_hash_work
work is put in the global workqueue(system_wq) with schedule_work(),
the work will be really inserted in the global workqueue if it was
not already queued, otherwise, it is still left in the same position
on the the global workqueue. This means the xfrm_hash_resize() work
handler is only executed once at any time no matter how many times
its work is scheduled, that is, xfrm_hash_resize() is not called
concurrently at all, so hash_resize_mutex is redundant for us.
Cc: Christophe Gouault <christophe.gouault@6wind.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
xprt_lookup_rqst() and bc_send_request() display a byte-swapped XID,
but receive_cb_reply() does not.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
current_task appears to be x86-only, oops.
Let's just delete this check entirely:
Any developer that adds a new user without setting rq_task will get a
crash the first time they test it. I also don't think there are
normally any important locks held here, and I can't see any other reason
why killing a server thread would bring the whole box down.
So the effort to fail gracefully here looks like overkill.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Fixes: 983c684466 "SUNRPC: get rid of the request wait queue"
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Add support for the Broadcom Starfigther 2 switch chip using a DSA
driver. This switch driver supports the following features:
- configuration of the external switch port interface: MII, RevMII,
RGMII and RGMII_NO_ID are supported
- support for the per-port MIB counters
- support for link interrupts for special ports (e.g: MoCA)
- powering up/down of switch memories to conserve power when ports are
unused
Finally, update the compatible property for the DSA core code to match
our switch top-level compatible node.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the 4-bytes Broadcom tag that built-in switches such as
the Starfighter 2 might insert when receiving packets, or that we need
to insert while targetting specific switch ports. We use a fake local
EtherType value for this 4-bytes switch tag: ETH_P_BRCMTAG to make sure
we can assign DSA-specific network operations within the DSA drivers.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform
port-specific link work.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever libphy determines that the link status of a given PHY/port has
changed, allow to call into the switch driver link adjustment callback
so proper actions can be taken care of by the switch driver upon link
notification.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case switch port tagging is disabled (voluntarily, or the switch just
does not support it), allow us to continue using the defined set of
dsa_device_ops in net/dsa/slave.c.
We introduce dsa_protocol_is_tagged() to check whether we need to
override skb->protocol and go through the DSA-specifif packet_type
function, or if we just go on and receive the SKB through the normal
path.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just
the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus.
This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a
separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port.
Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1
mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the
switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1.
Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and
divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO
PHY addresses.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We will later use the per-port device_node pointer to fetch a bunch of
port-specific properties.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We might need to fetch additional resources from the device tree node
pointer, such as register ranges or other properties. Keep a device_node
pointer around for this.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it
needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device.
Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might
be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new
protocols.
This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new
functions:
dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific
receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c
dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific
transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c
When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over
the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit
operations.
A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact
that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER
like it used to be.
This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and
always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches
tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave
netdevice_ops assignments.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit fc60476761
("ipvs: changes for local real server") from 2.6.37
introduced DNAT support to local real server but the
IPv6 LOCAL_OUT handler ip_vs_local_reply6() is
registered incorrectly as IPv4 hook causing any outgoing
IPv4 traffic to be dropped depending on the IP header values.
Chris tracked down the problem to CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6=y
Bug report: https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/linux/+bug/1349768
Reported-by: Chris J Arges <chris.j.arges@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Chris J Arges <chris.j.arges@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The "rcu_dereference()" calls are used directly in conditions.
Since their return values are never dereferenced it is recommended to
use "rcu_access_pointer()" instead of "rcu_dereference()".
Therefore, this patch makes the replacements.
The following Coccinelle semantic patch was used:
@@
@@
(
if(
(<+...
- rcu_dereference
+ rcu_access_pointer
(...)
...+>)) {...}
|
while(
(<+...
- rcu_dereference
+ rcu_access_pointer
(...)
...+>)) {...}
)
Signed-off-by: Andreea-Cristina Bernat <bernat.ada@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The tunneling method should properly use tunnel encapsulation.
Fixes problem with CHECKSUM_PARTIAL packets when TCP/UDP csum
offload is supported.
Thanks to Alex Gartrell for reporting the problem, providing
solution and for all suggestions.
Reported-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
You can use this to skip accounting objects when listing/resetting
via NFNL_MSG_ACCT_GET/NFNL_MSG_ACCT_GET_CTRZERO messages with the
NLM_F_DUMP netlink flag. The filtering covers the following cases:
1. No filter specified. In this case, the client will get old behaviour,
2. List/reset counter object only: In this case, you have to use
NFACCT_F_QUOTA as mask and value 0.
3. List/reset quota objects only: You have to use NFACCT_F_QUOTA_PKTS
as mask and value - the same, for byte based quota mask should be
NFACCT_F_QUOTA_BYTES and value - the same.
If you want to obtain the object with any quota type
(ie. NFACCT_F_QUOTA_PKTS|NFACCT_F_QUOTA_BYTES), you need to perform
two dump requests, one to obtain NFACCT_F_QUOTA_PKTS objects and
another for NFACCT_F_QUOTA_BYTES.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Perevalov <a.perevalov@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Replace uses of get_cpu_var for address calculation through this_cpu_ptr.
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
The use of "rcu_assign_pointer()" is NULLing out the pointer.
According to RCU_INIT_POINTER()'s block comment:
"1. This use of RCU_INIT_POINTER() is NULLing out the pointer"
it is better to use it instead of rcu_assign_pointer() because it has a
smaller overhead.
The following Coccinelle semantic patch was used:
@@
@@
- rcu_assign_pointer
+ RCU_INIT_POINTER
(..., NULL)
Signed-off-by: Andreea-Cristina Bernat <bernat.ada@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using the cfg80211_inform_bss[_width]() functions drivers
cannot currently indicate whether the data was received in a
beacon or probe response. Fix that by passing a new enum that
indicates such (or unknown).
For good measure, use it in ath6kl.
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath6kl]
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> [brcmfmac]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a few possible cases of where BSS data came from:
1) only a beacon has been received
2) only a probe response has been received
3) the driver didn't report what it received (this happens when
using cfg80211_inform_bss[_width]())
4) both probe response and beacon data has been received
Unfortunately, in the userspace API, a few things weren't there:
a) there was no way to differentiate cases 1) and 4) above
without comparing the data of the IEs
b) the TSF was always from the last frame, instead of being
exposed for beacon/probe response separately like IEs
Fix this by
i) exporting a new flag attribute that indicates whether or
not probe response data has been received - this addresses (a)
ii) exporting a BEACON_TSF attribute that holds the beacon's TSF
if a beacon has been received
iii) not exporting the beacon attributes in case (3) above as that
would just lead userspace into thinking the data actually came
from a beacon when that isn't clear
To implement this, track inside the IEs struct whether or not it
(definitely) came from a beacon.
Reported-by: William Seto
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit dda444d524.
Channel switching code has been reworked and
improved significantly since the time original
locking issues were found.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Header-less cloned skbs with sufficient headroom need not be cloned
unless the tailroom is going to be modified.
Fix ieee80211_skb_resize so it would only resize cloned skbs if either
the header isn't released or the tailroom is going to be modified.
Some drivers might have assumed that skbs are never cloned, so add a HW
flag that explicitly permits cloned TX skbs. Drivers which do not modify
TX skbs should set this flag to avoid copying skbs.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags
will only require headroom space. Consequently, the tailroom-needed
counter can safely be decremented.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the cfg80211_rx_mgmt(), parameter @gfp was used for the memory allocation.
But, memory get allocated under spin_lock_bh(), this implies atomic context.
So, one can't use GFP_KERNEL, only variants with no __GFP_WAIT. Actually, in all
occurrences GFP_ATOMIC is used (wil6210 use GFP_KERNEL by mistake),
and it should be this way or warning triggered in the memory allocation code.
Remove @gfp parameter as no actual choice exist, and use hard coded
GFP_ATOMIC for memory allocation.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The "RX active" string is too long, so the columns get
shifted. Change it to just "RX" to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sta->last_seq_ctrl is the seq_ctrl field from the last header
seen, need to shift it 4 bits to extract the sequence number.
Otherwise the ieee80211_sn_less() check at the top of
ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf drops frames until the sequence
number catches up.
Cc: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Denton Gentry <denton.gentry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The 802.11 standard says when processing a plink confirm
frame:
"If the peerLinkID in the mesh peering instance has not been
set, the Local Link ID field of the Mesh Peering Confirm
request shall be copied into the peerLinkID in the mesh
peering instance."
We were only doing this when receiving an open peering frame,
but it could happen that the open frame gets lost and so we
should handle this case rather than rejecting the confirm and
failing the whole peering process.
Reported-by: Yu Niiro <yu.niiro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup, sdata->smps_mode is checked. This is
initialized only for the base AP interface, not the individual VLANs.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When bringing down the AP, a WARN_ON is hit because the bss config chandef
is empty here.
Since AP_VLAN channel settings do not matter for anything chanctx related
(always inherits the settings from the AP interface), let's just ignore
it here.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 24aa11ab8a.
That commit was wrong since it uses data that hasn't even been set
up yet, but might be a hold-over from a previous connection.
Additionally, it seems like a driver-specific workaround that
shouldn't have been in mac80211 to start with.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 24aa11ab8a ("mac80211: disable uAPSD if all ACs are under ACM")
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fix spelling typo in printk within vairous
part of the code.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This is follow-up to
da08143b85 ("vlan: more careful checksum features handling")
which introduced more careful feature intersection in vlan code,
taking into account that HW_CSUM should be considered superset
of IP_CSUM/IPV6_CSUM. The same is needed in netif_skb_features()
in order to avoid offloading mismatch warning when vlan is
created on top of a bond consisting of slaves supporting IP/IPv6
checksumming but not vlan Tx offloading.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: commit 690e36e726 (net: Allow raw buffers to be passed into the flow dissector)
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: commit 690e36e726 (net: Allow raw buffers to be passed into the flow dissector)
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code manipulating sysfs symlinks on adjacent net_devices(s)
currently doesn't take into account that devices potentially
belong to different namespaces.
This patch trying to fix an issue as follows:
- check for net_ns before creating / deleting symlink.
for now only netdev_adjacent_rename_links and
__netdev_adjacent_dev_remove are affected, afaics
__netdev_adjacent_dev_insert implies both net_devs
belong to the same namespace.
- Drop all existing symlinks to / from all adj_devs before
switching namespace and recreate them just after.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Y. Fomichev <git.user@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently it can send regulatory domain change notification before any
NEW_WIPHY notification. Moreover, if rfill_register() fails, calling
wiphy_unregister() will send a DEL_WIPHY though no NEW_WIPHY had been
sent previously.
Thus reordering so it properly notifies NEW_WIPHY before any other.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds one more ACPI ID of a Broadcom bluetooth chip.
Signed-off-by: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use HAVE_JUMP_LABEL as elsewhere in the kernel to ensure
that the toolchain has the required support in addition to
CONFIG_JUMP_LABEL being set.
Signed-off-by: Zhouyi Zhou <yizhouzhou@ict.ac.cn>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch makes no changes to the logic of the code but simply addresses
coding style issues as detected by checkpatch.
Both objdump and diff -w show no differences.
This patch removes some blank lines between the end of a function
definition and the EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL macro in order to prevent
checkpatch warning that EXPORT_SYMBOL must immediately follow
a function.
Signed-off-by: Ian Morris <ipm@chirality.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes no changes to the logic of the code but simply addresses
coding style issues as detected by checkpatch.
Both objdump and diff -w show no differences.
This patch addresses structure definitions, specifically it cleanses the brace
placement and replaces spaces with tabs in a few places.
Signed-off-by: Ian Morris <ipm@chirality.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes no changes to the logic of the code but simply addresses
coding style issues as detected by checkpatch.
Both objdump and diff -w show no differences.
A number of items are addressed in this patch:
* Multiple spaces converted to tabs
* Spaces before tabs removed.
* Spaces in pointer typing cleansed (char *)foo etc.
* Remove space after sizeof
* Ensure spacing around comparators such as if statements.
Signed-off-by: Ian Morris <ipm@chirality.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In GRE demux if the GRE checksum pop rcv encapsulation so that any
encapsulated checksums are treated as tunnel checksums.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement GRO for UDPv6. Add UDP checksum verification in gro_receive
for both UDP4 and UDP6 calling skb_gro_checksum_validate_zero_check.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In tcp[64]_gro_receive call skb_gro_checksum_validate to validate TCP
checksum in the gro context.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add skb_gro_checksum_validate, skb_gro_checksum_validate_zero_check,
and skb_gro_checksum_simple_validate, and __skb_gro_checksum_complete.
These are the cognates of the normal checksum functions but are used
in the gro_receive path and operate on GRO related fields in sk_buffs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dan Carpenter reported that the static checker emits the warning
net/netfilter/ipset/ip_set_list_set.c:600 init_list_set()
warn: integer overflows 'sizeof(*map) + size * set->dsize'
Limit the maximal number of elements in list type of sets.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Resolve missing-field-initializer warnings by providing a
directed initializer.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Ranges of values are broken with hash:net,net and hash:net,port,net.
hash:net,net
============
# ipset create test-nn hash:net,net
# ipset add test-nn 10.0.10.1-10.0.10.127,10.0.0.0/8
# ipset list test-nn
Name: test-nn
Type: hash:net,net
Revision: 0
Header: family inet hashsize 1024 maxelem 65536
Size in memory: 16960
References: 0
Members:
10.0.10.1,10.0.0.0/8
# ipset test test-nn 10.0.10.65,10.0.0.1
10.0.10.65,10.0.0.1 is NOT in set test-nn.
# ipset test test-nn 10.0.10.1,10.0.0.1
10.0.10.1,10.0.0.1 is in set test-nn.
hash:net,port,net
=================
# ipset create test-npn hash:net,port,net
# ipset add test-npn 10.0.10.1-10.0.10.127,tcp:80,10.0.0.0/8
# ipset list test-npn
Name: test-npn
Type: hash:net,port,net
Revision: 0
Header: family inet hashsize 1024 maxelem 65536
Size in memory: 17344
References: 0
Members:
10.0.10.8/29,tcp:80,10.0.0.0
10.0.10.16/28,tcp:80,10.0.0.0
10.0.10.2/31,tcp:80,10.0.0.0
10.0.10.64/26,tcp:80,10.0.0.0
10.0.10.32/27,tcp:80,10.0.0.0
10.0.10.4/30,tcp:80,10.0.0.0
10.0.10.1,tcp:80,10.0.0.0
# ipset list test-npn
# ipset test test-npn 10.0.10.126,tcp:80,10.0.0.2
10.0.10.126,tcp:80,10.0.0.2 is NOT in set test-npn.
# ipset test test-npn 10.0.10.126,tcp:80,10.0.0.0
10.0.10.126,tcp:80,10.0.0.0 is in set test-npn.
# ipset create test-npn hash:net,port,net
# ipset add test-npn 10.0.10.0/24,tcp:80-81,10.0.0.0/8
# ipset list test-npn
Name: test-npn
Type: hash:net,port,net
Revision: 0
Header: family inet hashsize 1024 maxelem 65536
Size in memory: 17024
References: 0
Members:
10.0.10.0,tcp:80,10.0.0.0
10.0.10.0,tcp:81,10.0.0.0
# ipset test test-npn 10.0.10.126,tcp:80,10.0.0.0
10.0.10.126,tcp:80,10.0.0.0 is NOT in set test-npn.
# ipset test test-npn 10.0.10.0,tcp:80,10.0.0.0
10.0.10.0,tcp:80,10.0.0.0 is in set test-npn.
Correctly setup from..to variables where no IPSET_ATTR_IP_TO{,2}
attribute is given, so in range processing loop we construct proper
cidr value. Check whenever we have no ranges and can short cut in
hash:net,net properly. Use unlikely() where appropriate, to comply
with other modules.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Popovich <popovich_sergei@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Markmask is an u32, hence it can't be greater then 4294967295 ( i.e.
0xffffffff ). This was causing smatch warning:
net/netfilter/ipset/ip_set_hash_gen.h:1084 hash_ipmark_create() warn:
impossible condition '(markmask > 4294967295) => (0-u32max > u32max)'
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Add cpu support to meta expresion.
This allows you to match packets with cpu number.
Signed-off-by: Ana Rey <anarey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add pkttype support for ip, ipv6 and inet families of tables.
This allows you to fetch the meta packet type based on the link layer
information. The loopback traffic is a special case, the packet type
is guessed from the network layer header.
No special handling for bridge and arp since we're not going to see
such traffic in the loopback interface.
Joint work with Alvaro Neira Ayuso <alvaroneay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alvaro Neira Ayuso <alvaroneay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ana Rey <anarey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Replace open codings of (((u64) <x> * <y>) >> 32) with reciprocal_scale().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers, and perhaps other entities we have not yet considered,
sometimes want to know how deep the protocol headers go before
deciding how large of an SKB to allocate and how much of the packet to
place into the linear SKB area.
For example, consider a driver which has a device which DMAs into
pools of pages and then tells the driver where the data went in the
DMA descriptor(s). The driver can then build an SKB and reference
most of the data via SKB fragments (which are page/offset/length
triplets).
However at least some of the front of the packet should be placed into
the linear SKB area, which comes before the fragments, so that packet
processing can get at the headers efficiently. The first thing each
protocol layer is going to do is a "pskb_may_pull()" so we might as
well aggregate as much of this as possible while we're building the
SKB in the driver.
Part of supporting this is that we don't have an SKB yet, so we want
to be able to let the flow dissector operate on a raw buffer in order
to compute the offset of the end of the headers.
So now we have a __skb_flow_dissect() which takes an explicit data
pointer and length.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We complete the merging of the port and socket layer by aggregating
the fields of struct tipc_port directly into struct tipc_sock, and
moving the combined structure into socket.c.
We also move all functions and macros that are not any longer
exposed to the rest of the stack into socket.c, and rename them
accordingly.
Despite the size of this commit, there are no functional changes.
We have only made such changes that are necessary due of the removal
of struct tipc_port.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reference table is now 'socket aware' instead of being generic,
and has in reality become a socket internal table. In order to be
able to minimize the API exposed by the socket layer towards the rest
of the stack, we now move the reference table definitions and functions
into the file socket.c, and rename the functions accordingly.
There are no functional changes in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We move the inline functions in the file port.h to socket.c, and modify
their names accordingly.
We move struct tipc_port and some macros to socket.h.
Finally, we remove the file port.h.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this commit, we move the remaining functions in port.c to
socket.c, and give them new names that correspond to their new
location. We then remove the file port.c.
There are only cosmetic changes to the moved functions.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In previous commits we have reduced usage of port_lock to a minimum,
and complemented it with usage of bh_lock_sock() at the remaining
locations. The purpose has been to remove this lock altogether, since
it largely duplicates the role of bh_lock_sock. We are now ready to do
this.
However, we still need to protect the BH callers from inadvertent
release of the socket while they hold a reference to it. We do this by
replacing port_lock by a combination of a rw-lock protecting the
reference table as such, and updating the socket reference counter while
the socket is referenced from BH. This technique is more standard and
comprehensible than the previous approach, and turns out to have a
positive effect on overall performance.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to make tipc_sock the only entity referencable from other
parts of the stack, we add a tipc_sock pointer instead of a tipc_port
pointer to the registry. As a consequence, we also let the function
tipc_port_lock() return a pointer to a tipc_sock instead of a tipc_port.
We keep the function's name for now, since the lock still is owned by
the port.
This is another step in the direction of eliminating port_lock, replacing
its usage with lock_sock() and bh_lock_sock().
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions tipc_port_get_ports() and tipc_port_reinit() scan over
all sockets/ports to access each of them. This is done by using a
dedicated linked list, 'tipc_socks' where all sockets are members. The
list is in turn protected by a spinlock, 'port_list_lock', while each
socket is locked by using port_lock at the moment of access.
In order to reduce complexity and risk of deadlock, we want to get
rid of the linked list and the accompanying spinlock.
This is what we do in this commit. Instead of the linked list, we use
the port registry to scan across the sockets. We also add usage of
bh_lock_sock() inside the scope of port_lock in both functions, as a
preparation for the complete removal of port_lock.
Finally, we move the functions from port.c to socket.c, and rename them
to tipc_sk_sock_show() and tipc_sk_reinit() repectively.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the latest changes to the socket/port layer the existence of
the functions tipc_port_init() and tipc_port_destroy() cannot be
justified. They are both called only once, from tipc_sk_create() and
tipc_sk_delete() respectively, and their functionality can better be
merged into the latter two functions.
This also entails that all remaining references to port_lock now are
made from inside socket.c, something that will make it easier to remove
this lock.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function tipc_acknowledge() is a remnant from the obsolete native
API. Currently, it grabs port_lock, before building an acknowledge
message and sending it to the peer.
Since all access to socket members now is protected by the socket lock,
it has become unnecessary to grab port_lock here.
In this commit, we remove the usage of port_lock, simplify the
function, and move it to socket.c, renaming it to tipc_sk_send_ack().
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tipc_port_connect()/tipc_port_disconnect() are remnants of the obsolete
native API. Their only task is to grab port_lock and call the functions
__tipc_port_connect()/__tipc_port_disconnect() respectively, which will
perform the actual state change.
Since socket/port exection now is single-threaded the use of port_lock
is not needed any more, so we can safely replace the two functions with
their lock-free counterparts.
In this commit, we remove the two functions. Furthermore, the contents
of __tipc_port_disconnect() is so trivial that we choose to eliminate
that function too, expanding its functionality into tipc_shutdown().
__tipc_port_connect() is simplified, moved to socket.c, and given the
more correct name tipc_sk_finish_conn(). Finally, we eliminate the
function auto_connect(), and expand its contents into filter_connect().
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tipc_port_shutdown() is a remnant from the now obsolete native
interface. As such it grabs port_lock in order to protect itself
from concurrent BH processing.
However, after the recent changes to the port/socket upcalls, sockets
are now basically single-threaded, and all execution, except the read-only
tipc_sk_timer(), is executing within the protection of lock_sock(). So
the use of port_lock is not needed here.
In this commit we eliminate the whole function, and merge it into its
only caller, tipc_shutdown().
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last remaining BH upcall to the socket, apart for the message
reception function tipc_sk_rcv(), is the timer function.
We prefer to let this function continue executing in BH, since it only
does read-acces to semi-permanent data, but we make three changes to it:
1) We introduce a bh_lock_sock()/bh_unlock_sock() inside the scope
of port_lock. This is a preparation for replacing port_lock with
bh_lock_sock() at the locations where it is still used.
2) We move the function from port.c to socket.c, as a further step
of eliminating the port code level altogether.
3) We let it make use of the newly introduced tipc_msg_create()
function. This enables us to get rid of three context specific
functions (port_create_self_abort_msg() etc.) in port.c
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current implementation, each 'struct tipc_node' instance keeps
a linked list of those ports/sockets that are connected to the node
represented by that struct. The purpose of this is to let the node
object know which sockets to alert when it loses contact with its peer
node, i.e., which sockets need to have their connections aborted.
This entails an unwanted direct reference from the node structure
back to the port/socket structure, and a need to grab port_lock
when we have to make an upcall to the port. We want to get rid of
this unecessary BH entry point into the socket, and also eliminate
its use of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the node struct keep list of "connected
socket" structs, which each represents a connected socket, but is
allocated independently by the node at the moment of connection. If
the node loses contact with its peer node, the list is traversed, and
a "connection abort" message is created for each entry in the list. The
message is sent to it respective connected socket using the ordinary
data path, and the receiving socket aborts its connections upon reception
of the message.
This enables us to get rid of the direct reference from 'struct node' to
´struct port', and another unwanted BH access point to the latter.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current link implementation keeps a linked list of blocked ports/
sockets that is populated when there is link congestion. The purpose
of this is to let the link know which users to wake up when the
congestion abates.
This adds unnecessary complexity to the data structure and the code,
since it forces us to involve the link each time we want to delete
a socket. It also forces us to grab the spinlock port_lock within
the scope of node_lock. We want to get rid of this direct dependence,
as well as the deadlock hazard resulting from the usage of port_lock.
In this commit, we instead let the link keep list of a "wakeup" pseudo
messages for use in such situations. Those messages are sent to the
pending sockets via the ordinary message reception path, and wake up
the socket's owner when they are received.
This enables us to get rid of the 'waiting_ports' linked lists in struct
tipc_port that manifest this direct reference. As a consequence, we can
eliminate another BH entry into the socket, and hence the need to grab
port_lock. This is a further step in our effort to remove port_lock
altogether.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function tipc_msg_init() has turned out to be of limited value
in many cases. It take too few parameters to be usable for creating
a complete message, it makes too many assumptions about what the
message should be used for, and it does not allocate any buffer to
be returned to the caller.
Therefore, we now introduce the new function tipc_msg_create(), which
takes all the parameters needed to create a full message, and returns
a buffer of the requested size. The new function will be very useful
for the changes we will be doing in later commits in this series.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon timeout, undo (via both timestamps/Eifel and DSACKs) was
disabled if any retransmits were still in flight. The concern was
perhaps that spurious retransmission sent in a previous recovery
episode may trigger DSACKs to falsely undo the current recovery.
However, this inadvertently misses undo opportunities (using either
TCP timestamps or DSACKs) when timeout occurs during a loss episode,
i.e. recurring timeouts or timeout during fast recovery. In these
cases some retransmissions will be in flight but we should allow
undo. Furthermore, we should only reset undo_marker and undo_retrans
upon timeout if we are starting a new recovery episode. Finally,
when we do reset our undo state, we now do so in a manner similar
to tcp_enter_recovery(), so that we require a DSACK for each of
the outstsanding retransmissions. This will achieve the original
goal by requiring that we receive the same number of DSACKs as
retransmissions.
This patch increases the undo events by 50% on Google servers.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a followup to commit 676d23690f ("net: Fix use after free by
removing length arg from sk_data_ready callbacks"), we can remove
some useless code in sock_queue_rcv_skb() and rxrpc_queue_rcv_skb()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ktime_get_ns() replaces ktime_to_ns(ktime_get())
ktime_get_real_ns() replaces ktime_to_ns(ktime_get_real())
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new_ctx pointer is set only for non-chanctx drivers. This yielded a
crash for chanctx-based drivers during channel switch finalization:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000020
IP: ieee80211_vif_use_reserved_switch+0x71c/0xb00 [mac80211]
Use an adequate chanctx pointer to fix this.
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The functions time_before, time_before_eq, time_after, and time_after_eq
are more robust for comparing jiffies against other values.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch making this change
is as follows:
@change@
expression E1,E2,E3;
@@
- jiffies - E1 >= (E2*E3)
+ time_after_eq(jiffies, E1+E2*E3)
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions time_before, time_before_eq, time_after, and time_after_eq
are more robust for comparing jiffies against other values.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch making this change
is as follows:
@change@
expression E1,E2;
@@
- (jiffies - E1) >= E2
+ time_after_eq(jiffies, E1+E2)
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions time_before, time_before_eq, time_after, and time_after_eq
are more robust for comparing jiffies against other values.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch making this change
is as follows:
@change@
expression E1,E2;
@@
- jiffies - E1 < E2
+ time_before(jiffies, E1+E2)
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions time_before, time_before_eq, time_after, and time_after_eq
are more robust for comparing jiffies against other values.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch making this change
is as follows:
@change@
expression E1,E2;
@@
(
- (jiffies - E1) < E2
+ time_before(jiffies, E1+E2)
)
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of "rcu_assign_pointer()" is NULLing out the pointer.
According to RCU_INIT_POINTER()'s block comment:
"1. This use of RCU_INIT_POINTER() is NULLing out the pointer"
it is better to use it instead of rcu_assign_pointer() because it has a
smaller overhead.
The following Coccinelle semantic patch was used:
@@
@@
- rcu_assign_pointer
+ RCU_INIT_POINTER
(..., NULL)
Signed-off-by: Andreea-Cristina Bernat <bernat.ada@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "rcu_dereference()" call is used directly in a condition.
Since its return value is never dereferenced it is recommended to use
"rcu_access_pointer()" instead of "rcu_dereference()".
Therefore, this patch makes the replacement.
The following Coccinelle semantic patch was used:
@@
@@
(
if(
(<+...
- rcu_dereference
+ rcu_access_pointer
(...)
...+>)) {...}
|
while(
(<+...
- rcu_dereference
+ rcu_access_pointer
(...)
...+>)) {...}
)
Signed-off-by: Andreea-Cristina Bernat <bernat.ada@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "rcu_dereference()" call is used directly in a condition.
Since its return value is never dereferenced it is recommended to use
"rcu_access_pointer()" instead of "rcu_dereference()".
Therefore, this patch makes the replacement.
The following Coccinelle semantic patch was used:
@@
@@
(
if(
(<+...
- rcu_dereference
+ rcu_access_pointer
(...)
...+>)) {...}
|
while(
(<+...
- rcu_dereference
+ rcu_access_pointer
(...)
...+>)) {...}
)
Signed-off-by: Andreea-Cristina Bernat <bernat.ada@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7a9bc9b81a ("ipv4: Elide fib_validate_source() completely when possible.")
introduced a short-circuit to avoid calling fib_validate_source when not
needed. That change took rp_filter into account, but not accept_local.
This resulted in a change of behaviour: with rp_filter and accept_local
off, incoming packets with a local address in the source field should be
dropped.
Here is how to reproduce the change pre/post 7a9bc9b81a commit:
-configure the same IPv4 address on hosts A and B.
-try to send an ARP request from B to A.
-The ARP request will be dropped before that commit, but accepted and answered
after that commit.
This adds a check for ACCEPT_LOCAL, to maintain full
fib validation in case it is 0. We also leave __fib_validate_source() earlier
when possible, based on the same check as fib_validate_source(), once the
accept_local stuff is verified.
Cc: Gregory Detal <gregory.detal@uclouvain.be>
Cc: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@redhat.com>
Cc: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Barré <sebastien.barre@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In SCTP, selection of active (T.ACT) and retransmission (T.RET)
transports is being done whenever transport control operations
(UP, DOWN, PF, ...) are engaged through sctp_assoc_control_transport().
Commits 4c47af4d5e ("net: sctp: rework multihoming retransmission
path selection to rfc4960") and a7288c4dd5 ("net: sctp: improve
sctp_select_active_and_retran_path selection") have both improved
it towards a more fine-grained and optimal path selection.
Currently, the selection algorithm for T.ACT and T.RET is as follows:
1) Elect the two most recently used ACTIVE transports T1, T2 for
T.ACT, T.RET, where T.ACT<-T1 and T1 is most recently used
2) In case primary path T.PRI not in {T1, T2} but ACTIVE, set
T.ACT<-T.PRI and T.RET<-T1
3) If only T1 is ACTIVE from the set, set T.ACT<-T1 and T.RET<-T1
4) If none is ACTIVE, set T.ACT<-best(T.PRI, T.RET, T3) where
T3 is the most recently used (if avail) in PF, set T.RET<-T.PRI
Prior to above commits, 4) was simply a camp on T.ACT<-T.PRI and
T.RET<-T.PRI, ignoring possible paths in PF. Camping on T.PRI is
still slightly suboptimal as it can lead to the following scenario:
Setup:
<A> <B>
T1: p1p1 (10.0.10.10) <==> .'`) <==> p1p1 (10.0.10.12) <= T.PRI
T2: p1p2 (10.0.10.20) <==> (_ . ) <==> p1p2 (10.0.10.22)
net.sctp.rto_min = 1000
net.sctp.path_max_retrans = 2
net.sctp.pf_retrans = 0
net.sctp.hb_interval = 1000
T.PRI is permanently down, T2 is put briefly into PF state (e.g. due to
link flapping). Here, the first time transmission is sent over PF path
T2 as it's the only non-INACTIVE path, but the retransmitted data-chunks
are sent over the INACTIVE path T1 (T.PRI), which is not good.
After the patch, it's choosing better transports in both cases by
modifying step 4):
4) If none is ACTIVE, set T.ACT_new<-best(T.ACT_old, T3) where T3 is
the most recently used (if avail) in PF, set T.RET<-T.ACT_new
This will still select a best possible path in PF if available (which
can also include T.PRI/T.RET), and set both T.ACT/T.RET to it.
In case sctp_assoc_control_transport() *just* put T.ACT_old into INACTIVE
as it transitioned from ACTIVE->PF->INACTIVE and stays in INACTIVE just
for a very short while before going back ACTIVE, it will guarantee that
this path will be reselected for T.ACT/T.RET since T3 (PF) is not
available.
Previously, this was not possible, as we would only select between T.PRI
and T.RET, and a possible T3 would be NULL due to the fact that we have
just transitioned T3 in sctp_assoc_control_transport() from PF->INACTIVE
and would select a suboptimal path when T.PRI/T.RET have worse properties.
In the case that T.ACT_old permanently went to INACTIVE during this
transition and there's no PF path available, plus T.PRI and T.RET are
INACTIVE as well, we would now camp on T.ACT_old, but if everything is
being INACTIVE there's really not much we can do except hoping for a
successful HB to bring one of the transports back up again and, thus
cause a new selection through sctp_assoc_control_transport().
Now both tests work fine:
Case 1:
1. T1 S(ACTIVE) T.ACT
T2 S(ACTIVE) T.RET
2. T1 S(ACTIVE) T.ACT, T.RET
T2 S(PF)
3. T1 S(ACTIVE) T.ACT, T.RET
T2 S(INACTIVE)
5. T1 S(PF) T.ACT, T.RET
T2 S(INACTIVE)
[ 5.1 T1 S(INACTIVE) T.ACT, T.RET
T2 S(INACTIVE) ]
6. T1 S(ACTIVE) T.ACT, T.RET
T2 S(INACTIVE)
7. T1 S(ACTIVE) T.ACT
T2 S(ACTIVE) T.RET
Case 2:
1. T1 S(ACTIVE) T.ACT
T2 S(ACTIVE) T.RET
2. T1 S(PF)
T2 S(ACTIVE) T.ACT, T.RET
3. T1 S(INACTIVE)
T2 S(ACTIVE) T.ACT, T.RET
5. T1 S(INACTIVE)
T2 S(PF) T.ACT, T.RET
[ 5.1 T1 S(INACTIVE)
T2 S(INACTIVE) T.ACT, T.RET ]
6. T1 S(INACTIVE)
T2 S(ACTIVE) T.ACT, T.RET
7. T1 S(ACTIVE) T.ACT
T2 S(ACTIVE) T.RET
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When both transports are the same, we don't have to go down that
road only to realize that we will return the very same transport.
We are guaranteed that curr is always non-NULL. Therefore, just
short-circuit this special case.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there are multiple vlan headers present in a received frame, the first
one is put into vlan_tci and protocol is set to ETH_P_8021Q. Anything in the
skb beyond the VLAN TPID may be still non-linear, including the inner TCI
and ethertype. While ovs_flow_extract takes care of IP and IPv6 headers, it
does nothing with ETH_P_8021Q. Later, if OVS_ACTION_ATTR_POP_VLAN is
executed, __pop_vlan_tci pulls the next vlan header into vlan_tci.
This leads to two things:
1. Part of the resulting ethernet header is in the non-linear part of the
skb. When eth_type_trans is called later as the result of
OVS_ACTION_ATTR_OUTPUT, kernel BUGs in __skb_pull. Also, __pop_vlan_tci
is in fact accessing random data when it reads past the TPID.
2. network_header points into the ethernet header instead of behind it.
mac_len is set to a wrong value (10), too.
Reported-by: Yulong Pei <ypei@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the transport has always been in state SCTP_UNCONFIRMED, it
therefore wasn't active before and hasn't been used before, and it
always has been, so it is unnecessary to bug the user with a
notification.
Reported-by: Deepak Khandelwal <khandelwal.deepak.1987@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Michael Tuexen <tuexen@fh-muenster.de>
Suggested-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yanjun <Yanjun.Zhu@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
af_packet can currently overwrite kernel memory by out of bound
accesses, because it assumed a [new] block can always hold one frame.
This is not generally the case, even if most existing tools do it right.
This patch clamps too long frames as API permits, and issue a one time
error on syslog.
[ 394.357639] tpacket_rcv: packet too big, clamped from 5042 to 3966. macoff=82
In this example, packet header tp_snaplen was set to 3966,
and tp_len was set to 5042 (skb->len)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: f6fb8f100b ("af-packet: TPACKET_V3 flexible buffer implementation.")
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The LECS response contains the MTU that should be used. Correctly
synchronize with other layers when updating.
Signed-off-by: Chas Williams - CONTRACTOR <chas@cmf.nrl.navy.mil>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recently the LE passive scanning and auto-connections feature was
introduced. It uses the hci_connect_le() API which returns a hci_conn
along with a reference count to that object. All previous users would
tie this returned reference to some existing object, such as an L2CAP
channel, and there'd be no leaked references this way. For
auto-connections however the reference was returned but not stored
anywhere, leaving established connections with one higher reference
count than they should have.
Instead of playing special tricks with hci_conn_hold/drop this patch
associates the returned reference from hci_connect_le() with the object
that in practice does own this reference, i.e. the hci_conn_params
struct that caused us to initiate a connection in the first place. Once
the connection is established or fails to establish this reference is
removed appropriately.
One extra thing needed is to call hci_pend_le_actions_clear() before
calling hci_conn_hash_flush() so that the reference is cleared before
the hci_conn objects are fully removed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This enables the netfilter NAT engine in first place, otherwise
you cannot ever select the nf_tables nat expression if iptables
is not selected.
Reported-by: Matteo Croce <technoboy85@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There's actually no good reason why we cannot use cgroup id 0,
so lets just remove this artificial barrier.
Reported-by: Alexey Perevalov <a.perevalov@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Alexey Perevalov <a.perevalov@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now q->now_rt is identical to q->now and is not required anymore.
Signed-off-by: Vasily Averin <vvs@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mainstream commit f0f6ee1f70 ("cbq: incorrect processing of high limits")
have side effect: if cbq bandwidth setting is less than real interface
throughput non-limited traffic can delay limited traffic for a very long time.
This happen because of q->now changes incorrectly in cbq_dequeue():
in described scenario L2T is much greater than real time delay,
and q->now gets an extra boost for each transmitted packet.
Accumulated boost prevents update q->now, and blocked class can wait
very long time until (q->now >= cl->undertime) will be true again.
To fix the problem the patch updates q->now on each cbq_update() call.
L2T-related pre-modification q->now was moved to cbq_update().
My testing confirmed that it fixes the problem and did not discover
any side-effects
Fixes: f0f6ee1f70 ("cbq: incorrect processing of high limits")
Signed-off-by: Vasily Averin <vvs@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch drops the userspace accessable sysfs entry for the maximum
datagram size of a 6LoWPAN fragment packet.
A fragment should not have a datagram size value greater than 1280 byte.
Instead of make this value configurable, we accept 1280 datagram size
fragment packets only.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <martin.townsend@xsilon.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes the 1281 MTU to 1280. Others stack have only a 1280
byte array for uncompressed 6LoWPAN packets, this avoid that these
stacks have an overflow. Sending 1281 uncompressed 6LoWPAN packets isn't
also rfc complaint.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If received frame contains the reserved destination address mode. The
frame should be dropped and free the skb.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <martin.townsend@xsilon.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch correct the return value of lowpan_alloc_frag if an error
occur. Errno numbers should always be negative.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fix a memory leak if received frame was not able to parse.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <martin.townsend@xsilon.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently, the NAT configs depend on iptables and ip6tables. However,
users should be capable of enabling NAT for nft without having to
switch on iptables.
Fix this by adding new specific IP_NF_NAT and IP6_NF_NAT config
switches for iptables and ip6tables NAT support. I have also moved
the original NF_NAT_IPV4 and NF_NAT_IPV6 configs out of the scope
of iptables to make them independent of it.
This patch also adds NETFILTER_XT_NAT which selects the xt_nat
combo that provides snat/dnat for iptables. We cannot use NF_NAT
anymore since nf_tables can select this.
Reported-by: Matteo Croce <technoboy85@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We really do not want to do ioctls in the server's fast path. Instead, let's
use the fact that we managed to read a full record as the indicator that
we should try to read the socket again.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Just move the transport locking out of the spin lock protected area
altogether.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
We should definitely not be exiting svc_get_next_xprt() with the
thread enqueued. Fix this by ensuring that we fall through to
the dequeue.
Also move the test itself outside the spin lock protected section.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
We're always _only_ waking up tasks from within the sp_threads list, so
we know that they are enqueued and alive. The rq_wait waitqueue is just
a distraction with extra atomic semantics.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
We already determined that there was enough wspace when we
called svc_xprt_enqueue.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Commit 3b4f302d85 ("tipc: eliminate
redundant locking") introduced a bug by removing the sanity check
for message importance, allowing programs to assign any value to
the msg_user field. This will mess up the packet reception logic
and may cause random link resets.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1d023284c3 ("list: fix order of arguments for
hlist_add_after(_rcu)") was incorrectly rebased on top of
d9124268d8 ("batman-adv: Fix out-of-order
fragmentation support"). The parameter order change of the rebased patch was
not re-applied as expected. This causes a memory leak and can cause crashes
when out-of-order packets are received. hlist_add_behind will try to access the
uninitalized list pointers of frag_entry_new to find the previous/next entry
and may modify/read random memory locations.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the AP only advertises support for 20MHz (in the
ht operation ie), disable 40MHz and VHT.
This can improve interoperability with APs that
don't like stations exceeding their own
advertised capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We currently track the QoS capability twice: for all peer stations
in the WLAN_STA_WME flag, and for any clients associated to an AP
interface separately for drivers in the sta->sta.wme field.
Remove the WLAN_STA_WME flag and track the capability only in the
driver-visible field, getting rid of the limitation that the field
is only valid in AP mode.
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Silences the following sparse warnings:
net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2926:21: warning: context imbalance in 'netlink_seq_start' - wrong count at exit
net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2972:13: warning: context imbalance in 'netlink_seq_stop' - unexpected unlock
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix TCP FRTO logic so that it always notices when snd_una advances,
indicating that any RTO after that point will be a new and distinct
loss episode.
Previously there was a very specific sequence that could cause FRTO to
fail to notice a new loss episode had started:
(1) RTO timer fires, enter FRTO and retransmit packet 1 in write queue
(2) receiver ACKs packet 1
(3) FRTO sends 2 more packets
(4) RTO timer fires again (should start a new loss episode)
The problem was in step (3) above, where tcp_process_loss() returned
early (in the spot marked "Step 2.b"), so that it never got to the
logic to clear icsk_retransmits. Thus icsk_retransmits stayed
non-zero. Thus in step (4) tcp_enter_loss() would see the non-zero
icsk_retransmits, decide that this RTO is not a new episode, and
decide not to cut ssthresh and remember the current cwnd and ssthresh
for undo.
There were two main consequences to the bug that we have
observed. First, ssthresh was not decreased in step (4). Second, when
there was a series of such FRTO (1-4) sequences that happened to be
followed by an FRTO undo, we would restore the cwnd and ssthresh from
before the entire series started (instead of the cwnd and ssthresh
from before the most recent RTO). This could result in cwnd and
ssthresh being restored to values much bigger than the proper values.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Fixes: e33099f96d ("tcp: implement RFC5682 F-RTO")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_tw_recycle heavily relies on tcp timestamps to build a per-host
ordering of incoming connections and teardowns without the need to
hold state on a specific quadruple for TCP_TIMEWAIT_LEN, but only for
the last measured RTO. To do so, we keep the last seen timestamp in a
per-host indexed data structure and verify if the incoming timestamp
in a connection request is strictly greater than the saved one during
last connection teardown. Thus we can verify later on that no old data
packets will be accepted by the new connection.
During moving a socket to time-wait state we already verify if timestamps
where seen on a connection. Only if that was the case we let the
time-wait socket expire after the RTO, otherwise normal TCP_TIMEWAIT_LEN
will be used. But we don't verify this on incoming SYN packets. If a
connection teardown was less than TCP_PAWS_MSL seconds in the past we
cannot guarantee to not accept data packets from an old connection if
no timestamps are present. We should drop this SYN packet. This patch
closes this loophole.
Please note, this patch does not make tcp_tw_recycle in any way more
usable but only adds another safety check:
Sporadic drops of SYN packets because of reordering in the network or
in the socket backlog queues can happen. Users behing NAT trying to
connect to a tcp_tw_recycle enabled server can get caught in blackholes
and their connection requests may regullary get dropped because hosts
behind an address translator don't have synchronized tcp timestamp clocks.
tcp_tw_recycle cannot work if peers don't have tcp timestamps enabled.
In general, use of tcp_tw_recycle is disadvised.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure we use the correct address-family-specific function for
handling MTU reductions from within tcp_release_cb().
Previously AF_INET6 sockets were incorrectly always using the IPv6
code path when sometimes they were handling IPv4 traffic and thus had
an IPv4 dst.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Diagnosed-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Fixes: 563d34d057 ("tcp: dont drop MTU reduction indications")
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As of 4fddbf5d78 ("sit: strictly restrict incoming traffic to tunnel link device"),
when looking up a tunnel, tunnel's underlying interface (t->parms.link)
is verified to match incoming traffic's ingress device.
However the comparison was incorrectly based on skb->dev->iflink.
Instead, dev->ifindex should be used, which correctly represents the
interface from which the IP stack hands the ipip6 packets.
This allows setting up sit tunnels bound to vlan interfaces (otherwise
incoming ipip6 traffic on the vlan interface was dropped due to
ipip6_tunnel_lookup match failure).
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I-Frame which is going to be resend already has FCS field added and set
(if it was required). Adding additional FCS field calculated from data +
old FCS in resend function is incorrect. This patch fix that.
Issue has been found during PTS testing.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There is no need to decrease pdu size with L2CAP SDU lenght in Start
L2CAP SDU frame. Start packtet is just 2 bytes longer as specified and
we can keep payload as long as possible.
When testing SAR L2CAP against PTS, L2CAP channel is usually configured
in that way, that SDU = MPS * 3. PTS expets then 3 I-Frames from IUT: Start,
Continuation and End frame.
Without this fix, we sent 4 I-Frames. We could pass a test by using -b
option in l2test and send just two bytes less than SDU length. With this
patch no need to use -b option.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce the common error path on failure of Tx by
inserting the label 'err_tx'.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
By introducing label fail, making the common error path for
mac802154_llsec_decrypt() and packet type default case.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch replace the sizeof(struct rx_work) with sizeof(*work)
and directly passing the skb in mac802154_subif_rx()
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are no external users of smp_chan_destroy() so make it private to
smp.c. The patch also moves the function higher up in the c-file in
order to avoid forward declarations.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The smp_distribute_keys() function calls smp_notify_keys() which in turn
calls l2cap_conn_update_id_addr(). The l2cap_conn_update_id_addr()
function will iterate through all L2CAP channels for the respective
connection: lock the channel, update the address information and unlock
the channel.
Since SMP is now using l2cap_chan callbacks each callback is called with
the channel lock held. Therefore, calling l2cap_conn_update_id_addr()
would cause a deadlock calling l2cap_chan_lock() on the SMP channel.
This patch moves calling smp_distribute_keys() through a workqueue so
that it is never called from an L2CAP channel callback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All places needing to cancel the security timer also call
smp_chan_destroy() in the same go. To eliminate the need to do these two
calls in multiple places simply move the timer cancellation into
smp_chan_destroy().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that there are no-longer any users for l2cap_conn->security_timer we
can go ahead and simply remove it. The patch makes initialization of the
conn->info_timer unconditional since it's better not to leave any
l2cap_conn data structures uninitialized no matter what the underlying
transport.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an SMP-internal timeout callback to remove the depenency
on (the soon to be removed) l2cap_conn->security_timer. The behavior is
the same as with l2cap_conn->security_timer except that the new
l2cap_conn_shutdown() public function is used instead of the L2CAP core
internal l2cap_conn_del().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the case that the SMP recv callback returns error the calling code in
l2cap_core.c expects that it still owns the skb and will try to free it.
The SMP code should therefore not try to free the skb if it return an
error. This patch fixes such behavior in the SMP command handler
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To restore pre-l2cap_chan functionality we should be trying to
disconnect the connection when receviving garbage SMP data (i.e. when
the SMP command handler fails). This patch renames the command handler
back to smp_sig_channel() and adds a smp_recv_cb() wrapper function for
calling it. If smp_sig_channel() fails the code calls
l2cap_conn_shutdown().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we no-longer do special handling of SMP within l2cap_core.c we
don't have any code for calling l2cap_conn_del() when smp.c doesn't like
the data it gets. At the same time we cannot simply export
l2cap_conn_del() since it will try to lock the channels it calls into
whereas we already hold the lock in the smp.c l2cap_chan callbacks (i.e.
it'd lead to a deadlock).
This patch adds a new l2cap_conn_shutdown() API which is very similar to
l2cap_conn_del() except that it defers the call to l2cap_conn_del()
through a workqueue, thereby making it safe to use it from an L2CAP
channel callback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no need to export the smp_distribute_keys() function since the
resume callback is called in the same scenario. This patch makes the
smp_notify_keys function private (at the same time moving it higher up
in smp.c to avoid forward declarations) and adds a resume callback for
SMP to call it from there instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we have all the necessary pieces in place we can fully convert
SMP to use the L2CAP channel infrastructure. This patch adds the
necessary callbacks and removes the now unneeded conn->smp_chan pointer.
One notable behavioral change in this patch comes from the following
code snippet:
- case L2CAP_CID_SMP:
- if (smp_sig_channel(conn, skb))
- l2cap_conn_del(conn->hcon, EACCES);
This piece of code was essentially forcing a disconnection if garbage
SMP data was received. The l2cap_conn_del() function is private to
l2cap_conn.c so we don't have access to it anymore when using the L2CAP
channel callbacks. Therefore, the behavior of the new code is simply to
return errors in the recv() callback (which is simply the old
smp_sig_channel()), but no disconnection will occur.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we have per-adapter SMP data thanks to the root SMP L2CAP
channel we can take advantage of it and attach the AES crypto context
(only used for SMP) to it. This means that the smp_irk_matches() and
smp_generate_rpa() function can be converted to internally handle the
AES context.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch creates the initial SMP L2CAP channels and a skeleton for
their callbacks. There is one per-adapter channel created upon adapter
registration, and then one channel per-connection created through the
new_connection callback. The channels are registered with the reserved
CID 0x1f for now in order to not conflict with existing SMP
functionality. Once everything is in place the value can be changed to
what it should be, i.e. L2CAP_CID_SMP.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As preparation for moving SMP to use l2cap_chan infrastructure we need
to move the (de)initialization functions to smp.c (where they'll
eventually need access to the local L2CAP channel callbacks).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
First of all, it's wasteful to initialize SMP if it's never going to be
used (e.g. on non-LE controllers). Second of all, when we move to use
l2cap_chan we need to know the real local address, meaning we must have
completed at least part of the HCI init. This patch moves the SMP
initialization to after the HCI init procedure and makes it depend on
whether the controller actually supports LE.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As preparation for converting SMP to use the l2cap_chan infrastructure
refactor the (de)initialization into separate functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the AES crypto has not been initialized properly we should cleanly
return from the hci_find_irk_by_rpa() function. Right now this will not
happen in practice, but once (in subsequent patches) SMP init is moved
to after the HCI init procedure it is possible that the pointer is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the AES crypto context is not available we cannot generate new RPAs.
We should therefore cleanly return an error from the function
responsible for updating the random address.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The code is consistently using the HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag check for
the existence of the SMP context, with the exception of this one place
in smp_sig_channel(). This patch converts the place to use the flag just
like all other instances.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For most cases it makes no difference whether l2cap_le_conn_ready() is
called before or after calling the channel ready() callbacks, however
for upcoming SMP code we need this as the ready() callback initializes
certain structures that a call to smp_conn_security() from
l2cap_le_conn_ready() depends on. Therefore, move the call to
l2cap_le_conn_ready() after iterating through and notifying channels.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
L2CAP channel implementations may want to still access the chan->conn
pointer. This will particularly be the case for SMP that will want to
clear a reference to the SMP channel in the l2cap_conn structure. The
only user of the teardown callback so far is l2cap_sock.c and for the
code there it makes no difference whether the callback is called before
or after clearing the chan->conn pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The l2cap_add_scid function is used for registering a fixed L2CAP
channel. Instead of having separate initialization of the channel type
and outgoing MTU in l2cap_sock.c it's more intuitive to do these things
in the l2cap_add_scid function itself (and thereby make the
functionality available to other users besides l2cap_sock.c).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we've got the fixed channel infrastructure cleaned up in a
generic way there's no longer a need to have a dedicated function for
handling data on the ATT channel. Instead the generic
l2cap_data_channel() handler will be able to do the exact same thing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When notifying global fixed channels of new connections it doesn't make
sense to consider channels meant for a different link type than the one
available. This patch adds an extra parameter to the
l2cap_global_fixed_chan() lookup function and ensures that only channels
matching the current hci_conn type are looked up.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to remove special handling of fixed L2CAP channels we need to
start creating them in a single place instead of having per-channel
exceptions. The most natural place is the l2cap_conn_cfm() function
which is called whenever there is a new baseband link.
The only really special case so far has been the ATT socket, so in order
not to break the code in between this patch removes the ATT special
handling at the same time as it adds the generic fixed channel handling
from l2cap_le_conn_ready() into the hci_conn_cfm() function. As a
related change the channel locking in l2cap_conn_ready() becomes simpler
and we can thereby move the smp_conn_security() call into the
l2cap_le_conn_ready() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch is a simple refactoring of l2cap_connect_cfm to allow easier
extension of the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With the update to sk->resume() and __l2cap_no_conn_pending() we
no-longer need to have special handling of ATT channels in the
l2cap_security_cfm() function. The chan->sec_level update when
encryption has been enabled is safe to do for any kind of channel, and
the loop takes later care of calling chan->ready() or chan->resume() if
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The LE ATT socket uses a special trick where it temporarily sets
BT_CONFIG state for the duration of a security level elevation. In order
to not require special hacks for going back to BT_CONNECTED state in the
l2cap_core.c code the most reasonable place to resume the state is the
resume callback. This patch adds a new flag to track the pending
security level change and ensures that the state is set back to
BT_CONNECTED in the resume callback in case the flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The __l2cap_no_conn_pending() function would previously only return a
meaningful value for connection oriented channels and was therefore not
useful for anything else. As preparation of making the L2CAP code more
generic allow the function to be called for other channel types as well
by returning a meaningful value for them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When looking up entries from the global L2CAP channel list there needs
to be a guarantee that other code doesn't go and remove the entry after
a channel has been returned by the lookup function. This patch makes
sure that the channel reference is incremented before the read lock is
released in the global channel lookup functions. The patch also adds the
corresponding l2cap_chan_put() calls once the channels pointers are
no-longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The new_connection L2CAP channel callback creates a new channel based on
the provided parent channel. The 6lowpan code was confusingly naming the
child channel "pchan" and the parent channel "chan". This patch swaps
the names.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the smp_cmd_sign_info() function the SMP_DIST_SIGN bit is explicitly
cleared early on in the function. This means that there's no need to
check for it again before calling smp_distribute_keys().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're not connectable and all whitelisted (BR/EDR) devices are
connected it doesn't make sense to keep page scan enabled. This patch
adds code to check for any disconnected whitelist devices and if there
are none take the appropriate action in the hci_update_page_scan()
function to disable page scan.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Similar to our hci_update_background_scan() function we can simplify a
lot of code by creating a unified helper function for doing page scan
updates. This patch adds such a function to hci_core.c and updates all
the relevant places to use it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are several situations where we're interested in knowing whether
we're currently in the process of powering off an adapter. This patch
adds a convenience function for the purpose and makes it public since
we'll soon need to access it from hci_event.c as well.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Bytestream timestamps are correlated with a single byte in the skbuff,
recorded in skb_shinfo(skb)->tskey. When fragmenting skbuffs, ensure
that the tskey is set for the fragment in which the tskey falls
(seqno <= tskey < end_seqno).
The original implementation did not address fragmentation in
tcp_fragment or tso_fragment. Add code to inspect the sequence numbers
and move both tskey and the relevant tx_flags if necessary.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ACK timestamps are generated in tcp_clean_rtx_queue. The TSO datapath
can break out early, causing the timestamp code to be skipped. Move
the code up before the break.
Reported-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also fix a boundary condition: tp->snd_una is the next unacknowledged
byte and between tests inclusive (a <= b <= c), so generate a an ACK
timestamp if (prior_snd_una <= tskey <= tp->snd_una - 1).
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
b67bfe0d42 (hlist: drop the node
parameter from iterators) dropped the node parameter from
iterators which lec_tbl_walk() was using to iterate the list.
Signed-off-by: Chas Williams <chas@cmf.nrl.navy.mil>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One should not call blocking primitives inside a wait loop, since both
require task_struct::state to sleep, so the inner will destroy the
outer state.
sigd_enq() will possibly sleep for alloc_skb(). Move sigd_enq() before
prepare_to_wait() to avoid sleeping while waiting interruptibly. You do
not actually need to call sigd_enq() after the initial prepare_to_wait()
because we test the termination condition before calling schedule().
Based on suggestions from Peter Zijlstra.
Signed-off-by: Chas Williams <chas@cmf.n4rl.navy.mil>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ovs_vport_alloc() bails out without freeing the memory 'vport' points to.
Picked up by Coverity - CID 1230503.
Fixes: 5cd667b0a4 ("openvswitch: Allow each vport to have an array of 'port_id's.")
Signed-off-by: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Several networking final fixes and tidies for the merge window:
1) Changes during the merge window unintentionally took away the
ability to build bluetooth modular, fix from Geert Uytterhoeven.
2) Several phy_node reference count bug fixes from Uwe Kleine-König.
3) Fix ucc_geth build failures, also from Uwe Kleine-König.
4) Fix klog false positivies when netlink messages go to network
taps, by properly resetting the network header. Fix from Daniel
Borkmann.
5) Sizing estimate of VF netlink messages is too small, from Jiri
Benc.
6) New APM X-Gene SoC ethernet driver, from Iyappan Subramanian.
7) VLAN untagging is erroneously dependent upon whether the VLAN
module is loaded or not, but there are generic dependencies that
matter wrt what can be expected as the SKB enters the stack.
Make the basic untagging generic code, and do it unconditionally.
From Vlad Yasevich.
8) xen-netfront only has so many slots in it's transmit queue so
linearize packets that have too many frags. From Zoltan Kiss.
9) Fix suspend/resume PHY handling in bcmgenet driver, from Florian
Fainelli"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (55 commits)
net: bcmgenet: correctly resume adapter from Wake-on-LAN
net: bcmgenet: update UMAC_CMD only when link is detected
net: bcmgenet: correctly suspend and resume PHY device
net: bcmgenet: request and enable main clock earlier
net: ethernet: myricom: myri10ge: myri10ge.c: Cleaning up missing null-terminate after strncpy call
xen-netfront: Fix handling packets on compound pages with skb_linearize
net: fec: Support phys probed from devicetree and fixed-link
smsc: replace WARN_ON() with WARN_ON_SMP()
xen-netback: Don't deschedule NAPI when carrier off
net: ethernet: qlogic: qlcnic: Remove duplicate object file from Makefile
wan: wanxl: Remove typedefs from struct names
m68k/atari: EtherNEC - ethernet support (ne)
net: ethernet: ti: cpmac.c: Cleaning up missing null-terminate after strncpy call
hdlc: Remove typedefs from struct names
airo_cs: Remove typedef local_info_t
atmel: Remove typedef atmel_priv_ioctl
com20020_cs: Remove typedef com20020_dev_t
ethernet: amd: Remove typedef local_info_t
net: Always untag vlan-tagged traffic on input.
drivers: net: Add APM X-Gene SoC ethernet driver support.
...
Highlights include:
- Stable fix for a bug in nfs3_list_one_acl()
- Speed up NFS path walks by supporting LOOKUP_RCU
- More read/write code cleanups
- pNFS fixes for layout return on close
- Fixes for the RCU handling in the rpcsec_gss code
- More NFS/RDMA fixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJT65zoAAoJEGcL54qWCgDyvq8QAJ+OKuC5dpngrZ13i4ZJIcK1
TJSkWCr44FhYPlrmkLCntsGX6C0376oFEtJ5uqloqK0+/QtvwRNVSQMKaJopKIVY
mR4En0WwpigxVQdW2lgto6bfOhzMVO+llVdmicEVrU8eeSThATxGNv7rxRzWorvL
RX3TwBkWSc0kLtPi66VRFQ1z+gg5I0kngyyhsKnLOaHHtpTYP2JDZlRPRkokXPUg
nmNedmC3JrFFkarroFIfYr54Qit2GW/eI2zVhOwHGCb45j4b2wntZ6wr7LpUdv3A
OGDBzw59cTpcx3Hij9CFvLYVV9IJJHBNd2MJqdQRtgWFfs+aTkZdk4uilUJCIzZh
f4BujQAlm/4X1HbPxsSvkCRKga7mesGM7e0sBDPHC1vu0mSaY1cakcj2kQLTpbQ7
gqa1cR3pZ+4shCq37cLwWU0w1yElYe1c4otjSCttPCrAjXbXJZSFzYnHm8DwKROR
t+yEDRL5BIXPu1nEtSnD2+xTQ3vUIYXooZWEmqLKgRtBTtPmgSn9Vd8P1OQXmMNo
VJyFXyjNx5WH06Wbc/jLzQ1/cyhuPmJWWyWMJlVROyv+FXk9DJUFBZuTkpMrIPcF
NlBXLV1GnA7PzMD9Xt9bwqteERZl6fOUDJLWS9P74kTk5c2kD+m+GaqC/rBTKKXc
ivr2s7aIDV48jhnwBSVL
=KE07
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-3.17-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client updates from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights include:
- stable fix for a bug in nfs3_list_one_acl()
- speed up NFS path walks by supporting LOOKUP_RCU
- more read/write code cleanups
- pNFS fixes for layout return on close
- fixes for the RCU handling in the rpcsec_gss code
- more NFS/RDMA fixes"
* tag 'nfs-for-3.17-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs: (79 commits)
nfs: reject changes to resvport and sharecache during remount
NFS: Avoid infinite loop when RELEASE_LOCKOWNER getting expired error
SUNRPC: remove all refcounting of groupinfo from rpcauth_lookupcred
NFS: fix two problems in lookup_revalidate in RCU-walk
NFS: allow lockless access to access_cache
NFS: teach nfs_lookup_verify_inode to handle LOOKUP_RCU
NFS: teach nfs_neg_need_reval to understand LOOKUP_RCU
NFS: support RCU_WALK in nfs_permission()
sunrpc/auth: allow lockless (rcu) lookup of credential cache.
NFS: prepare for RCU-walk support but pushing tests later in code.
NFS: nfs4_lookup_revalidate: only evaluate parent if it will be used.
NFS: add checks for returned value of try_module_get()
nfs: clear_request_commit while holding i_lock
pnfs: add pnfs_put_lseg_async
pnfs: find swapped pages on pnfs commit lists too
nfs: fix comment and add warn_on for PG_INODE_REF
nfs: check wait_on_bit_lock err in page_group_lock
sunrpc: remove "ec" argument from encrypt_v2 operation
sunrpc: clean up sparse endianness warnings in gss_krb5_wrap.c
sunrpc: clean up sparse endianness warnings in gss_krb5_seal.c
...
Pull Ceph updates from Sage Weil:
"There is a lot of refactoring and hardening of the libceph and rbd
code here from Ilya that fix various smaller bugs, and a few more
important fixes with clone overlap. The main fix is a critical change
to the request_fn handling to not sleep that was exposed by the recent
mutex changes (which will also go to the 3.16 stable series).
Yan Zheng has several fixes in here for CephFS fixing ACL handling,
time stamps, and request resends when the MDS restarts.
Finally, there are a few cleanups from Himangi Saraogi based on
Coccinelle"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client: (39 commits)
libceph: set last_piece in ceph_msg_data_pages_cursor_init() correctly
rbd: remove extra newlines from rbd_warn() messages
rbd: allocate img_request with GFP_NOIO instead GFP_ATOMIC
rbd: rework rbd_request_fn()
ceph: fix kick_requests()
ceph: fix append mode write
ceph: fix sizeof(struct tYpO *) typo
ceph: remove redundant memset(0)
rbd: take snap_id into account when reading in parent info
rbd: do not read in parent info before snap context
rbd: update mapping size only on refresh
rbd: harden rbd_dev_refresh() and callers a bit
rbd: split rbd_dev_spec_update() into two functions
rbd: remove unnecessary asserts in rbd_dev_image_probe()
rbd: introduce rbd_dev_header_info()
rbd: show the entire chain of parent images
ceph: replace comma with a semicolon
rbd: use rbd_segment_name_free() instead of kfree()
ceph: check zero length in ceph_sync_read()
ceph: reset r_resend_mds after receiving -ESTALE
...
Currently the functionality to untag traffic on input resides
as part of the vlan module and is build only when VLAN support
is enabled in the kernel. When VLAN is disabled, the function
vlan_untag() turns into a stub and doesn't really untag the
packets. This seems to create an interesting interaction
between VMs supporting checksum offloading and some network drivers.
There are some drivers that do not allow the user to change
tx-vlan-offload feature of the driver. These drivers also seem
to assume that any VLAN-tagged traffic they transmit will
have the vlan information in the vlan_tci and not in the vlan
header already in the skb. When transmitting skbs that already
have tagged data with partial checksum set, the checksum doesn't
appear to be updated correctly by the card thus resulting in a
failure to establish TCP connections.
The following is a packet trace taken on the receiver where a
sender is a VM with a VLAN configued. The host VM is running on
doest not have VLAN support and the outging interface on the
host is tg3:
10:12:43.503055 52:54:00:ae:42:3f > 28:d2:44:7d:c2:de, ethertype 802.1Q
(0x8100), length 78: vlan 100, p 0, ethertype IPv4, (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 27243,
offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 60)
10.0.100.1.58545 > 10.0.100.10.ircu-2: Flags [S], cksum 0xdc39 (incorrect
-> 0x48d9), seq 1069378582, win 29200, options [mss 1460,sackOK,TS val
4294837885 ecr 0,nop,wscale 7], length 0
10:12:44.505556 52:54:00:ae:42:3f > 28:d2:44:7d:c2:de, ethertype 802.1Q
(0x8100), length 78: vlan 100, p 0, ethertype IPv4, (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 27244,
offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 60)
10.0.100.1.58545 > 10.0.100.10.ircu-2: Flags [S], cksum 0xdc39 (incorrect
-> 0x44ee), seq 1069378582, win 29200, options [mss 1460,sackOK,TS val
4294838888 ecr 0,nop,wscale 7], length 0
This connection finally times out.
I've only access to the TG3 hardware in this configuration thus have
only tested this with TG3 driver. There are a lot of other drivers
that do not permit user changes to vlan acceleration features, and
I don't know if they all suffere from a similar issue.
The patch attempt to fix this another way. It moves the vlan header
stipping code out of the vlan module and always builds it into the
kernel network core. This way, even if vlan is not supported on
a virtualizatoin host, the virtual machines running on top of such
host will still work with VLANs enabled.
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Nithin Nayak Sujir <nsujir@broadcom.com>
CC: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains fixes for your net tree, they are:
1) Unitialize the set element key and data from the commit path,
otherwise this leaks chain refcount if the transaction is aborted,
reported by Thomas Graf.
2) Fix crash when updating chains without no counters in nf_tables,
this slipped through in the new transaction infrastructure, reported
by Matteo Croce.
3) Replace all mutex_lock_interruptible() by mutex_lock() in the Netfilter
tree, suggested by Patrick McHardy. This implicitly fixes the problem
that Eric Dumazet reported in: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/373076/
4) Fix error return code in nf_tables when deleting set element in
nf_tables if the transaction cannot be allocated, from Julia Lawall.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull namespace updates from Eric Biederman:
"This is a bunch of small changes built against 3.16-rc6. The most
significant change for users is the first patch which makes setns
drmatically faster by removing unneded rcu handling.
The next chunk of changes are so that "mount -o remount,.." will not
allow the user namespace root to drop flags on a mount set by the
system wide root. Aks this forces read-only mounts to stay read-only,
no-dev mounts to stay no-dev, no-suid mounts to stay no-suid, no-exec
mounts to stay no exec and it prevents unprivileged users from messing
with a mounts atime settings. I have included my test case as the
last patch in this series so people performing backports can verify
this change works correctly.
The next change fixes a bug in NFS that was discovered while auditing
nsproxy users for the first optimization. Today you can oops the
kernel by reading /proc/fs/nfsfs/{servers,volumes} if you are clever
with pid namespaces. I rebased and fixed the build of the
!CONFIG_NFS_FS case yesterday when a build bot caught my typo. Given
that no one to my knowledge bases anything on my tree fixing the typo
in place seems more responsible that requiring a typo-fix to be
backported as well.
The last change is a small semantic cleanup introducing
/proc/thread-self and pointing /proc/mounts and /proc/net at it. This
prevents several kinds of problemantic corner cases. It is a
user-visible change so it has a minute chance of causing regressions
so the change to /proc/mounts and /proc/net are individual one line
commits that can be trivially reverted. Unfortunately I lost and
could not find the email of the original reporter so he is not
credited. From at least one perspective this change to /proc/net is a
refgression fix to allow pthread /proc/net uses that were broken by
the introduction of the network namespace"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace:
proc: Point /proc/mounts at /proc/thread-self/mounts instead of /proc/self/mounts
proc: Point /proc/net at /proc/thread-self/net instead of /proc/self/net
proc: Implement /proc/thread-self to point at the directory of the current thread
proc: Have net show up under /proc/<tgid>/task/<tid>
NFS: Fix /proc/fs/nfsfs/servers and /proc/fs/nfsfs/volumes
mnt: Add tests for unprivileged remount cases that have found to be faulty
mnt: Change the default remount atime from relatime to the existing value
mnt: Correct permission checks in do_remount
mnt: Move the test for MNT_LOCK_READONLY from change_mount_flags into do_remount
mnt: Only change user settable mount flags in remount
namespaces: Use task_lock and not rcu to protect nsproxy
Pull nfsd updates from Bruce Fields:
"This includes a major rewrite of the NFSv4 state code, which has
always depended on a single mutex. As an example, open creates are no
longer serialized, fixing a performance regression on NFSv3->NFSv4
upgrades. Thanks to Jeff, Trond, and Benny, and to Christoph for
review.
Also some RDMA fixes from Chuck Lever and Steve Wise, and
miscellaneous fixes from Kinglong Mee and others"
* 'for-3.17' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (167 commits)
svcrdma: remove rdma_create_qp() failure recovery logic
nfsd: add some comments to the nfsd4 object definitions
nfsd: remove the client_mutex and the nfs4_lock/unlock_state wrappers
nfsd: remove nfs4_lock_state: nfs4_state_shutdown_net
nfsd: remove nfs4_lock_state: nfs4_laundromat
nfsd: Remove nfs4_lock_state(): reclaim_complete()
nfsd: Remove nfs4_lock_state(): setclientid, setclientid_confirm, renew
nfsd: Remove nfs4_lock_state(): exchange_id, create/destroy_session()
nfsd: Remove nfs4_lock_state(): nfsd4_open and nfsd4_open_confirm
nfsd: Remove nfs4_lock_state(): nfsd4_delegreturn()
nfsd: Remove nfs4_lock_state(): nfsd4_open_downgrade + nfsd4_close
nfsd: Remove nfs4_lock_state(): nfsd4_lock/locku/lockt()
nfsd: Remove nfs4_lock_state(): nfsd4_release_lockowner
nfsd: Remove nfs4_lock_state(): nfsd4_test_stateid/nfsd4_free_stateid
nfsd: Remove nfs4_lock_state(): nfs4_preprocess_stateid_op()
nfsd: remove old fault injection infrastructure
nfsd: add more granular locking to *_delegations fault injectors
nfsd: add more granular locking to forget_openowners fault injector
nfsd: add more granular locking to forget_locks fault injector
nfsd: add a list_head arg to nfsd_foreach_client_lock
...
Determining ->last_piece based on the value of ->page_offset + length
is incorrect because length here is the length of the entire message.
->last_piece set to false even if page array data item length is <=
PAGE_SIZE, which results in invalid length passed to
ceph_tcp_{send,recv}page() and causes various asserts to fire.
# cat pages-cursor-init.sh
#!/bin/bash
rbd create --size 10 --image-format 2 foo
FOO_DEV=$(rbd map foo)
dd if=/dev/urandom of=$FOO_DEV bs=1M &>/dev/null
rbd snap create foo@snap
rbd snap protect foo@snap
rbd clone foo@snap bar
# rbd_resize calls librbd rbd_resize(), size is in bytes
./rbd_resize bar $(((4 << 20) + 512))
rbd resize --size 10 bar
BAR_DEV=$(rbd map bar)
# trigger a 512-byte copyup -- 512-byte page array data item
dd if=/dev/urandom of=$BAR_DEV bs=1M count=1 seek=5
The problem exists only in ceph_msg_data_pages_cursor_init(),
ceph_msg_data_pages_advance() does the right thing. The size_t cast is
unnecessary.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10+
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Commit 1d8faf48c7 ("net/core: Add VF link state control") added new
attribute to IFLA_VF_INFO group in rtnl_fill_ifinfo but did not adjust size
of the allocated memory in if_nlmsg_size/rtnl_vfinfo_size. As the result, we
may trigger warnings in rtnl_getlink and similar functions when many VF
links are enabled, as the information does not fit into the allocated skb.
Fixes: 1d8faf48c7 ("net/core: Add VF link state control")
Reported-by: Yulong Pei <ypei@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since fib_lookup cannot return ESRCH no longer,
checking for this error code is no longer neccesary.
Signed-off-by: Niv Yehezkel <executerx@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert a zero return value on error to a negative one, as returned
elsewhere in the function.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Eric Dumazet reports that getsockopt() or setsockopt() sometimes
returns -EINTR instead of -ENOPROTOOPT, causing headaches to
application developers.
This patch replaces all the mutex_lock_interruptible() by mutex_lock()
in the netfilter tree, as there is no reason we should sleep for a
long time there.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Suggested-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Fix possible replacement of the per-cpu chain counters by null
pointer when updating an existing chain in the commit path.
Reported-by: Matteo Croce <technoboy85@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This should happen once the element has been effectively released in
the commit path, not before. This fixes a possible chain refcount leak
if the transaction is aborted.
Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
netlink doesn't set any network header offset thus when the skb is
being passed to tap devices via dev_queue_xmit_nit(), it emits klog
false positives due to it being unset like:
...
[ 124.990397] protocol 0000 is buggy, dev nlmon0
[ 124.990411] protocol 0000 is buggy, dev nlmon0
...
So just reset the network header before passing to the device; for
packet sockets that just means nothing will change - mac and net
offset hold the same value just as before.
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The header multicast.h was included twice, so delete one of them.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Cc: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Cc: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Cc: b.a.t.m.a.n@lists.open-mesh.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The #include headers net/genetlink.h and linux/genetlink.h both were
included twice, so delete each of the duplicate.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Cc: dev@openvswitch.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change config symbol 6LOWPAN from type bool to type tristate, so
6LoWPAN can be built modular, just like IPV6
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge incoming from Andrew Morton:
- Various misc things.
- arch/sh updates.
- Part of ocfs2. Review is slow.
- Slab updates.
- Most of -mm.
- printk updates.
- lib/ updates.
- checkpatch updates.
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (226 commits)
checkpatch: update $declaration_macros, add uninitialized_var
checkpatch: warn on missing spaces in broken up quoted
checkpatch: fix false positives for --strict "space after cast" test
checkpatch: fix false positive MISSING_BREAK warnings with --file
checkpatch: add test for native c90 types in unusual order
checkpatch: add signed generic types
checkpatch: add short int to c variable types
checkpatch: add for_each tests to indentation and brace tests
checkpatch: fix brace style misuses of else and while
checkpatch: add --fix option for a couple OPEN_BRACE misuses
checkpatch: use the correct indentation for which()
checkpatch: add fix_insert_line and fix_delete_line helpers
checkpatch: add ability to insert and delete lines to patch/file
checkpatch: add an index variable for fixed lines
checkpatch: warn on break after goto or return with same tab indentation
checkpatch: emit a warning on file add/move/delete
checkpatch: add test for commit id formatting style in commit log
checkpatch: emit fewer kmalloc_array/kcalloc conversion warnings
checkpatch: improve "no space after cast" test
checkpatch: allow multiple const * types
...
Although RCU protection would be possible during diag dump, doing
so allows for concurrent table mutations which can render the
in-table offset between individual Netlink messages invalid and
thus cause legitimate sockets to be skipped in the dump.
Since the diag dump is relatively low volume and consistency is
more important than performance, the table mutex is held during
dump.
Reported-by: Andrey Wagin <avagin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Fixes: e341694e3e ("netlink: Convert netlink_lookup() to use RCU protected hash table")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All other add functions for lists have the new item as first argument
and the position where it is added as second argument. This was changed
for no good reason in this function and makes using it unnecessary
confusing.
The name was changed to hlist_add_behind() to cause unconverted code to
generate a compile error instead of using the wrong parameter order.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Ken Helias <kenhelias@firemail.de>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> [intel driver bits]
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Since a8afca032 (tcp: md5: protects md5sig_info with RCU) tcp_md5_do_lookup
doesn't require socket lock, rcu_read_lock is enough. Therefore socket lock is
no longer required for tcp_v{4,6}_inbound_md5_hash too, so we can move these
calls (wrapped with rcu_read_{,un}lock) before bh_lock_sock:
from tcp_v{4,6}_do_rcv to tcp_v{4,6}_rcv.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Popov <ixaphire@qrator.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A set of small fixes pointed out just after the merge:
- make tcp_tx_timestamp static
- make tcp_gso_tstamp static
- use before() to compare TCP seqno, instead of cast to u64
- add tstamp to tx_flags in GSO, instead of overwrite tx_flags
- record skb_shinfo(skb)->tskey for all timestamps, also HW.
- optimization in tcp_tx_timestamp:
call sock_tx_timestamp only if a tstamp option is set.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Fixes: 4ed2d765df ("net-timestamp: TCP timestamping")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock_tx_timestamp() should not ignore initial *tx_flags value, as TCP
stack can store SKBTX_SHARED_FRAG in it.
Also first argument (struct sock *) can be const.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 4ed2d765df ("net-timestamp: TCP timestamping")
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Steady transitioning of the BPF instructure to a generic spot so
all kernel subsystems can make use of it, from Alexei Starovoitov.
2) SFC driver supports busy polling, from Alexandre Rames.
3) Take advantage of hash table in UDP multicast delivery, from David
Held.
4) Lighten locking, in particular by getting rid of the LRU lists, in
inet frag handling. From Florian Westphal.
5) Add support for various RFC6458 control messages in SCTP, from
Geir Ola Vaagland.
6) Allow to filter bridge forwarding database dumps by device, from
Jamal Hadi Salim.
7) virtio-net also now supports busy polling, from Jason Wang.
8) Some low level optimization tweaks in pktgen from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
9) Add support for ipv6 address generation modes, so that userland
can have some input into the process. From Jiri Pirko.
10) Consolidate common TCP connection request code in ipv4 and ipv6,
from Octavian Purdila.
11) New ARP packet logger in netfilter, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
12) Generic resizable RCU hash table, with intial users in netlink and
nftables. From Thomas Graf.
13) Maintain a name assignment type so that userspace can see where a
network device name came from (enumerated by kernel, assigned
explicitly by userspace, etc.) From Tom Gundersen.
14) Automatic flow label generation on transmit in ipv6, from Tom
Herbert.
15) New packet timestamping facilities from Willem de Bruijn, meant to
assist in measuring latencies going into/out-of the packet
scheduler, latency from TCP data transmission to ACK, etc"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1536 commits)
cxgb4 : Disable recursive mailbox commands when enabling vi
net: reduce USB network driver config options.
tg3: Modify tg3_tso_bug() to handle multiple TX rings
amd-xgbe: Perform phy connect/disconnect at dev open/stop
amd-xgbe: Use dma_set_mask_and_coherent to set DMA mask
net: sun4i-emac: fix memory leak on bad packet
sctp: fix possible seqlock seadlock in sctp_packet_transmit()
Revert "net: phy: Set the driver when registering an MDIO bus device"
cxgb4vf: Turn off SGE RX/TX Callback Timers and interrupts in PCI shutdown routine
team: Simplify return path of team_newlink
bridge: Update outdated comment on promiscuous mode
net-timestamp: ACK timestamp for bytestreams
net-timestamp: TCP timestamping
net-timestamp: SCHED timestamp on entering packet scheduler
net-timestamp: add key to disambiguate concurrent datagrams
net-timestamp: move timestamp flags out of sk_flags
net-timestamp: extend SCM_TIMESTAMPING ancillary data struct
cxgb4i : Move stray CPL definitions to cxgb4 driver
tcp: reduce spurious retransmits due to transient SACK reneging
qlcnic: Initialize dcbnl_ops before register_netdev
...
Pull security subsystem updates from James Morris:
"In this release:
- PKCS#7 parser for the key management subsystem from David Howells
- appoint Kees Cook as seccomp maintainer
- bugfixes and general maintenance across the subsystem"
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/linux-security: (94 commits)
X.509: Need to export x509_request_asymmetric_key()
netlabel: shorter names for the NetLabel catmap funcs/structs
netlabel: fix the catmap walking functions
netlabel: fix the horribly broken catmap functions
netlabel: fix a problem when setting bits below the previously lowest bit
PKCS#7: X.509 certificate issuer and subject are mandatory fields in the ASN.1
tpm: simplify code by using %*phN specifier
tpm: Provide a generic means to override the chip returned timeouts
tpm: missing tpm_chip_put in tpm_get_random()
tpm: Properly clean sysfs entries in error path
tpm: Add missing tpm_do_selftest to ST33 I2C driver
PKCS#7: Use x509_request_asymmetric_key()
Revert "selinux: fix the default socket labeling in sock_graft()"
X.509: x509_request_asymmetric_keys() doesn't need string length arguments
PKCS#7: fix sparse non static symbol warning
KEYS: revert encrypted key change
ima: add support for measuring and appraising firmware
firmware_class: perform new LSM checks
security: introduce kernel_fw_from_file hook
PKCS#7: Missing inclusion of linux/err.h
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/Makefile
net/ipv6/sysctl_net_ipv6.c
Two ipv6_table_template[] additions overlap, so the index
of the ipv6_table[x] assignments needed to be adjusted.
In the drivers/net/Makefile case, we've gotten rid of the
garbage whereby we had to list every single USB networking
driver in the top-level Makefile, there is just one
"USB_NETWORKING" that guards everything.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- kmalloc_array instead of kmalloc when possible
- avoid log spam due to useless net_ratelimit() invocations
- increase default metric hop penalty from 15 to 30
- update internal version number
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=EIGl
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batman-adv-for-davem' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Antonio Quartulli says:
====================
pull request: batman-adv 2014-08-05
this is a pull request intended for net-next/linux-3.17 (yeah..it's really
late).
Patches 1, 2 and 4 are really minor changes:
- kmalloc_array is substituted to kmalloc when possible (as suggested by
checkpatch);
- net_ratelimited() is now used properly and the "suppressed" message is not
printed anymore if not needed;
- the internal version number has been increased to reflect our current version.
Patch 3 instead is introducing a change in the metric computation function
by changing the penalty applied at each mesh hop from 15/255 (~6%) to
30/255 (~11%). This change is introduced by Simon Wunderlich after having
observed a performance improvement in several networks when using the new value.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now bridge ports can be non-promiscuous, vlan_vid_add() is no longer an
unnecessary operation.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK, a request for a tstamp when the last byte
in the send() call is acknowledged. It implements the feature for TCP.
The timestamp is generated when the TCP socket cumulative ACK is moved
beyond the tracked seqno for the first time. The feature ignores SACK
and FACK, because those acknowledge the specific byte, but not
necessarily the entire contents of the buffer up to that byte.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP timestamping extends SO_TIMESTAMPING to bytestreams.
Bytestreams do not have a 1:1 relationship between send() buffers and
network packets. The feature interprets a send call on a bytestream as
a request for a timestamp for the last byte in that send() buffer.
The choice corresponds to a request for a timestamp when all bytes in
the buffer have been sent. That assumption depends on in-order kernel
transmission. This is the common case. That said, it is possible to
construct a traffic shaping tree that would result in reordering.
The guarantee is strong, then, but not ironclad.
This implementation supports send and sendpages (splice). GSO replaces
one large packet with multiple smaller packets. This patch also copies
the option into the correct smaller packet.
This patch does not yet support timestamping on data in an initial TCP
Fast Open SYN, because that takes a very different data path.
If ID generation in ee_data is enabled, bytestream timestamps return a
byte offset, instead of the packet counter for datagrams.
The implementation supports a single timestamp per packet. It silenty
replaces requests for previous timestamps. To avoid missing tstamps,
flush the tcp queue by disabling Nagle, cork and autocork. Missing
tstamps can be detected by offset when the ee_data ID is enabled.
Implementation details:
- On GSO, the timestamping code can be included in the main loop. I
moved it into its own loop to reduce the impact on the common case
to a single branch.
- To avoid leaking the absolute seqno to userspace, the offset
returned in ee_data must always be relative. It is an offset between
an skb and sk field. The first is always set (also for GSO & ACK).
The second must also never be uninitialized. Only allow the ID
option on sockets in the ESTABLISHED state, for which the seqno
is available. Never reset it to zero (instead, move it to the
current seqno when reenabling the option).
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel transmit latency is often incurred in the packet scheduler.
Introduce a new timestamp on transmission just before entering the
scheduler. When data travels through multiple devices (bonding,
tunneling, ...) each device will export an individual timestamp.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Datagrams timestamped on transmission can coexist in the kernel stack
and be reordered in packet scheduling. When reading looped datagrams
from the socket error queue it is not always possible to unique
correlate looped data with original send() call (for application
level retransmits). Even if possible, it may be expensive and complex,
requiring packet inspection.
Introduce a data-independent ID mechanism to associate timestamps with
send calls. Pass an ID alongside the timestamp in field ee_data of
sock_extended_err.
The ID is a simple 32 bit unsigned int that is associated with the
socket and incremented on each send() call for which software tx
timestamp generation is enabled.
The feature is enabled only if SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_ID is set, to
avoid changing ee_data for existing applications that expect it 0.
The counter is reset each time the flag is reenabled. Reenabling
does not change the ID of already submitted data. It is possible
to receive out of order IDs if the timestamp stream is not quiesced
first.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_flags is reaching its limit. New timestamping options will not fit.
Move all of them into a new field sk->sk_tsflags.
Added benefit is that this removes boilerplate code to convert between
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_.. and SOCK_TIMESTAMPING_.. in getsockopt/setsockopt.
SOCK_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE is also used to toggle the receive
timestamp logic (netstamp_needed). That can be simplified and this
last key removed, but will leave that for a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
----
The u16 in sock can be moved into a 16-bit hole below sk_gso_max_segs,
though that scatters tstamp fields throughout the struct.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Applications that request kernel tx timestamps with SO_TIMESTAMPING
read timestamps as recvmsg() ancillary data. The response is defined
implicitly as timespec[3].
1) define struct scm_timestamping explicitly and
2) add support for new tstamp types. On tx, scm_timestamping always
accompanies a sock_extended_err. Define previously unused field
ee_info to signal the type of ts[0]. Introduce SCM_TSTAMP_SND to
define the existing behavior.
The reception path is not modified. On rx, no struct similar to
sock_extended_err is passed along with SCM_TIMESTAMPING.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit reduces spurious retransmits due to apparent SACK reneging
by only reacting to SACK reneging that persists for a short delay.
When a sequence space hole at snd_una is filled, some TCP receivers
send a series of ACKs as they apparently scan their out-of-order queue
and cumulatively ACK all the packets that have now been consecutiveyly
received. This is essentially misbehavior B in "Misbehaviors in TCP
SACK generation" ACM SIGCOMM Computer Communication Review, April
2011, so we suspect that this is from several common OSes (Windows
2000, Windows Server 2003, Windows XP). However, this issue has also
been seen in other cases, e.g. the netdev thread "TCP being hoodwinked
into spurious retransmissions by lack of timestamps?" from March 2014,
where the receiver was thought to be a BSD box.
Since snd_una would temporarily be adjacent to a previously SACKed
range in these scenarios, this receiver behavior triggered the Linux
SACK reneging code path in the sender. This led the sender to clear
the SACK scoreboard, enter CA_Loss, and spuriously retransmit
(potentially) every packet from the entire write queue at line rate
just a few milliseconds before the ACK for each packet arrives at the
sender.
To avoid such situations, now when a sender sees apparent reneging it
does not yet retransmit, but rather adjusts the RTO timer to give the
receiver a little time (max(RTT/2, 10ms)) to send us some more ACKs
that will restore sanity to the SACK scoreboard. If the reneging
persists until this RTO then, as before, we clear the SACK scoreboard
and enter CA_Loss.
A 10ms delay tolerates a receiver sending such a stream of ACKs at
56Kbit/sec. And to allow for receivers with slower or more congested
paths, we wait for at least RTT/2.
We validated the resulting max(RTT/2, 10ms) delay formula with a mix
of North American and South American Google web server traffic, and
found that for ACKs displaying transient reneging:
(1) 90% of inter-ACK delays were less than 10ms
(2) 99% of inter-ACK delays were less than RTT/2
In tests on Google web servers this commit reduced reneging events by
75%-90% (as measured by the TcpExtTCPSACKReneging counter), without
any measurable impact on latency for user HTTP and SPDY requests.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/6lowpan/iphc.c
Minor conflicts in iphc.c were changes overlapping with some
style cleanups.
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please pull this last(?) batch of wireless change intended for the
3.17 stream...
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"This is a rather quiet one, we have:
- A new driver from ST Microelectronics for their NCI ST21NFCB,
including device tree support.
- p2p support for the ST21NFCA driver
- A few fixes an enhancements for the NFC digital laye"
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"Michal and Janusz did some important RX aggregation fixes, basically we
were missing RX reordering altogether. The 10.1 firmware doesn't support
Ad-Hoc mode and Michal fixed ath10k so that it doesn't advertise Ad-Hoc
support with that firmware. Also he implemented a workaround for a KVM
issue."
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo and Johan say:
"To quote Gustavo from his previous request:
'Some last minute fixes for -next. We have a fix for a use after free in
RFCOMM, another fix to an issue with ADV_DIRECT_IND and one for ADV_IND with
auto-connection handling. Last, we added support for reading the codec and
MWS setting for controllers that support these features.'
Additionally there are fixes to LE scanning, an update to conform to the 4.1
core specification as well as fixes for tracking the page scan state. All
of these fixes are important for 3.17."
And,
"We've got:
- 6lowpan fixes/cleanups
- A couple crash fixes, one for the Marvell HCI driver and another in LE SMP.
- Fix for an incorrect connected state check
- Fix for the bondable requirement during pairing (an issue which had
crept in because of using "pairable" when in fact the actual meaning
was "bondable" (these have different meanings in Bluetooth)"
Along with those are some late-breaking hardware support patches in
brcmfmac and b43 as well as a stray ath9k patch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In svc_rdma_accept(), if rdma_create_qp() fails, there is useless
logic to try and call rdma_create_qp() again with reduced sge depths.
The assumption, I guess, was that perhaps the initial sge depths
chosen were too big. However they initial depths are selected based
on the rdma device attribute max_sge returned from ib_query_device().
If rdma_create_qp() fails, it would not be because the max_send_sge and
max_recv_sge values passed in exceed the device's max. So just remove
this code.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The default hop penalty is currently set to 15, which is applied like
that for multi interface devices (e.g. dual band APs). Single band
devices will still use an effective penalty of 30 (hop penalty + wifi
penalty).
After receiving reports of too long paths in mesh networks with dual
band APs which were fixed by increasing the hop penalty, we'd like to
suggest to increase that default value in the default setting as well.
We've evaluated that increase in a handful of medium sized mesh
networks (5-20 nodes) with single and dual band devices, with changes
for the better (shorter routes, higher throughput) or no change at all.
This patch changes the hop penalty to 30, which will give an effective
penalty of 60 on single band devices (hop penalty + wifi penalty).
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <simon@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
This patch removes unnecessary logspam which resulted from superfluous
calls to net_ratelimit(). With the supplied patch, net_ratelimit() is
called after the loglevel has been checked.
Signed-off-by: André Gaul <gaul@web-yard.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
batadv_frag_insert_packet was unable to handle out-of-order packets because it
dropped them directly. This is caused by the way the fragmentation lists is
checked for the correct place to insert a fragmentation entry.
The fragmentation code keeps the fragments in lists. The fragmentation entries
are kept in descending order of sequence number. The list is traversed and each
entry is compared with the new fragment. If the current entry has a smaller
sequence number than the new fragment then the new one has to be inserted
before the current entry. This ensures that the list is still in descending
order.
An out-of-order packet with a smaller sequence number than all entries in the
list still has to be added to the end of the list. The used hlist has no
information about the last entry in the list inside hlist_head and thus the
last entry has to be calculated differently. Currently the code assumes that
the iterator variable of hlist_for_each_entry can be used for this purpose
after the hlist_for_each_entry finished. This is obviously wrong because the
iterator variable is always NULL when the list was completely traversed.
Instead the information about the last entry has to be stored in a different
variable.
This problem was introduced in 610bfc6bc9
("batman-adv: Receive fragmented packets and merge").
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
With netlink_lookup() conversion to RCU, we need to use appropriate
rcu dereference in netlink_seq_socket_idx() & netlink_seq_next()
Reported-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: e341694e3e ("netlink: Convert netlink_lookup() to use RCU protected hash table")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here's the big tty / serial driver update for 3.17-rc1.
Nothing major, just a number of fixes and new features for different
serial drivers, and some more tty core fixes and documentation of the
tty locks.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iEYEABECAAYFAlPf2C4ACgkQMUfUDdst+yllVgCgtZl/Mcr/LlxPgjsg2C1AE7nX
YJ4An3o4N112bkdGqhZ7RjAE6K/8YILx
=rPhE
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'tty-3.17-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty
Pull tty / serial driver update from Greg KH:
"Here's the big tty / serial driver update for 3.17-rc1.
Nothing major, just a number of fixes and new features for different
serial drivers, and some more tty core fixes and documentation of the
tty locks.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while"
* tag 'tty-3.17-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty: (82 commits)
tty/n_gsm.c: fix a memory leak in gsmld_open
pch_uart: don't hardcode PCI slot to get DMA device
tty: n_gsm, use setup_timer
Revert "ARC: [arcfpga] stdout-path now suffices for earlycon/console"
serial: sc16is7xx: Correct initialization of s->clk
serial: 8250_dw: Add support for deferred probing
serial: 8250_dw: Add optional reset control support
serial: st-asc: Fix overflow in baudrate calculation
serial: st-asc: Don't call BUG in asc_console_setup()
tty: serial: msm: Make of_device_id array const
tty/n_gsm.c: get gsm->num after gsm_activate_mux
serial/core: Fix too big allocation for attribute member
drivers/tty/serial: use correct type for dma_map/unmap
serial: altera_jtaguart: Fix putchar function passed to uart_console_write()
serial/uart/8250: Add tunable RX interrupt trigger I/F of FIFO buffers
Serial: allow port drivers to have a default attribute group
tty: kgdb_nmi: Automatically manage tty enable
serial: altera_jtaguart: Adpot uart_console_write()
serial: samsung: improve code clarity by defining a variable
serial: samsung: correct the case and default order in switch
...
Pull scheduler updates from Ingo Molnar:
- Move the nohz kick code out of the scheduler tick to a dedicated IPI,
from Frederic Weisbecker.
This necessiated quite some background infrastructure rework,
including:
* Clean up some irq-work internals
* Implement remote irq-work
* Implement nohz kick on top of remote irq-work
* Move full dynticks timer enqueue notification to new kick
* Move multi-task notification to new kick
* Remove unecessary barriers on multi-task notification
- Remove proliferation of wait_on_bit() action functions and allow
wait_on_bit_action() functions to support a timeout. (Neil Brown)
- Another round of sched/numa improvements, cleanups and fixes. (Rik
van Riel)
- Implement fast idling of CPUs when the system is partially loaded,
for better scalability. (Tim Chen)
- Restructure and fix the CPU hotplug handling code that may leave
cfs_rq and rt_rq's throttled when tasks are migrated away from a dead
cpu. (Kirill Tkhai)
- Robustify the sched topology setup code. (Peterz Zijlstra)
- Improve sched_feat() handling wrt. static_keys (Jason Baron)
- Misc fixes.
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (37 commits)
sched/fair: Fix 'make xmldocs' warning caused by missing description
sched: Use macro for magic number of -1 for setparam
sched: Robustify topology setup
sched: Fix sched_setparam() policy == -1 logic
sched: Allow wait_on_bit_action() functions to support a timeout
sched: Remove proliferation of wait_on_bit() action functions
sched/numa: Revert "Use effective_load() to balance NUMA loads"
sched: Fix static_key race with sched_feat()
sched: Remove extra static_key*() function indirection
sched/rt: Fix replenish_dl_entity() comments to match the current upstream code
sched: Transform resched_task() into resched_curr()
sched/deadline: Kill task_struct->pi_top_task
sched: Rework check_for_tasks()
sched/rt: Enqueue just unthrottled rt_rq back on the stack in __disable_runtime()
sched/fair: Disable runtime_enabled on dying rq
sched/numa: Change scan period code to match intent
sched/numa: Rework best node setting in task_numa_migrate()
sched/numa: Examine a task move when examining a task swap
sched/numa: Simplify task_numa_compare()
sched/numa: Use effective_load() to balance NUMA loads
...
tcpm_key is an array inside struct tcp_md5sig, there is no need to check it
against NULL.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Popov <ixaphire@qrator.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 6cbdceeb1c
bridge: Dump vlan information from a bridge port
introduced a comment in an attempt to explain the
code logic. The comment is unfinished so it confuses more
than it explains, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull cgroup changes from Tejun Heo:
"Mostly changes to get the v2 interface ready. The core features are
mostly ready now and I think it's reasonable to expect to drop the
devel mask in one or two devel cycles at least for a subset of
controllers.
- cgroup added a controller dependency mechanism so that block cgroup
can depend on memory cgroup. This will be used to finally support
IO provisioning on the writeback traffic, which is currently being
implemented.
- The v2 interface now uses a separate table so that the interface
files for the new interface are explicitly declared in one place.
Each controller will explicitly review and add the files for the
new interface.
- cpuset is getting ready for the hierarchical behavior which is in
the similar style with other controllers so that an ancestor's
configuration change doesn't change the descendants' configurations
irreversibly and processes aren't silently migrated when a CPU or
node goes down.
All the changes are to the new interface and no behavior changed for
the multiple hierarchies"
* 'for-3.17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (29 commits)
cpuset: fix the WARN_ON() in update_nodemasks_hier()
cgroup: initialize cgrp_dfl_root_inhibit_ss_mask from !->dfl_files test
cgroup: make CFTYPE_ONLY_ON_DFL and CFTYPE_NO_ internal to cgroup core
cgroup: distinguish the default and legacy hierarchies when handling cftypes
cgroup: replace cgroup_add_cftypes() with cgroup_add_legacy_cftypes()
cgroup: rename cgroup_subsys->base_cftypes to ->legacy_cftypes
cgroup: split cgroup_base_files[] into cgroup_{dfl|legacy}_base_files[]
cpuset: export effective masks to userspace
cpuset: allow writing offlined masks to cpuset.cpus/mems
cpuset: enable onlined cpu/node in effective masks
cpuset: refactor cpuset_hotplug_update_tasks()
cpuset: make cs->{cpus, mems}_allowed as user-configured masks
cpuset: apply cs->effective_{cpus,mems}
cpuset: initialize top_cpuset's configured masks at mount
cpuset: use effective cpumask to build sched domains
cpuset: inherit ancestor's masks if effective_{cpus, mems} becomes empty
cpuset: update cs->effective_{cpus, mems} when config changes
cpuset: update cpuset->effective_{cpus,mems} at hotplug
cpuset: add cs->effective_cpus and cs->effective_mems
cgroup: clean up sane_behavior handling
...
Reported by checkpatch with the following warning:
WARNING: Prefer kmalloc_array over kmalloc with multiply
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
current_cred() can only be changed by 'current', and
cred->group_info is never changed. If a new group_info is
needed, a new 'cred' is created.
Consequently it is always safe to access
current_cred()->group_info
without taking any further references.
So drop the refcounting and the incorrect rcu_dereference().
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
The new flag RPCAUTH_LOOKUP_RCU to credential lookup avoids locking,
does not take a reference on the returned credential, and returns
-ECHILD if a simple lookup was not possible.
The returned value can only be used within an rcu_read_lock protected
region.
The main user of this is the new rpc_lookup_cred_nonblock() which
returns a pointer to the current credential which is only rcu-safe (no
ref-count held), and might return -ECHILD if allocation was required.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Fix the endianness handling in gss_wrap_kerberos_v1 and drop the memset
call there in favor of setting the filler bytes directly.
In gss_wrap_kerberos_v2, get rid of the "ec" variable which is always
zero, and drop the endianness conversion of 0. Sparse handles 0 as a
special case, so it's not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Use u16 pointer in setup_token and setup_token_v2. None of the fields
are actually handled as __be16, so this simplifies the code a bit. Also
get rid of some unneeded pointer increments.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
The handling of the gc_ctx pointer only seems to be partially RCU-safe.
The assignment and freeing are done using RCU, but many places in the
code seem to dereference that pointer without proper RCU safeguards.
Fix them to use rcu_dereference and to rcu_read_lock/unlock, and to
properly handle the case where the pointer is NULL.
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Paul McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
* 'nfs-rdma' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/nfs-rdma: (916 commits)
xprtrdma: Handle additional connection events
xprtrdma: Remove RPCRDMA_PERSISTENT_REGISTRATION macro
xprtrdma: Make rpcrdma_ep_disconnect() return void
xprtrdma: Schedule reply tasklet once per upcall
xprtrdma: Allocate each struct rpcrdma_mw separately
xprtrdma: Rename frmr_wr
xprtrdma: Disable completions for LOCAL_INV Work Requests
xprtrdma: Disable completions for FAST_REG_MR Work Requests
xprtrdma: Don't post a LOCAL_INV in rpcrdma_register_frmr_external()
xprtrdma: Reset FRMRs after a flushed LOCAL_INV Work Request
xprtrdma: Reset FRMRs when FAST_REG_MR is flushed by a disconnect
xprtrdma: Properly handle exhaustion of the rb_mws list
xprtrdma: Chain together all MWs in same buffer pool
xprtrdma: Back off rkey when FAST_REG_MR fails
xprtrdma: Unclutter struct rpcrdma_mr_seg
xprtrdma: Don't invalidate FRMRs if registration fails
xprtrdma: On disconnect, don't ignore pending CQEs
xprtrdma: Update rkeys after transport reconnect
xprtrdma: Limit data payload size for ALLPHYSICAL
xprtrdma: Protect ia->ri_id when unmapping/invalidating MRs
...
In some cases where the credentials are not often reused, we may want
to limit their total number just in order to make the negative lookups
in the hash table more manageable.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
The sizing of the hash table and the practice of requiring a lookup
to retrieve the pprev to be stored in the element cookie before the
deletion of an entry is left intact.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Heavy Netlink users such as Open vSwitch spend a considerable amount of
time in netlink_lookup() due to the read-lock on nl_table_lock. Use of
RCU relieves the lock contention.
Makes use of the new resizable hash table to avoid locking on the
lookup.
The hash table will grow if entries exceeds 75% of table size up to a
total table size of 64K. It will automatically shrink if usage falls
below 30%.
Also splits nl_table_lock into a separate mutex to protect hash table
mutations and allow synchronize_rcu() to sleep while waiting for readers
during expansion and shrinking.
Before:
9.16% kpktgend_0 [openvswitch] [k] masked_flow_lookup
6.42% kpktgend_0 [pktgen] [k] mod_cur_headers
6.26% kpktgend_0 [pktgen] [k] pktgen_thread_worker
6.23% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] memset
4.79% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netlink_lookup
4.37% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] memcpy
3.60% kpktgend_0 [openvswitch] [k] ovs_flow_extract
2.69% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] jhash2
After:
15.26% kpktgend_0 [openvswitch] [k] masked_flow_lookup
8.12% kpktgend_0 [pktgen] [k] pktgen_thread_worker
7.92% kpktgend_0 [pktgen] [k] mod_cur_headers
5.11% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] memset
4.11% kpktgend_0 [openvswitch] [k] ovs_flow_extract
4.06% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_spin_lock
3.90% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] jhash2
[...]
0.67% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netlink_lookup
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Maintain all DSCP and ECN bits for IPv6 tun forwarding. This
resolves an inconsistency between IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour.
Patch from Alex Gartrell via Simon Horman.
2) Fix unnoticeable blink in xt_LED when the led-always-blink option is
used, from Jiri Prchal.
3) Add missing return in nft_del_setelem(), otherwise this results in a
double call of nft_data_uninit() in the nf_tables code, from Thomas Graf.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: e110861f86 ("net: add a sysctl to reflect the fwmark on replies")
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kmem_cache to allocate/free inet_frag_queue objects since they're
all the same size per inet_frags user and are alloced/freed in high volumes
thus making it a perfect case for kmem_cache.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have INET_FRAG_EVICTED we might as well use it to stop
sending icmp messages in the "frag_expire" functions instead of
stripping INET_FRAG_FIRST_IN from their flags when evicting.
Also fix the comment style in ip6_expire_frag_queue().
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a couple of functions' declaration alignments.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last_in field has been used to store various flags different from
first/last frag in so give it a more descriptive name: flags.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Softirqs are already disabled so no need to do it again, thus let's be
consistent and use the IP6_INC_STATS_BH variant.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_local_deliver_finish() already have a rcu_read_lock/unlock, so
the rcu_read_lock/unlock is unnecessary.
See the stack below:
ip_local_deliver_finish
|
|
->icmp_rcv
|
|
->icmp_socket_deliver
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <duanj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clean up names related to socket filtering and bpf in the following way:
- everything that deals with sockets keeps 'sk_*' prefix
- everything that is pure BPF is changed to 'bpf_*' prefix
split 'struct sk_filter' into
struct sk_filter {
atomic_t refcnt;
struct rcu_head rcu;
struct bpf_prog *prog;
};
and
struct bpf_prog {
u32 jited:1,
len:31;
struct sock_fprog_kern *orig_prog;
unsigned int (*bpf_func)(const struct sk_buff *skb,
const struct bpf_insn *filter);
union {
struct sock_filter insns[0];
struct bpf_insn insnsi[0];
struct work_struct work;
};
};
so that 'struct bpf_prog' can be used independent of sockets and cleans up
'unattached' bpf use cases
split SK_RUN_FILTER macro into:
SK_RUN_FILTER to be used with 'struct sk_filter *' and
BPF_PROG_RUN to be used with 'struct bpf_prog *'
__sk_filter_release(struct sk_filter *) gains
__bpf_prog_release(struct bpf_prog *) helper function
also perform related renames for the functions that work
with 'struct bpf_prog *', since they're on the same lines:
sk_filter_size -> bpf_prog_size
sk_filter_select_runtime -> bpf_prog_select_runtime
sk_filter_free -> bpf_prog_free
sk_unattached_filter_create -> bpf_prog_create
sk_unattached_filter_destroy -> bpf_prog_destroy
sk_store_orig_filter -> bpf_prog_store_orig_filter
sk_release_orig_filter -> bpf_release_orig_filter
__sk_migrate_filter -> bpf_migrate_filter
__sk_prepare_filter -> bpf_prepare_filter
API for attaching classic BPF to a socket stays the same:
sk_attach_filter(prog, struct sock *)/sk_detach_filter(struct sock *)
and SK_RUN_FILTER(struct sk_filter *, ctx) to execute a program
which is used by sockets, tun, af_packet
API for 'unattached' BPF programs becomes:
bpf_prog_create(struct bpf_prog **)/bpf_prog_destroy(struct bpf_prog *)
and BPF_PROG_RUN(struct bpf_prog *, ctx) to execute a program
which is used by isdn, ppp, team, seccomp, ptp, xt_bpf, cls_bpf, test_bpf
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
to indicate that this function is converting classic BPF into eBPF
and not related to sockets
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial rename to indicate that this functions performs classic BPF checking
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial rename to better match semantics of macro
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
attaching bpf program to a socket involves multiple socket memory arithmetic,
since size of 'sk_filter' is changing when classic BPF is converted to eBPF.
Also common path of program creation has to deal with two ways of freeing
the memory.
Simplify the code by delaying socket charging until program is ready and
its size is known
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nft_del_setelem() currently calls nft_data_uninit() twice on the same
key. Once to release the key which is guaranteed to be NFT_DATA_VALUE
and a second time in the error path to which it falls through.
The second call has been harmless so far though because the type
passed is always NFT_DATA_VALUE which is currently a no-op.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Historically the NetLabel LSM secattr catmap functions and data
structures have had very long names which makes a mess of the NetLabel
code and anyone who uses NetLabel. This patch renames the catmap
functions and structures from "*_secattr_catmap_*" to just "*_catmap_*"
which improves things greatly.
There are no substantial code or logic changes in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
The two NetLabel LSM secattr catmap walk functions didn't handle
certain edge conditions correctly, causing incorrect security labels
to be generated in some cases. This patch corrects these problems and
converts the functions to use the new _netlbl_secattr_catmap_getnode()
function in order to reduce the amount of repeated code.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
The NetLabel secattr catmap functions, and the SELinux import/export
glue routines, were broken in many horrible ways and the SELinux glue
code fiddled with the NetLabel catmap structures in ways that we
probably shouldn't allow. At some point this "worked", but that was
likely due to a bit of dumb luck and sub-par testing (both inflicted
by yours truly). This patch corrects these problems by basically
gutting the code in favor of something less obtuse and restoring the
NetLabel abstractions in the SELinux catmap glue code.
Everything is working now, and if it decides to break itself in the
future this code will be much easier to debug than the code it
replaces.
One noteworthy side effect of the changes is that it is no longer
necessary to allocate a NetLabel catmap before calling one of the
NetLabel APIs to set a bit in the catmap. NetLabel will automatically
allocate the catmap nodes when needed, resulting in less allocations
when the lowest bit is greater than 255 and less code in the LSMs.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Christian Evans <frodox@zoho.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
The NetLabel category (catmap) functions have a problem in that they
assume categories will be set in an increasing manner, e.g. the next
category set will always be larger than the last. Unfortunately, this
is not a valid assumption and could result in problems when attempting
to set categories less than the startbit in the lowest catmap node.
In some cases kernel panics and other nasties can result.
This patch corrects the problem by checking for this and allocating a
new catmap node instance and placing it at the front of the list.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Christian Evans <frodox@zoho.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
When performing segmentation, the mac_len value is copied right
out of the original skb. However, this value is not always set correctly
(like when the packet is VLAN-tagged) and we'll end up copying a bad
value.
One way to demonstrate this is to configure a VM which tags
packets internally and turn off VLAN acceleration on the forwarding
bridge port. The packets show up corrupt like this:
16:18:24.985548 52:54:00🆎be:25 > 52:54:00:26:ce:a3, ethertype 802.1Q
(0x8100), length 1518: vlan 100, p 0, ethertype 0x05e0,
0x0000: 8cdb 1c7c 8cdb 0064 4006 b59d 0a00 6402 ...|...d@.....d.
0x0010: 0a00 6401 9e0d b441 0a5e 64ec 0330 14fa ..d....A.^d..0..
0x0020: 29e3 01c9 f871 0000 0101 080a 000a e833)....q.........3
0x0030: 000f 8c75 6e65 7470 6572 6600 6e65 7470 ...unetperf.netp
0x0040: 6572 6600 6e65 7470 6572 6600 6e65 7470 erf.netperf.netp
0x0050: 6572 6600 6e65 7470 6572 6600 6e65 7470 erf.netperf.netp
0x0060: 6572 6600 6e65 7470 6572 6600 6e65 7470 erf.netperf.netp
...
This also leads to awful throughput as GSO packets are dropped and
cause retransmissions.
The solution is to set the mac_len using the values already available
in then new skb. We've already adjusted all of the header offset, so we
might as well correctly figure out the mac_len using skb_reset_mac_len().
After this change, packets are segmented correctly and performance
is restored.
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use PAGE_ALIGNED(...) instead of IS_ALIGNED(..., PAGE_SIZE).
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When dealing with ICMPv[46] Error Message, function icmp_socket_deliver()
and icmpv6_notify() do some valid checks on packet's length, but then some
protocols check packet's length redaudantly. So remove those duplicated
statements, and increase counter ICMP_MIB_INERRORS/ICMP6_MIB_INERRORS in
function icmp_socket_deliver() and icmpv6_notify() respectively.
In addition, add missed counter in udp6/udplite6 when socket is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <duanj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP socket extensions API document describes the v4mapping option as
follows:
8.1.15. Set/Clear IPv4 Mapped Addresses (SCTP_I_WANT_MAPPED_V4_ADDR)
This socket option is a Boolean flag which turns on or off the
mapping of IPv4 addresses. If this option is turned on, then IPv4
addresses will be mapped to V6 representation. If this option is
turned off, then no mapping will be done of V4 addresses and a user
will receive both PF_INET6 and PF_INET type addresses on the socket.
See [RFC3542] for more details on mapped V6 addresses.
This description isn't really in line with what the code does though.
Introduce addr_to_user (renamed addr_v4map), which should be called
before any sockaddr is passed back to user space. The new function
places the sockaddr into the correct format depending on the
SCTP_I_WANT_MAPPED_V4_ADDR option.
Audit all places that touched v4mapped and either sanely construct
a v4 or v6 address then call addr_to_user, or drop the
unnecessary v4mapped check entirely.
Audit all places that call addr_to_user and verify they are on a sycall
return path.
Add a custom getname that formats the address properly.
Several bugs are addressed:
- SCTP_I_WANT_MAPPED_V4_ADDR=0 often returned garbage for
addresses to user space
- The addr_len returned from recvmsg was not correct when
returning AF_INET on a v6 socket
- flowlabel and scope_id were not zerod when promoting
a v4 to v6
- Some syscalls like bind and connect behaved differently
depending on v4mapped
Tested bind, getpeername, getsockname, connect, and recvmsg for proper
behaviour in v4mapped = 1 and 0 cases.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Tested-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains netfilter updates for net-next, they are:
1) Add the reject expression for the nf_tables bridge family, this
allows us to send explicit reject (TCP RST / ICMP dest unrech) to
the packets matching a rule.
2) Simplify and consolidate the nf_tables set dumping logic. This uses
netlink control->data to filter out depending on the request.
3) Perform garbage collection in xt_hashlimit using a workqueue instead
of a timer, which is problematic when many entries are in place in
the tables, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Remove leftover code from the removed ulog target support, from
Paul Bolle.
5) Dump unmodified flags in the netfilter packet accounting when resetting
counters, so userspace knows that a counter was in overquota situation,
from Alexey Perevalov.
6) Fix wrong usage of the bitwise functions in nfnetlink_acct, also from
Alexey.
7) Fix a crash when adding new set element with an empty NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST
attribute.
This patchset also includes a couple of cleanups for xt_LED from
Duan Jiong and for nf_conntrack_ipv4 (using coccinelle) from
Himangi Saraogi.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit d23ff7016 (tcp: add generic netlink support for tcp_metrics) introduced
netlink support for the new tcp_metrics, however it restricted getting of
tcp_metrics to root user only. This is a change from how these values could
have been fetched when in the old route cache. Unless there's a legitimate
reason to restrict the reading of these values it would be better if normal
users could fetch them.
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 38ca83a5 added RDMA_CM_EVENT_TIMEWAIT_EXIT. But that status
is relevant only for consumers that re-use their QPs on new
connections. xprtrdma creates a fresh QP on reconnection, so that
event should be explicitly ignored.
Squelch the alarming "unexpected CM event" message.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up.
RPCRDMA_PERSISTENT_REGISTRATION was a compile-time switch between
RPCRDMA_REGISTER mode and RPCRDMA_ALLPHYSICAL mode. Since
RPCRDMA_REGISTER has been removed, there's no need for the extra
conditional compilation.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: The return code is used only for dprintk's that are
already redundant.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Minor optimization: grab rpcrdma_tk_lock_g and disable hard IRQs
just once after clearing the receive completion queue.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Currently rpcrdma_buffer_create() allocates struct rpcrdma_mw's as
a single contiguous area of memory. It amounts to quite a bit of
memory, and there's no requirement for these to be carved from a
single piece of contiguous memory.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean up: Name frmr_wr after the opcode of the Work Request,
consistent with the send and local invalidation paths.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Instead of relying on a completion to change the state of an FRMR
to FRMR_IS_INVALID, set it in advance. If an error occurs, a completion
will fire anyway and mark the FRMR FRMR_IS_STALE.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Instead of relying on a completion to change the state of an FRMR
to FRMR_IS_VALID, set it in advance. If an error occurs, a completion
will fire anyway and mark the FRMR FRMR_IS_STALE.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Any FRMR arriving in rpcrdma_register_frmr_external() is now
guaranteed to be either invalid, or to be targeted by a queued
LOCAL_INV that will invalidate it before the adapter processes
the FAST_REG_MR being built here.
The problem with current arrangement of chaining a LOCAL_INV to the
FAST_REG_MR is that if the transport is not connected, the LOCAL_INV
is flushed and the FAST_REG_MR is flushed. This leaves the FRMR
valid with the old rkey. But rpcrdma_register_frmr_external() has
already bumped the in-memory rkey.
Next time through rpcrdma_register_frmr_external(), a LOCAL_INV and
FAST_REG_MR is attempted again because the FRMR is still valid. But
the rkey no longer matches the hardware's rkey, and a memory
management operation error occurs.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
When a LOCAL_INV Work Request is flushed, it leaves an FRMR in the
VALID state. This FRMR can be returned by rpcrdma_buffer_get(), and
must be knocked down in rpcrdma_register_frmr_external() before it
can be re-used.
Instead, capture these in rpcrdma_buffer_get(), and reset them.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
FAST_REG_MR Work Requests update a Memory Region's rkey. Rkey's are
used to block unwanted access to the memory controlled by an MR. The
rkey is passed to the receiver (the NFS server, in our case), and is
also used by xprtrdma to invalidate the MR when the RPC is complete.
When a FAST_REG_MR Work Request is flushed after a transport
disconnect, xprtrdma cannot tell whether the WR actually hit the
adapter or not. So it is indeterminant at that point whether the
existing rkey is still valid.
After the transport connection is re-established, the next
FAST_REG_MR or LOCAL_INV Work Request against that MR can sometimes
fail because the rkey value does not match what xprtrdma expects.
The only reliable way to recover in this case is to deregister and
register the MR before it is used again. These operations can be
done only in a process context, so handle it in the transport
connect worker.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
If the rb_mws list is exhausted, clean up and return NULL so that
call_allocate() will delay and try again.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
During connection loss recovery, need to visit every MW in a
buffer pool. Any MW that is in use by an RPC will not be on the
rb_mws list.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
If posting a FAST_REG_MR Work Reqeust fails, revert the rkey update
to avoid subsequent IB_WC_MW_BIND_ERR completions.
Suggested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Clean ups:
- make it obvious that the rl_mw field is a pointer -- allocated
separately, not as part of struct rpcrdma_mr_seg
- promote "struct {} frmr;" to a named type
- promote the state enum to a named type
- name the MW state field the same way other fields in
rpcrdma_mw are named
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
If FRMR registration fails, it's likely to transition the QP to the
error state. Or, registration may have failed because the QP is
_already_ in ERROR.
Thus calling rpcrdma_deregister_external() in
rpcrdma_create_chunks() is useless in FRMR mode: the LOCAL_INVs just
get flushed.
It is safe to leave existing registrations: when FRMR registration
is tried again, rpcrdma_register_frmr_external() checks if each FRMR
is already/still VALID, and knocks it down first if it is.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
xprtrdma is currently throwing away queued completions during
a reconnect. RPC replies posted just before connection loss, or
successful completions that change the state of an FRMR, can be
missed.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Various reports of:
rpcrdma_qp_async_error_upcall: QP error 3 on device mlx4_0
ep ffff8800bfd3e848
Ensure that rkeys in already-marshalled RPC/RDMA headers are
refreshed after the QP has been replaced by a reconnect.
BugLink: https://bugzilla.linux-nfs.org/show_bug.cgi?id=249
Suggested-by: Selvin Xavier <Selvin.Xavier@Emulex.Com>
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
When the client uses physical memory registration, each page in the
payload gets its own array entry in the RPC/RDMA header's chunk list.
Therefore, don't advertise a maximum payload size that would require
more array entries than can fit in the RPC buffer where RPC/RDMA
headers are built.
BugLink: https://bugzilla.linux-nfs.org/show_bug.cgi?id=248
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Ensure ia->ri_id remains valid while invoking dma_unmap_page() or
posting LOCAL_INV during a transport reconnect. Otherwise,
ia->ri_id->device or ia->ri_id->qp is NULL, which triggers a panic.
BugLink: https://bugzilla.linux-nfs.org/show_bug.cgi?id=259
Fixes: ec62f40 'xprtrdma: Ensure ia->ri_id->qp is not NULL when reconnecting'
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
seg1->mr_nsegs is not yet initialized when it is used to unmap
segments during an error exit. Use the same unmapping logic for
all error exits.
"if (frmr_wr.wr.fast_reg.length < len) {" used to be a BUG_ON check.
The broken code will never be executed under normal operation.
Fixes: c977dea (xprtrdma: Remove BUG_ON() call sites)
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
An FDB entry with vlan_id 0 doesn't mean it is used in vlan 0, but used when
vlan_filtering is disabled.
There is inconsistency around NDA_VLAN whose payload is 0 - even if we add
an entry by RTM_NEWNEIGH without any NDA_VLAN, and even though adding an
entry with NDA_VLAN 0 is prohibited, we get an entry with NDA_VLAN 0 by
RTM_GETNEIGH.
Dumping an FDB entry with vlan_id 0 shouldn't include NDA_VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise, the kernel oopses in nla_for_each_nested when iterating over
the unset attribute NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_ELEMENTS in the
nf_tables_{new,del}setelem() path.
netlink: 65524 bytes leftover after parsing attributes in process `nft'.
[...]
Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[...]
CPU: 2 PID: 6287 Comm: nft Not tainted 3.16.0-rc2+ #169
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa0526e61>] [<ffffffffa0526e61>] nf_tables_newsetelem+0x82/0xec [nf_tables]
[...]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa05178c4>] nfnetlink_rcv+0x2e7/0x3d7 [nfnetlink]
[<ffffffffa0517939>] ? nfnetlink_rcv+0x35c/0x3d7 [nfnetlink]
[<ffffffff8137d300>] netlink_unicast+0xf8/0x17a
[<ffffffff8137d6a5>] netlink_sendmsg+0x323/0x351
[...]
Fix this by returning -EINVAL if this attribute is not set, which
doesn't make sense at all since those commands are there to add and to
delete elements from the set.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Bit helper functions were used for manipulation with NFACCT_F_OVERQUOTA,
but they are accepting pit position, but not a bit mask. As a result
not a third bit for NFACCT_F_OVERQUOTA was set, but forth. Such
behaviour was dangarous and could lead to unexpected overquota report
result.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Perevalov <a.perevalov@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2014-07-30
This is the last pull request for ipsec-next before I'll be
off for two weeks starting on friday. David, can you please
take urgent ipsec patches directly into net/net-next during
this time?
1) Error handling simplifications for vti and vti6.
From Mathias Krause.
2) Remove a duplicate semicolon after a return statement.
From Christoph Paasch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_unattached_filter_destroy() does not always need to release the
filter object via rcu. Since this filter is never attached to the
socket, the caller should be responsible for releasing the filter
in a safe way, which may not necessarily imply rcu.
This is a short summary of clients of this function:
1) xt_bpf.c and cls_bpf.c use the bpf matchers from rules, these rules
are removed from the packet path before the filter is released. Thus,
the framework makes sure the filter is safely removed.
2) In the ppp driver, the ppp_lock ensures serialization between the
xmit and filter attachment/detachment path. This doesn't use rcu
so deferred release via rcu makes no sense.
3) In the isdn/ppp driver, it is called from isdn_ppp_release()
the isdn_ppp_ioctl(). This driver uses mutex and spinlocks, no rcu.
Thus, deferred rcu makes no sense to me either, the deferred releases
may be just masking the effects of wrong locking strategy, which
should be fixed in the driver itself.
4) In the team driver, this is the only place where the rcu
synchronization with unattached filter is used. Therefore, this
patch introduces synchronize_rcu() which is called from the
genetlink path to make sure the filter doesn't go away while packets
are still walking over it. I think we can revisit this once struct
bpf_prog (that only wraps specific bpf code bits) is in place, then
add some specific struct rcu_head in the scope of the team driver if
Jiri thinks this is needed.
Deferred rcu release for unattached filters was originally introduced
in 302d663 ("filter: Allow to create sk-unattached filters").
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need for the unlikely(), WARN_ON() and BUG_ON() internally use
unlikely() on the condition.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In vegas we do a multiplication of the cwnd and the rtt. This
may overflow and thus their result is stored in a u64. However, we first
need to cast the cwnd so that actually 64-bit arithmetic is done.
Then, we need to do do_div to allow this to be used on 32-bit arches.
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Cc: Doug Leith <doug.leith@nuim.ie>
Fixes: 8d3a564da3 (tcp: tcp_vegas cong avoid fix)
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In veno we do a multiplication of the cwnd and the rtt. This
may overflow and thus their result is stored in a u64. However, we first
need to cast the cwnd so that actually 64-bit arithmetic is done.
A first attempt at fixing 76f1017757 ([TCP]: TCP Veno congestion
control) was made by 159131149c (tcp: Overflow bug in Vegas), but it
failed to add the required cast in tcp_veno_cong_avoid().
Fixes: 76f1017757 ([TCP]: TCP Veno congestion control)
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current explanation of dcb_app->priority is wrong. It says priority is
expected to be a 3-bit unsigned integer which is only true when working with
DCBx-IEEE. Use of dcb_app->priority by DCBx-CEE expects it to be 802.1p user
priority bitmap. Updated accordingly
This affects the cxgb4 driver, but I will post those changes as part of a
larger changeset shortly.
Fixes: 3e29027af4 ("dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes")
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ipv4 tunnels created with "local any remote $ip" didn't work properly since
7d442fab0 (ipv4: Cache dst in tunnels). 99% of packets sent via those tunnels
had src addr = 0.0.0.0. That was because only dst_entry was cached, although
fl4.saddr has to be cached too. Every time ip_tunnel_xmit used cached dst_entry
(tunnel_rtable_get returned non-NULL), fl4.saddr was initialized with
tnl_params->saddr (= 0 in our case), and wasn't changed until iptunnel_xmit().
This patch adds saddr to ip_tunnel->dst_cache, fixing this issue.
Reported-by: Sergey Popov <pinkbyte@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Popov <ixaphire@qrator.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we're not bondable we should never send any other SSP
authentication requirement besides one of the non-bonding ones.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This setting maps to the HCI_BONDABLE flag which tracks whether we're
bondable or not. Therefore, rename the mgmt setting and respective
command accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The HCI_PAIRABLE flag isn't actually controlling whether we're pairable
but whether we're bondable. Therefore, rename it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The new leds bit handling produces this spares warning.
CHECK net/bluetooth/hidp/core.c
net/bluetooth/hidp/core.c:156:60: warning: dubious: x | !y
Just fix it by doing an explicit x << 0 shift operation.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Both BT_CONNECTED and BT_CONFIG state mean that we have a baseband link
available. We should therefore check for either of these when pairing
and deciding whether to call hci_conn_security() directly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
CHECK: braces {} should be used on all arms of this statement
+ if ((iphc0 & 0x03) != LOWPAN_IPHC_TTL_I)
[...]
+ else {
[...]
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
WARNING: Missing a blank line after declarations
+ struct sk_buff *new;
+ if (uncompress_udp_header(skb, &uh))
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch fixes all the issues with alignment matching of open
parenthesis found by checkpatch.pl and makes them follow the
network coding style now.
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+static int uncompress_addr(struct sk_buff *skb,
+ struct in6_addr *ipaddr, const u8 address_mode,
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+static int uncompress_context_based_src_addr(struct sk_buff *skb,
+ struct in6_addr *ipaddr,
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+static int skb_deliver(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ipv6hdr *hdr,
+ struct net_device *dev, skb_delivery_cb deliver_skb)
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+ new = skb_copy_expand(skb, sizeof(struct ipv6hdr), skb_tailroom(skb),
+ GFP_ATOMIC);
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+ raw_dump_table(__func__, "raw skb data dump before receiving",
+ new->data, new->len);
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+lowpan_uncompress_multicast_daddr(struct sk_buff *skb,
+ struct in6_addr *ipaddr,
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+ raw_dump_inline(NULL, "Reconstructed ipv6 multicast addr is",
+ ipaddr->s6_addr, 16);
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+int lowpan_process_data(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev,
+ const u8 *saddr, const u8 saddr_type, const u8 saddr_len,
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+ raw_dump_table(__func__, "raw skb data dump uncompressed",
+ skb->data, skb->len);
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+ err = uncompress_addr(skb, &hdr.saddr, tmp, saddr,
+ saddr_type, saddr_len);
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+ err = uncompress_addr(skb, &hdr.daddr, tmp, daddr,
+ daddr_type, daddr_len);
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+ pr_debug("dest: stateless compression mode %d dest %pI6c\n",
+ tmp, &hdr.daddr);
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+ raw_dump_table(__func__, "raw UDP header dump",
+ (u8 *)&uh, sizeof(uh));
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+ raw_dump_table(__func__, "raw header dump", (u8 *)&hdr,
+ sizeof(hdr));
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+int lowpan_header_compress(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev,
+ unsigned short type, const void *_daddr,
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+ raw_dump_table(__func__, "raw skb network header dump",
+ skb_network_header(skb), sizeof(struct ipv6hdr));
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+ raw_dump_table(__func__,
+ "sending raw skb network uncompressed packet",
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+ if (((hdr->flow_lbl[0] & 0x0F) == 0) &&
+ (hdr->flow_lbl[1] == 0) && (hdr->flow_lbl[2] == 0)) {
WARNING: quoted string split across lines
+ pr_debug("dest address unicast link-local %pI6c "
+ "iphc1 0x%02x\n", &hdr->daddr, iphc1);
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
+ raw_dump_table(__func__, "raw skb data dump compressed",
+ skb->data, skb->len);
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch fixes all the block comment issues found by checkpatch.pl and
makes them match the network style now.
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line, use /* Comment...
+/*
+ * Based on patches from Jon Smirl <jonsmirl@gmail.com>
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line, use /* Comment...
+/*
+ * Uncompress address function for source and
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line, use /* Comment...
+/*
+ * Uncompress address function for source context
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line, use /* Comment...
+ /*
+ * UDP lenght needs to be infered from the lower layers
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line, use /* Comment...
+ /*
+ * Traffic Class and FLow Label carried in-line
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line, use /* Comment...
+ /*
+ * Traffic class carried in-line
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line, use /* Comment...
+ /*
+ * Flow Label carried in-line
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line, use /* Comment...
+ /*
+ * replace the compressed UDP head by the uncompressed UDP
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line, use /* Comment...
+ /*
+ * As we copy some bit-length fields, in the IPHC encoding bytes,
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line, use /* Comment...
+ /*
+ * Traffic class, flow label
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line, use /* Comment...
+ /*
+ * Hop limit
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This memory is placed on stack and can't be null so remove the check on
null.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the own implementation to check of link-layer,
broadcast and any address type and use the IPv6 api for that.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch uses the lowpan_push_hc_data functions in several places
where we can use it. The lowpan_push_hc_data was introduced in some
previous patches.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We introduced the lowpan_fetch_skb function in some previous patches for
6lowpan to have a generic fetch function. This patch drops the old
function and use the generic lowpan_fetch_skb one.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hc06_ptr pointer variable stands for header compression draft-06. We
are mostly rfc complaint. This patch rename the variable to normal hc_ptr.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
NFNL_MSG_ACCT_GET_CTRZERO modifies dumped flags, in this case
client see unmodified (uncleared) counter value and cleared
overquota state - end user doesn't know anything about overquota state,
unless end user subscribed on overquota report.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Perevalov <a.perevalov@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The synchronous syncrhonize_rcu in switch_task_namespaces makes setns
a sufficiently expensive system call that people have complained.
Upon inspect nsproxy no longer needs rcu protection for remote reads.
remote reads are rare. So optimize for same process reads and write
by switching using rask_lock instead.
This yields a simpler to understand lock, and a faster setns system call.
In particular this fixes a performance regression observed
by Rafael David Tinoco <rafael.tinoco@canonical.com>.
This is effectively a revert of Pavel Emelyanov's commit
cf7b708c8d Make access to task's nsproxy lighter
from 2007. The race this originialy fixed no longer exists as
do_notify_parent uses task_active_pid_ns(parent) instead of
parent->nsproxy.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Sparse warns because of implicit pointer cast.
v2: subject line correction, space between "void" and "*"
Signed-off-by: Karoly Kemeny <karoly.kemeny@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the use of the macro IS_ERR_OR_NULL in place of
tests for NULL and IS_ERR.
The following Coccinelle semantic patch was used for making the change:
@@
expression e;
@@
- e == NULL || IS_ERR(e)
+ IS_ERR_OR_NULL(e)
|| ...
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the use of the macro IS_ERR_OR_NULL in place of
tests for NULL and IS_ERR.
The following Coccinelle semantic patch was used for making the change:
@@
expression e;
@@
- e == NULL || IS_ERR(e)
+ IS_ERR_OR_NULL(e)
|| ...
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the use of the macro IS_ERR_OR_NULL in place of
tests for NULL and IS_ERR.
The following Coccinelle semantic patch was used for making the change:
@@
expression e;
@@
- e == NULL || IS_ERR(e)
+ IS_ERR_OR_NULL(e)
|| ...
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If requests are queued in the socket inbuffer waiting for an
svc_tcp_has_wspace() requirement to be satisfied, then we do not want
to clear the SOCK_NOSPACE flag until we've satisfied that requirement.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Ensure that all calls to svc_xprt_enqueue() except svc_xprt_received()
check the value of XPT_BUSY, before attempting to grab spinlocks etc.
This is to avoid situations such as the following "perf" trace,
which shows heavy contention on the pool spinlock:
54.15% nfsd [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_spin_lock_bh
|
--- _raw_spin_lock_bh
|
|--71.43%-- svc_xprt_enqueue
| |
| |--50.31%-- svc_reserve
| |
| |--31.35%-- svc_xprt_received
| |
| |--18.34%-- svc_tcp_data_ready
...
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Sasha's report:
> While fuzzing with trinity inside a KVM tools guest running the latest -next
> kernel with the KASAN patchset, I've stumbled on the following spew:
>
> [ 4448.949424] ==================================================================
> [ 4448.951737] AddressSanitizer: user-memory-access on address 0
> [ 4448.952988] Read of size 2 by thread T19638:
> [ 4448.954510] CPU: 28 PID: 19638 Comm: trinity-c76 Not tainted 3.16.0-rc4-next-20140711-sasha-00046-g07d3099-dirty #813
> [ 4448.956823] ffff88046d86ca40 0000000000000000 ffff880082f37e78 ffff880082f37a40
> [ 4448.958233] ffffffffb6e47068 ffff880082f37a68 ffff880082f37a58 ffffffffb242708d
> [ 4448.959552] 0000000000000000 ffff880082f37a88 ffffffffb24255b1 0000000000000000
> [ 4448.961266] Call Trace:
> [ 4448.963158] dump_stack (lib/dump_stack.c:52)
> [ 4448.964244] kasan_report_user_access (mm/kasan/report.c:184)
> [ 4448.965507] __asan_load2 (mm/kasan/kasan.c:352)
> [ 4448.966482] ? netlink_sendmsg (net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2339)
> [ 4448.967541] netlink_sendmsg (net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2339)
> [ 4448.968537] ? get_parent_ip (kernel/sched/core.c:2555)
> [ 4448.970103] sock_sendmsg (net/socket.c:654)
> [ 4448.971584] ? might_fault (mm/memory.c:3741)
> [ 4448.972526] ? might_fault (./arch/x86/include/asm/current.h:14 mm/memory.c:3740)
> [ 4448.973596] ? verify_iovec (net/core/iovec.c:64)
> [ 4448.974522] ___sys_sendmsg (net/socket.c:2096)
> [ 4448.975797] ? put_lock_stats.isra.13 (./arch/x86/include/asm/preempt.h:98 kernel/locking/lockdep.c:254)
> [ 4448.977030] ? lock_release_holdtime (kernel/locking/lockdep.c:273)
> [ 4448.978197] ? lock_release_non_nested (kernel/locking/lockdep.c:3434 (discriminator 1))
> [ 4448.979346] ? check_chain_key (kernel/locking/lockdep.c:2188)
> [ 4448.980535] __sys_sendmmsg (net/socket.c:2181)
> [ 4448.981592] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller (kernel/locking/lockdep.c:2600)
> [ 4448.982773] ? trace_hardirqs_on (kernel/locking/lockdep.c:2607)
> [ 4448.984458] ? syscall_trace_enter (arch/x86/kernel/ptrace.c:1500 (discriminator 2))
> [ 4448.985621] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller (kernel/locking/lockdep.c:2600)
> [ 4448.986754] SyS_sendmmsg (net/socket.c:2201)
> [ 4448.987708] tracesys (arch/x86/kernel/entry_64.S:542)
> [ 4448.988929] ==================================================================
This reports means that we've come to netlink_sendmsg() with msg->msg_name == NULL and msg->msg_namelen > 0.
After this report there was no usual "Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference"
and this gave me a clue that address 0 is mapped and contains valid socket address structure in it.
This bug was introduced in f3d3342602
(net: rework recvmsg handler msg_name and msg_namelen logic).
Commit message states that:
"Set msg->msg_name = NULL if user specified a NULL in msg_name but had a
non-null msg_namelen in verify_iovec/verify_compat_iovec. This doesn't
affect sendto as it would bail out earlier while trying to copy-in the
address."
But in fact this affects sendto when address 0 is mapped and contains
socket address structure in it. In such case copy-in address will succeed,
verify_iovec() function will successfully exit with msg->msg_namelen > 0
and msg->msg_name == NULL.
This patch fixes it by setting msg_namelen to 0 if msg_name == NULL.
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ryabinin <a.ryabinin@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly, vlan will create /proc/net/vlan/<dev>, so when we
create dev with name "config", it will confict with
/proc/net/vlan/config.
Reported-by: Stephane Chazelas <stephane.chazelas@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We create a proc dir for each network device, this will cause
conflicts when the devices have name "all" or "default".
Rather than emitting an ugly kernel warning, we could just
fail earlier by checking the device name.
Reported-by: Stephane Chazelas <stephane.chazelas@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We create a proc dir for each network device, this will cause
conflicts when the devices have name "all" or "default".
Rather than emitting an ugly kernel warning, we could just
fail earlier by checking the device name.
Reported-by: Stephane Chazelas <stephane.chazelas@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SO_TIMESTAMPING API defines three types of timestamps: software,
hardware in raw format (hwtstamp) and hardware converted to system
format (syststamp). The last has been deprecated in favor of combining
hwtstamp with a PTP clock driver. There are no active users in the
kernel.
The option was device driver dependent. If set, but without hardware
support, the correct behavior is to return zero in the relevant field
in the SCM_TIMESTAMPING ancillary message. Without device drivers
implementing the option, this field is effectively always zero.
Remove the internal plumbing to dissuage new drivers from implementing
the feature. Keep the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE flag, however, to
avoid breaking existing applications that request the timestamp.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No device driver will ever return an skb_shared_info structure with
syststamp non-zero, so remove the branch that tests for this and
optionally marks the packet timestamp as TP_STATUS_TS_SYS_HARDWARE.
Do not remove the definition TP_STATUS_TS_SYS_HARDWARE, as processes
may refer to it.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the NFC pull request for 3.17.
This is a rather quiet one, we have:
- A new driver from ST Microelectronics for their NCI ST21NFCB,
including device tree support.
- p2p support for the ST21NFCA driver
- A few fixes an enhancements for the NFC digital layer
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=wR0y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.17-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> says:
"NFC: 3.17 pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 3.17.
This is a rather quiet one, we have:
- A new driver from ST Microelectronics for their NCI ST21NFCB,
including device tree support.
- p2p support for the ST21NFCA driver
- A few fixes an enhancements for the NFC digital layer"
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In "Counting Packets Sent Between Arbitrary Internet Hosts", Jeffrey and
Jedidiah describe ways exploiting linux IP identifier generation to
infer whether two machines are exchanging packets.
With commit 73f156a6e8 ("inetpeer: get rid of ip_id_count"), we
changed IP id generation, but this does not really prevent this
side-channel technique.
This patch adds a random amount of perturbation so that IP identifiers
for a given destination [1] are no longer monotonically increasing after
an idle period.
Note that prandom_u32_max(1) returns 0, so if generator is used at most
once per jiffy, this patch inserts no hole in the ID suite and do not
increase collision probability.
This is jiffies based, so in the worst case (HZ=1000), the id can
rollover after ~65 seconds of idle time, which should be fine.
We also change the hash used in __ip_select_ident() to not only hash
on daddr, but also saddr and protocol, so that ICMP probes can not be
used to infer information for other protocols.
For IPv6, adds saddr into the hash as well, but not nexthdr.
If I ping the patched target, we can see ID are now hard to predict.
21:57:11.008086 IP (...)
A > target: ICMP echo request, seq 1, length 64
21:57:11.010752 IP (... id 2081 ...)
target > A: ICMP echo reply, seq 1, length 64
21:57:12.013133 IP (...)
A > target: ICMP echo request, seq 2, length 64
21:57:12.015737 IP (... id 3039 ...)
target > A: ICMP echo reply, seq 2, length 64
21:57:13.016580 IP (...)
A > target: ICMP echo request, seq 3, length 64
21:57:13.019251 IP (... id 3437 ...)
target > A: ICMP echo reply, seq 3, length 64
[1] TCP sessions uses a per flow ID generator not changed by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Jeffrey Knockel <jeffk@cs.unm.edu>
Reported-by: Jedidiah R. Crandall <crandall@cs.unm.edu>
Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per comment from David Miller, we try to make the buffer reassembly
function more resilient to user errors than it is today.
- We check that the "*buf" parameter always is set, since this is
mandatory input.
- We ensure that *buf->next always is set to NULL before linking in
the buffer, instead of relying of the caller to have done this.
- We ensure that the "tail" pointer in the head buffer's control
block is initialized to NULL when the first fragment arrives.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ndm_type means L3 address type, in neighbour proxy and vxlan, it's RTN_UNICAST.
NDA_DST is for netlink TLV type, hence it's not right value in this context.
Signed-off-by: Jun Zhao <mypopydev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-07-25
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.17 stream!
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"We have a lot of TDLS patches, among them a fix that should make hwsim
tests happy again. The rest, this time, is mostly small fixes."
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"Some more patches for 3.17. The most important change here is the move of
the 6lowpan code to net/6lowpan. It has been agreed with Davem that this
change will go through the bluetooth tree. The rest are mostly clean up and
fixes."
and,
"Here follows some more patches for 3.17. These are mostly fixes to what
we've sent to you before for next merge window."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I have the usual amount of BT Coex stuff. Arik continues to work
on TDLS and Ariej contributes a few things for HS2.0. I added a few
more things to the firmware debugging infrastructure. Eran fixes a
small bug - pretty normal content."
And for the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"For ath6kl me and Jessica added support for ar6004 hw3.0, our latest
version of ar6004.
For ath10k Janusz added a printout so that it's easier to check what
ath10k kconfig options are enabled. He also added a debugfs file to
configure maximum amsdu and ampdu values. Also we had few fixes as
usual."
On top of that is the usual large batch of various driver updates --
brcmfmac, mwifiex, the TI drivers, and wil6210 all get some action.
Rafał has also been very busy with b43 and related updates.
Also, I pulled the wireless tree into this in order to resolve a
merge conflict...
P.S. The change to fs/compat_ioctl.c reflects a name change in a
Bluetooth header file...
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we have entries in the whitelist we shouldn't disable page scanning
when disabling connectable mode. This patch adds the necessary check to
the Set Connectable command handler.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes a typo in the hci_cc_write_scan_enable() function where
we want to clear the HCI_PSCAN flag if the SCAN_PAGE bit of the HCI
command parameter was not set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes init_net's high_thresh limit to be the maximum for all
namespaces, thus introducing a global memory limit threshold equal to the
sum of the individual high_thresh limits which are capped.
It also introduces some sane minimums for low_thresh as it shouldn't be
able to drop below 0 (or > high_thresh in the unsigned case), and
overall low_thresh should not ever be above high_thresh, so we make the
following relations for a namespace:
init_net:
high_thresh - max(not capped), min(init_net low_thresh)
low_thresh - max(init_net high_thresh), min (0)
all other namespaces:
high_thresh = max(init_net high_thresh), min(namespace's low_thresh)
low_thresh = max(namespace's high_thresh), min(0)
The major issue with having low_thresh > high_thresh is that we'll
schedule eviction but never evict anything and thus rely only on the
timers.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rehash is rare operation, don't force readers to take
the read-side rwlock.
Instead, we only have to detect the (rare) case where
the secret was altered while we are trying to insert
a new inetfrag queue into the table.
If it was changed, drop the bucket lock and recompute
the hash to get the 'new' chain bucket that we have to
insert into.
Joint work with Nikolay Aleksandrov.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
merge functionality into the eviction workqueue.
Instead of rebuilding every n seconds, take advantage of the upper
hash chain length limit.
If we hit it, mark table for rebuild and schedule workqueue.
To prevent frequent rebuilds when we're completely overloaded,
don't rebuild more than once every 5 seconds.
ipfrag_secret_interval sysctl is now obsolete and has been marked as
deprecated, it still can be changed so scripts won't be broken but it
won't have any effect. A comment is left above each unused secret_timer
variable to avoid confusion.
Joint work with Nikolay Aleksandrov.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'nqueues' counter is protected by the lru list lock,
once thats removed this needs to be converted to atomic
counter. Given this isn't used for anything except for
reporting it to userspace via /proc, just remove it.
We still report the memory currently used by fragment
reassembly queues.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the high_thresh limit is reached we try to toss the 'oldest'
incomplete fragment queues until memory limits are below the low_thresh
value. This happens in softirq/packet processing context.
This has two drawbacks:
1) processors might evict a queue that was about to be completed
by another cpu, because they will compete wrt. resource usage and
resource reclaim.
2) LRU list maintenance is expensive.
But when constantly overloaded, even the 'least recently used' element is
recent, so removing 'lru' queue first is not 'fairer' than removing any
other fragment queue.
This moves eviction out of the fast path:
When the low threshold is reached, a work queue is scheduled
which then iterates over the table and removes the queues that exceed
the memory limits of the namespace. It sets a new flag called
INET_FRAG_EVICTED on the evicted queues so the proper counters will get
incremented when the queue is forcefully expired.
When the high threshold is reached, no more fragment queues are
created until we're below the limit again.
The LRU list is now unused and will be removed in a followup patch.
Joint work with Nikolay Aleksandrov.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First step to move eviction handling into a work queue.
We lose two spots that accounted evicted fragments in MIB counters.
Accounting will be restored since the upcoming work-queue evictor
invokes the frag queue timer callbacks instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hide actual hash size from individual users: The _find
function will now fold the given hash value into the required range.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the Bluetooth 4.1 specification the Simultaneous LE and BR/EDR
controller option has been deprecated. It shall be set to zero and
ignored otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Expose the default values for minimum and maximum LE advertising
interval via debugfs for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Georg Lukas <georg@op-co.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Store the default values for minimum and maximum advertising interval
with all the other controller defaults. These vaules are sent to the
adapter whenever advertising is (re)enabled.
Signed-off-by: Georg Lukas <georg@op-co.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Devices using resolvable private addresses are required to provide
an identity resolving key. These devices can not be found using
the current controller white list support. This means if the kernel
knows about any devices with an identity resolving key, the white
list filtering must be disabled.
However so far the kernel kept identity resolving keys around even
for devices that are not using resolvable private addresses. The
notification to userspace clearly hints to not store the key and
so it is best to just remove the key from the kernel as well at
that point.
With this it easy now to detect when using the white list is
possible or when kernel side resolving of addresses is required.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Bluetooth controller can use a white list filter when scanning
to avoid waking up the host for devices that are of no interest.
Devices marked as reporting, direct connection (incoming) or general
connection are now added to the controller white list. The update of
the white list happens just before enabling passive scanning.
In case the white list is full and can not hold all devices, the
white list is not used and the filter policy set to accept all
advertisements.
Using the white list for scanning allows for power saving with
controllers that do not handle the duplicate filtering correctly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If led-always-blink is set, then between switch led OFF and ON
is almost zero time. So blink is invisible. This use oneshot led trigger
with fixed time 50ms witch is enough to see blink.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Prchal <jiri.prchal@aksignal.cz>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The ulog targets were recently killed. A few references to the Kconfig
macros CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ULOG and CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_ULOG were left
untouched. Kill these too.
Signed-off-by: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The function led_trigger_register() will only return -EEXIST when
error arises.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <duanj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In this file, function names are otherwise used as pointers without &.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that makes this
change is as follows:
// <smpl>
@r@
identifier f;
@@
f(...) { ... }
@@
identifier r.f;
@@
- &f
+ f
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After 11878b40e[net-timestamp: SOCK_RAW and PING timestamping], this comment
becomes obsolete since the codes check not only UDP socket, but also RAW sock;
and the codes are clear, not need the comments
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"net" is normally for struct net*, pointer to struct net_device
should be named to either "dev" or "ndev" etc.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eBPF is used by socket filtering, seccomp and soon by tracing and
exposed to userspace, therefore 'sock_filter_int' name is not accurate.
Rename it to 'bpf_insn'
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this file, function names are otherwise used as pointers without &.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that makes this
change is as follows:
// <smpl>
@r@
identifier f;
@@
f(...) { ... }
@@
identifier r.f;
@@
- &f
+ f
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this file, function names are otherwise used as pointers without &.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that makes this
change is as follows:
// <smpl>
@r@
identifier f;
@@
f(...) { ... }
@@
identifier r.f;
@@
- &f
+ f
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this file, function names are otherwise used as pointers without &.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that makes this
change is as follows:
// <smpl>
@r@
identifier f;
@@
f(...) { ... }
@@
identifier r.f;
@@
- &f
+ f
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-07-24
Please pull this batch of fixes intended for the 3.16 stream...
For the mac80211 fixes, Johannes says:
"I have two fixes: one for tracing that fixes a long-standing NULL
pointer dereference, and one for a mac80211 issue that causes iwlmvm to
send invalid frames during authentication/association."
and,
"One more fix - for a bug in the newly introduced code that obtains rate
control information for stations."
For the iwlwifi fixes, Emmanuel says:
"It includes a merge damage fix. This region has been changed in -next
and -fixes quite a few times and apparently, I failed to handle it
properly, so here the fix. Along with that I have a fix from Eliad
to properly handle overlapping BSS in AP mode."
On top of that, Felix provides and ath9k fix for Tx stalls that happen
after an aggregation session failure.
Please let me know if there are problems! There are some changes
here that will cause merge conflicts in -next. Once you merge this
I can pull it into wireless-next and resolve those issues.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Via Simon Horman, I received the following one-liner for your net tree:
1) Fix crash when exiting from netns that uses IPVS and conntrack,
from Julian Anastasov via Simon Horman.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a bug where skb_clone() NULL check is missing in sample action
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
The sample action is rather generic, allowing arbitrary actions to be
executed based on a probability. However its use, within the Open
vSwitch
code-base is limited: only a single user-space action is ever nested.
A consequence of the current implementation of sample actions is that
depending on weather the sample action executed (due to its probability)
any side-effects of nested actions may or may not be present before
executing subsequent actions. This has the potential to complicate
verification of valid actions by the (kernel) datapath. And indeed
adding support for push and pop MPLS actions inside sample actions
is one case where such case.
In order to allow all supported actions to be continue to be nested
inside sample actions without the potential need for complex
verification code this patch changes the implementation of the sample
action in the kernel datapath so that sample actions are more like
a function call and any side effects of nested actions are not
present when executing subsequent actions.
With the above in mind the motivation for this change is twofold:
* To contain side-effects the sample action in the hope of making it
easier to deal with in the future and;
* To avoid some rather complex verification code introduced in the MPLS
datapath patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
In queue_userspace_packet(), the ovs_nla_put_flow return value is
not checked. This is fine as long as key_attr_size() returns the
correct value. In case it does not, the current code may corrupt buffer
memory. Add a run time assertion catch this case to avoid silent
failure.
Reported-by: Ben Pfaff <blp@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
xt_hashlimit cannot be used with large hash tables, because garbage
collector is run from a timer. If table is really big, its possible
to hold cpu for more than 500 msec, which is unacceptable.
Switch to a work queue, and use proper scheduling points to remove
latencies spikes.
Later, we also could switch to a smoother garbage collection done
at lookup time, one bucket at a time...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Following patch enables all available tunnel GSO features for OVS
bridge device so that ovs can use hardware offloads available to
underling device.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
In order to allow handlers directly read upcalls from datapath,
we need to support per-handler netlink socket for each vport in
datapath. This commit makes this happen. Also, it is guaranteed
to be backward compatible with previous branch.
Signed-off-by: Alex Wang <alexw@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2014-07-23
Just two fixes this time, both are stable candidates.
1) Fix the dst_entry refcount on socket policy usage.
2) Fix a wrong SPI check that prevents AH SAs from getting
installed, dependent on the SPI. From Tobias Brunner.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF is used in several kernel components. This split creates logical boundary
between generic eBPF core and the rest
kernel/bpf/core.c: eBPF interpreter
net/core/filter.c: classic->eBPF converter, classic verifiers, socket filters
This patch only moves functions.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, although IP_MULTICAST_ALL and IP_MSFILTER ioctl calls succeed on
raw sockets, there is no code to implement the functionality on received
packets; it is only implemented for UDP sockets. The raw(7) man page states:
"In addition, all ip(7) IPPROTO_IP socket options valid for datagram sockets
are supported", which implies these ioctls should work on raw sockets.
To fix this, add a call to ip_mc_sf_allow on raw sockets.
This should not break any existing code, since the current position of
not calling ip_mc_sf_filter makes it behave as if neither the IP_MULTICAST_ALL
nor the IP_MSFILTER ioctl had been called. Adding the call to ip_mc_sf_allow
will therefore maintain the current behaviour so long as IP_MULTICAST_ALL and
IP_MSFILTER ioctls are not called. Any code that currently is calling
IP_MULTICAST_ALL or IP_MSFILTER ioctls on raw sockets presumably is wanting
the filter to be applied, although no filtering will currently be occurring.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Armitage <quentin@armitage.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When adding remote devices to the kernel using the Add Device management
command, these devices are explicitly allowed to connect. This kind of
incoming connections are possible even when the controller itself is
not connectable.
For BR/EDR this distinction is pretty simple since there is only one
type of incoming connections. With LE this is not that simple anymore
since there are ADV_IND and ADV_DIRECT_IND advertising events.
The ADV_DIRECT_IND advertising events are send for incoming (slave
initiated) connections only. And this is the only thing the kernel
should allow when adding devices using action 0x01. This meaning
of incoming connections is coming from BR/EDR and needs to be
mapped to LE the same way.
Supporting the auto-connection of devices using ADV_IND advertising
events is an important feature as well. However it does not map to
incoming connections. So introduce a new action 0x02 that allows
the kernel to connect to devices using ADV_DIRECT_IND and in addition
ADV_IND advertising reports.
This difference is represented by the new HCI_AUTO_CONN_DIRECT value
for only connecting to ADV_DIRECT_IND. For connection to ADV_IND and
ADV_DIRECT_IND the old value HCI_AUTO_CONN_ALWAYS is used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Unconditionally connecting to devices sending ADV_DIRECT_IND when
the controller is in CONNECTABLE mode is a feature that is not
fully working. The background scanning trigger for this has been
removed, but the statement allowing it to happen in case some
other part triggers is still present. So remove that code part
as well to avoid unwanted connections.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It hasn't been used since commit 0fd7bac(net: relax rcvbuf limits).
Signed-off-by: Sorin Dumitru <sorin@returnze.ro>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the Bluetooth controller supports Get MWS Transport Layer
Configuration command, then issue it during initialization.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If the Bluetooth controller supports Read Local Supported Codecs
command, then issue it during initialization so that the list of
codecs is known.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Jason reported an oops caused by SCTP on his ARM machine with
SCTP authentication enabled:
Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] ARM
CPU: 0 PID: 104 Comm: sctp-test Not tainted 3.13.0-68744-g3632f30c9b20-dirty #1
task: c6eefa40 ti: c6f52000 task.ti: c6f52000
PC is at sctp_auth_calculate_hmac+0xc4/0x10c
LR is at sg_init_table+0x20/0x38
pc : [<c024bb80>] lr : [<c00f32dc>] psr: 40000013
sp : c6f538e8 ip : 00000000 fp : c6f53924
r10: c6f50d80 r9 : 00000000 r8 : 00010000
r7 : 00000000 r6 : c7be4000 r5 : 00000000 r4 : c6f56254
r3 : c00c8170 r2 : 00000001 r1 : 00000008 r0 : c6f1e660
Flags: nZcv IRQs on FIQs on Mode SVC_32 ISA ARM Segment user
Control: 0005397f Table: 06f28000 DAC: 00000015
Process sctp-test (pid: 104, stack limit = 0xc6f521c0)
Stack: (0xc6f538e8 to 0xc6f54000)
[...]
Backtrace:
[<c024babc>] (sctp_auth_calculate_hmac+0x0/0x10c) from [<c0249af8>] (sctp_packet_transmit+0x33c/0x5c8)
[<c02497bc>] (sctp_packet_transmit+0x0/0x5c8) from [<c023e96c>] (sctp_outq_flush+0x7fc/0x844)
[<c023e170>] (sctp_outq_flush+0x0/0x844) from [<c023ef78>] (sctp_outq_uncork+0x24/0x28)
[<c023ef54>] (sctp_outq_uncork+0x0/0x28) from [<c0234364>] (sctp_side_effects+0x1134/0x1220)
[<c0233230>] (sctp_side_effects+0x0/0x1220) from [<c02330b0>] (sctp_do_sm+0xac/0xd4)
[<c0233004>] (sctp_do_sm+0x0/0xd4) from [<c023675c>] (sctp_assoc_bh_rcv+0x118/0x160)
[<c0236644>] (sctp_assoc_bh_rcv+0x0/0x160) from [<c023d5bc>] (sctp_inq_push+0x6c/0x74)
[<c023d550>] (sctp_inq_push+0x0/0x74) from [<c024a6b0>] (sctp_rcv+0x7d8/0x888)
While we already had various kind of bugs in that area
ec0223ec48 ("net: sctp: fix sctp_sf_do_5_1D_ce to verify if
we/peer is AUTH capable") and b14878ccb7 ("net: sctp: cache
auth_enable per endpoint"), this one is a bit of a different
kind.
Giving a bit more background on why SCTP authentication is
needed can be found in RFC4895:
SCTP uses 32-bit verification tags to protect itself against
blind attackers. These values are not changed during the
lifetime of an SCTP association.
Looking at new SCTP extensions, there is the need to have a
method of proving that an SCTP chunk(s) was really sent by
the original peer that started the association and not by a
malicious attacker.
To cause this bug, we're triggering an INIT collision between
peers; normal SCTP handshake where both sides intent to
authenticate packets contains RANDOM; CHUNKS; HMAC-ALGO
parameters that are being negotiated among peers:
---------- INIT[RANDOM; CHUNKS; HMAC-ALGO] ---------->
<------- INIT-ACK[RANDOM; CHUNKS; HMAC-ALGO] ---------
-------------------- COOKIE-ECHO -------------------->
<-------------------- COOKIE-ACK ---------------------
RFC4895 says that each endpoint therefore knows its own random
number and the peer's random number *after* the association
has been established. The local and peer's random number along
with the shared key are then part of the secret used for
calculating the HMAC in the AUTH chunk.
Now, in our scenario, we have 2 threads with 1 non-blocking
SEQ_PACKET socket each, setting up common shared SCTP_AUTH_KEY
and SCTP_AUTH_ACTIVE_KEY properly, and each of them calling
sctp_bindx(3), listen(2) and connect(2) against each other,
thus the handshake looks similar to this, e.g.:
---------- INIT[RANDOM; CHUNKS; HMAC-ALGO] ---------->
<------- INIT-ACK[RANDOM; CHUNKS; HMAC-ALGO] ---------
<--------- INIT[RANDOM; CHUNKS; HMAC-ALGO] -----------
-------- INIT-ACK[RANDOM; CHUNKS; HMAC-ALGO] -------->
...
Since such collisions can also happen with verification tags,
the RFC4895 for AUTH rather vaguely says under section 6.1:
In case of INIT collision, the rules governing the handling
of this Random Number follow the same pattern as those for
the Verification Tag, as explained in Section 5.2.4 of
RFC 2960 [5]. Therefore, each endpoint knows its own Random
Number and the peer's Random Number after the association
has been established.
In RFC2960, section 5.2.4, we're eventually hitting Action B:
B) In this case, both sides may be attempting to start an
association at about the same time but the peer endpoint
started its INIT after responding to the local endpoint's
INIT. Thus it may have picked a new Verification Tag not
being aware of the previous Tag it had sent this endpoint.
The endpoint should stay in or enter the ESTABLISHED
state but it MUST update its peer's Verification Tag from
the State Cookie, stop any init or cookie timers that may
running and send a COOKIE ACK.
In other words, the handling of the Random parameter is the
same as behavior for the Verification Tag as described in
Action B of section 5.2.4.
Looking at the code, we exactly hit the sctp_sf_do_dupcook_b()
case which triggers an SCTP_CMD_UPDATE_ASSOC command to the
side effect interpreter, and in fact it properly copies over
peer_{random, hmacs, chunks} parameters from the newly created
association to update the existing one.
Also, the old asoc_shared_key is being released and based on
the new params, sctp_auth_asoc_init_active_key() updated.
However, the issue observed in this case is that the previous
asoc->peer.auth_capable was 0, and has *not* been updated, so
that instead of creating a new secret, we're doing an early
return from the function sctp_auth_asoc_init_active_key()
leaving asoc->asoc_shared_key as NULL. However, we now have to
authenticate chunks from the updated chunk list (e.g. COOKIE-ACK).
That in fact causes the server side when responding with ...
<------------------ AUTH; COOKIE-ACK -----------------
... to trigger a NULL pointer dereference, since in
sctp_packet_transmit(), it discovers that an AUTH chunk is
being queued for xmit, and thus it calls sctp_auth_calculate_hmac().
Since the asoc->active_key_id is still inherited from the
endpoint, and the same as encoded into the chunk, it uses
asoc->asoc_shared_key, which is still NULL, as an asoc_key
and dereferences it in ...
crypto_hash_setkey(desc.tfm, &asoc_key->data[0], asoc_key->len)
... causing an oops. All this happens because sctp_make_cookie_ack()
called with the *new* association has the peer.auth_capable=1
and therefore marks the chunk with auth=1 after checking
sctp_auth_send_cid(), but it is *actually* sent later on over
the then *updated* association's transport that didn't initialize
its shared key due to peer.auth_capable=0. Since control chunks
in that case are not sent by the temporary association which
are scheduled for deletion, they are issued for xmit via
SCTP_CMD_REPLY in the interpreter with the context of the
*updated* association. peer.auth_capable was 0 in the updated
association (which went from COOKIE_WAIT into ESTABLISHED state),
since all previous processing that performed sctp_process_init()
was being done on temporary associations, that we eventually
throw away each time.
The correct fix is to update to the new peer.auth_capable
value as well in the collision case via sctp_assoc_update(),
so that in case the collision migrated from 0 -> 1,
sctp_auth_asoc_init_active_key() can properly recalculate
the secret. This therefore fixes the observed server panic.
Fixes: 730fc3d05c ("[SCTP]: Implete SCTP-AUTH parameter processing")
Reported-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The digital layer of the NFC subsystem currently
supports a 'tg_listen_mdaa' driver hook that supports
devices that can do mode detection and automatic
anticollision. However, there are some devices that
can do mode detection but not automatic anitcollision
so add the 'tg_listen_md' hook to support those devices.
In order for the digital layer to get the RF technology
detected by the device from the driver, add the
'tg_get_rf_tech' hook. It is only valid to call this
hook immediately after a successful call to 'tg_listen_md'.
CC: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
stop_poll allows to stop CLF reader polling. Some other operations might be
necessary for some CLF to stop polling. For example in card mode.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Add T1T matching with Jewel during notification.
It was causing "the target found does not have the desired protocol"
to show up.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Make use of key preparsing in the RxRPC protocol so that quota size
determination can take place prior to keyring locking when a key is being
added.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Make use of key preparsing in the DNS resolver so that quota size determination
can take place prior to keyring locking when a key is being added.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Ceph can use user_match() instead of defining its own identical function.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
cc: Tommi Virtanen <tommi.virtanen@dreamhost.com>
Make use of key preparsing in Ceph so that quota size determination can take
place prior to keyring locking when a key is being added.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
cc: Tommi Virtanen <tommi.virtanen@dreamhost.com>
See RFC 5666 section 3.7: clients don't have to send zero XDR
padding.
BugLink: https://bugzilla.linux-nfs.org/show_bug.cgi?id=246
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
MSG_MORE and 'corking' a socket would require that the transmit of
a data chunk be delayed.
Rename the return value to be less specific.
Signed-off-by: David Laight <david.laight@aculab.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check for Nagle contains 6 separate checks all of which must be true
before a data packet is delayed.
Separate out each into its own 'if (test) return SCTP_XMIT_OK' so that
the reasons can be individually described.
Also return directly with SCTP_XMIT_RWND_FULL.
Delete the now-unused 'retval' variable and 'finish' label from
sctp_packet_can_append_data().
Signed-off-by: David Laight <david.laight@aculab.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the expected throughput is queried before rate control has been
initialized, the minstrel op for it will crash while trying to access
the rate table.
Check for WLAN_STA_RATE_CONTROL before attempting to use the rate
control op.
Reported-by: Jean-Pierre Tosoni <jp.tosoni@acksys.fr>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The commits 08c30aca9e "Bluetooth: Remove
RFCOMM session refcnt" and 8ff52f7d04
"Bluetooth: Return RFCOMM session ptrs to avoid freed session"
allow rfcomm_recv_ua and rfcomm_session_close to delete the session
(and free the corresponding socket) and propagate NULL session pointer
to the upper callers.
Additional fix is required to terminate the loop in rfcomm_process_rx
function to avoid use of freed 'sk' memory.
The issue is only reproducible with kernel option CONFIG_PAGE_POISONING
enabled making freed memory being changed and filled up with fixed char
value used to unmask use-after-free issues.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raman <Vignesh_Raman@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuzmichev <Vitaly_Kuzmichev@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
This patch uses the cb->data pointer that allows us to store the
context when dumping the set list. Thus, we don't need to parse the
original netlink message containing the dump request for each recvmsg()
call when dumping the set list. The different function flavours
depending on the dump criteria has been also merged into one single
generic function. This saves us ~100 lines of code.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
So you can reject IPv4 and IPv6 packets from bridge tables. If the ether
proto is now known, default on dropping the packet instead.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/hw/cxgb4/device.c
The cxgb4 conflict was simply overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An af_iucv stress test showed -EPIPE results for sendmsg()
calls. They are caused by quiescing a path even though it has
been already severed by peer. For IUCV transport shutdown()
consists of 2 steps:
(1) sending the shutdown message to peer
(2) quiescing the iucv path
If the iucv path between these 2 steps is severed due to peer
closing the path, the quiesce step is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <blaschka@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Philipp Hachtmann <phacht@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- recognise and drop Bridge Loop Avoidance packets even if
they are encapsulated in the 802.1q header multiple times.
Forwarding them into the mesh creates issues on other
nodes.
- properly handle VLAN private objects in order to avoid race
conditions upon fast VLAN deletion-addition. Such conditions
create an unrecoverable inconsistency in the TT database of
the nodes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=RdJM
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batman-adv-fix-for-davem' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Antonio Quartulli says:
====================
pull request [net]: batman-adv 20140721
here you have two fixes that we have been testing for quite some time
(this is why they arrived a bit late in the rc cycle).
Patch 1) ensures that BLA packets get dropped and not forwarded to the
mesh even if they reach batman-adv within QinQ frames. Forwarding them
into the mesh means messing up with the TT database of other nodes which
can generate all kind of unexpected behaviours during route computation.
Patch 2) avoids a couple of race conditions triggered upon fast VLAN
deletion-addition. Such race conditions are pretty dangerous because
they not only create inconsistencies in the TT database of the nodes
in the network, but such scenario is also unrecoverable (unless
nodes are rebooted).
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers may be performing most of Tx/Rx
aggregation on their own (e.g. in firmware)
including AddBa/DelBa negotiations but may
otherwise require Rx reordering assistance.
The patch exports 2 new functions for establishing
Rx aggregation sessions in assumption device
driver has taken care of the necessary
negotiations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[fix endian bug]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers (e.g. ath10k) report A-MSDU subframes
individually with identical seqno. The A-MPDU Rx
reorder code did not account for that which made
it practically unusable with drivers using
RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE because it would end up
dropping a lot of frames resulting in confusion in
upper network transport layers.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sdata can't be NULL, and key being NULL is really not possible
unless the code is modified.
The sdata check made a static analyze (klocwork) unhappy because
we would get pointer to local (sdata->local) and only then check
if sdata is non-NULL.
Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[remove !key check as well]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's safer practice to use sizeof(*ptr) instead of sizeof(ptr_type) when
allocating memory in case the type changes. This also fixes the
following style of warnings from static analyzers:
CHECK: Prefer kzalloc(sizeof(*ie)...) over kzalloc(sizeof(struct inquiry_entry)...)
+ ie = kzalloc(sizeof(struct inquiry_entry), GFP_KERNEL);
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The NULL pointer access could happen when ieee80211_crypto_hw_decrypt
is called from ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt with the following condition:
1. rx->key->conf.cipher is not WEP, CCMP, TKIP or AES_CMAC
2. rx->sta is NULL
When ieee80211_crypto_hw_decrypt is called, it verifies
rx->sta->cipher_scheme and it will cause Oops if rx->sta is NULL.
This path adds an addirional rx->sta == NULL verification in
ieee80211_crypto_hw_decrypt for this case.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since "wireless-regdb: remove antenna gain" was merged in the
wireless-regdb tree, the awk script parser has been incompatible
with the 'official' regulatory database. This fixes that up.
Without this change the max EIRP is set to 0 making 802.11 devices
useless.
The fragile nature of the awk parser must be replaced, but ideas
over how to do that in the most scalable way are being reviewed.
In the meantime update the documentation for CFG80211_INTERNAL_REGDB
so folks are aware of expectations for now.
Reported-by: John Walker <john@x109.net>
Reported-by: Krishna Chaitanya <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The csa_active flag was added in sdata a while ago and made
IEEE80211_STA_CSA_RECEIVED redundant. The new flag is also used to
mark when CSA is ongoing on other iftypes and took over the old one as
the preferred method for checking whether we're in the middle of a
channel switch. Remove the old, redundant flag.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the teardown packet is created while the queues are
stopped, it isn't sent immediately, but rather is pending.
To be sure that when we flush the queues prior to destroying
the station we also send this packet - the tasklet handling
pending packets is invoked to flush the packets.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: ArikX Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the AP receives actions frames destined for other peers, it may
mistakenly toggle BA-sessions from itself to a peer.
Ignore TDLS data packets as well - the AP should not handle them.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some VHT TDLS peers (Google Nexus 5) include the VHT-AID IE in their
TDLS setup request/response. Usermode passes this aid as the station
aid, causing it to fail verifiction, since this happens in the
"set_station" stage. Make an exception for the TDLS use-case.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
TDLS VHT support requires some more information elements during setup.
While these are not there, mask out the peer's VHT capabilities so that
VHT rates are not mistakenly used.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Set for completeness mostly, currently unused in the code.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the HT capabilities and HT operation information elements to TDLS
setup packets where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We can only be a station for TDLS connections. Also fix a bug where
a delayed work could be left scheduled if the station interface was
brought down during TDLS setup.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When TDLS QoS is supported by the the peer and the local card, add
the WMM parameter IE to the setup-confirm frame. Take the QoS settings
from the current AP, or if unsupported, use the default values from
the specification. This behavior is mandated by IEEE802.11-2012 section
10.22.4.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If QoS is supported by the card, add an appropriate IE to TDLS setup-
request and setup-response frames.
Consolidate the setting of the WMM info IE across mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When sending setup-failure frames, set the capability field to zero, as
mandated by the specification (IEEE802.11-2012 8.5.13).
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Most setup-specific information elements are not to be added when a
setup frame is sent with an error status code.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When building TDLS setup frames, use the IE order mandates in the
specification, splitting extra IEs coming from usermode.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add all information elements for TDLS discovery and setup in the same
function.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "8f02e6b mac80211: make sure TDLS peer STA exists during
setup" broke TDLS error paths where the STA doesn't exist when sending
the error.
Fix it by only testing for STA existence during a non-error flow.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Infer the TDLS initiator and track it in mac80211 via a STA flag. This
avoids breaking old userspace that doesn't pass it via nl80211 APIs.
The only case where userspace will need to pass the initiator is when the
STA is removed due to unreachability before a teardown packet is sent.
Support for unreachability was only recently added to wpa_supplicant, so
it won't be a problem in practice.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a VLAN interface (on top of batX) is removed and
re-added within a short timeframe TT does not have enough
time to properly cleanup. This creates an internal TT state
mismatch as the newly created softif_vlan will be
initialized from scratch with a TT client count of zero
(even if TT entries for this VLAN still exist). The
resulting TT messages are bogus due to the counter / tt
client listing mismatch, thus creating inconsistencies on
every node in the network
To fix this issue destroy_vlan() has to not free the VLAN
object immediately but it has to be kept alive until all the
TT entries for this VLAN have been removed. destroy_vlan()
still removes the sysfs folder so that the user has the
feeling that everything went fine.
If the same VLAN is re-added before the old object is free'd,
then the latter is resurrected and re-used.
Implement such behaviour by increasing the reference counter
of a softif_vlan object every time a new local TT entry for
such VLAN is created and remove the object from the list
only when all the TT entries have been destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Since bridge loop avoidance only supports untagged or simple 802.1q
tagged VLAN claim frames, claim frames with stacked VLAN headers (QinQ)
should be detected and dropped. Transporting the over the mesh may cause
problems on the receivers, or create bogus entries in the local tt
tables.
Reported-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <simon@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
*_result[len] is parsed as *(_result[len]) which is not at all what we
want to touch here.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Fixes: 84a7c0b1db ("dns_resolver: assure that dns_query() result is null-terminated")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warnings:
net/tipc/socket.c:545:5: warning:
symbol 'tipc_sk_proto_rcv' was not declared. Should it be static?
net/tipc/socket.c:2015:5: warning:
symbol 'tipc_ioctl' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=80611
Reported-by: David Binderman <dcb314@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Utkin <andrey.krieger.utkin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains updates for your net-next tree,
they are:
1) Use kvfree() helper function from x_tables, from Eric Dumazet.
2) Remove extra timer from the conntrack ecache extension, use a
workqueue instead to redeliver lost events to userspace instead,
from Florian Westphal.
3) Removal of the ulog targets for ebtables and iptables. The nflog
infrastructure superseded this almost 9 years ago, time to get rid
of this code.
4) Replace the list of loggers by an array now that we can only have
two possible non-overlapping logger flavours, ie. kernel ring buffer
and netlink logging.
5) Move Eric Dumazet's log buffer code to nf_log to reuse it from
all of the supported per-family loggers.
6) Consolidate nf_log_packet() as an unified interface for packet logging.
After this patch, if the struct nf_loginfo is available, it explicitly
selects the logger that is used.
7) Move ip and ip6 logging code from xt_LOG to the corresponding
per-family loggers. Thus, x_tables and nf_tables share the same code
for packet logging.
8) Add generic ARP packet logger, which is used by nf_tables. The
format aims to be consistent with the output of xt_LOG.
9) Add generic bridge packet logger. Again, this is used by nf_tables
and it routes the packets to the real family loggers. As a result,
we get consistent logging format for the bridge family. The ebt_log
logging code has been intentionally left in place not to break
backward compatibility since the logging output differs from xt_LOG.
10) Update nft_log to explicitly request the required family logger when
needed.
11) Finish nft_log so it supports arp, ip, ip6, bridge and inet families.
Allowing selection between netlink and kernel buffer ring logging.
12) Several fixes coming after the netfilter core logging changes spotted
by robots.
13) Use IS_ENABLED() macros whenever possible in the netfilter tree,
from Duan Jiong.
14) Removal of a couple of unnecessary branch before kfree, from Fabian
Frederick.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When kernel generates a handle for a u32 filter, it tries to start
from the max in the bucket. So when we have a filter with the max (fff)
handle, it will cause kernel always generates the same handle for new
filters. This can be shown by the following command:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip pref 770 handle 800::fff u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip pref 770 u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff
...
we will get some u32 filters with same handle:
# tc filter show dev eth0 parent ffff:
filter protocol ip pref 770 u32
filter protocol ip pref 770 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter protocol ip pref 770 u32 fh 800::fff order 4095 key ht 800 bkt 0
match 00010000/00ff0000 at 8
filter protocol ip pref 770 u32 fh 800::fff order 4095 key ht 800 bkt 0
match 00010000/00ff0000 at 8
filter protocol ip pref 770 u32 fh 800::fff order 4095 key ht 800 bkt 0
match 00010000/00ff0000 at 8
filter protocol ip pref 770 u32 fh 800::fff order 4095 key ht 800 bkt 0
match 00010000/00ff0000 at 8
handles should be unique. This patch fixes it by looking up a bitmap,
so that can guarantee the handle is as unique as possible. For compatibility,
we still start from 0x800.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently it's done silently (from the kernel part), and thus it might be
hard to track the renames from logs.
Add a simple netdev_info() to notify the rename, but only in case the
previous name was valid.
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
CC: stephen hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
CC: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
CC: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This way we'll always know in what status the device is, unless it's
running normally (i.e. NETDEV_REGISTERED).
Also, emit a warning once in case of a bad reg_state.
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
CC: stephen hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
CC: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
CC: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We modify mirred action (m->tcfm_dev) in netdev event, we need to
prevent on-going mirred actions from reading freed m->tcfm_dev.
So we need to acquire this spin lock.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new "NFC_DIGITAL_FRAMING_*" calls to the digital
layer so the driver can make the necessary adjustments
when performing anticollision while in target mode.
The driver must ensure that the effect of these calls
happens after the following response has been sent but
before reception of the next request begins.
Acked-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Currently, digital_target_found() has a race between
the events started by calling nfc_targets_found()
(which ultimately expect ddev->poll_tech_count to be
zero) and setting ddev->poll_tech_count to zero after
the call to nfc_targets_found(). When the race is
"lost" (i.e., ddev->poll_tech_count is found to not
be zero by the events started by nfc_targets_found()),
an error message is printed and the target is not found.
A similar race exists when digital_tg_recv_atr_req()
calls nfc_tm_activated().
Fix this by first saving the current value of
ddev->poll_tech_count and then clearing it before
calling nfc_targets_found()/nfc_tm_activated().
Clearing ddev->poll_tech_count before calling
nfc_targets_found()/nfc_tm_activated() eliminates
the race. Saving the value is required so it can be
restored when nfc_targets_found()/nfc_tm_activated()
fails and polling needs to continue.
Acked-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In digital_in_recv_sel_res(), the code that determines
the tag type will interpret bits 7:6 (lsb being b1 as
per the Digital Specification) of a SEL RES set to 11b
as a Type 4 tag. This is okay except that the neard
will interpret the same value as an NFC-DEP device
(in src/tag.c:set_tag_type() in the neard source).
Make the digital layer's interpretation match neard's
interpretation by changing the order of the checks in
digital_in_recv_sel_res() so that a value of 11b in
bits 7:6 is interpreted as an NFC-DEP device instead
of a Type 4 tag.
Acked-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The variable ret does not need to be assigned when declaring it. So
remove this initial assignment.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When HCI_CONNECTABLE is set the code has been enabling passive scanning
in order to be consistent with BR/EDR and accept connections from any
device doing directed advertising to us. However, some hardware
(particularly CSR) can get very noisy even when doing duplicates
filtering, making this feature waste resources.
Considering that the feature is for fairly corner-case use (devices
who'd use directed advertising would likely be in the whitelist anyway)
it's better to disable it for now. It may still be brought back later,
possibly with a better implementation (e.g. through improved scan
parameters).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current code always selects XPRT_TRANSPORT_BC_TCP for the back
channel, even when the forward channel was not TCP (eg, RDMA). When
a 4.1 mount is attempted with RDMA, the server panics in the TCP BC
code when trying to send CB_NULL.
Instead, construct the transport protocol number from the forward
channel transport or'd with XPRT_TRANSPORT_BC. Transports that do
not support bi-directional RPC will not have registered a "BC"
transport, causing create_backchannel_client() to fail immediately.
Fixes: https://bugzilla.linux-nfs.org/show_bug.cgi?id=265
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The EOPNOTSUPP and ENOTSUPP errors are very similar in meaning, but
ENOTSUPP is a fairly new addition to POSIX. Not all libc versions know
about the value the kernel uses for ENOTSUPP so it's better to use
EOPNOTSUPP to ensure understandable error messages.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
tsc can be NULL (mac80211 currently always passes NULL),
resulting in NULL-dereference. check before copying it.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When lockdep isn't compiled, a local variable isn't used
(it's only in a macro argument), annotate it to suppress
the compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
v2: fixed issue with checking return of dcbnl_rtnl_ops->getapp()
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like other places, we need to cancel the nest attribute after
we start. Fortunately the netlink message will not be sent on
failure, so it's not a big problem at all.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Special kernel keys, such as those used to hold DNS results for AFS, CIFS and
NFS and those used to hold idmapper results for NFS, used to be
'invalidateable' with key_revoke(). However, since the default permissions for
keys were reduced:
Commit: 96b5c8fea6
KEYS: Reduce initial permissions on keys
it has become impossible to do this.
Add a key flag (KEY_FLAG_ROOT_CAN_INVAL) that will permit a key to be
invalidated by root. This should not be used for system keyrings as the
garbage collector will try and remove any invalidate key. For system keyrings,
KEY_FLAG_ROOT_CAN_CLEAR can be used instead.
After this, from userspace, keyctl_invalidate() and "keyctl invalidate" can be
used by any possessor of CAP_SYS_ADMIN (typically root) to invalidate DNS and
idmapper keys. Invalidated keys are immediately garbage collected and will be
immediately rerequested if needed again.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
When we're not pairable we should still allow us to act as initiators
for pairing, i.e. the HCI_PAIRABLE flag should only be affecting
incoming pairing attempts. This patch fixes the relevant checks for the
hci_io_capa_request_evt() and hci_pin_code_request_evt() functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Even though our side requests authentication, the original action that
caused it may be remotely triggered, such as an incoming L2CAP or RFCOMM
connect request. To track this information introduce a new hci_conn flag
called HCI_CONN_AUTH_INITIATOR.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We're interested in whether an authentication request is because of a
remote or local action. So far hci_conn_security() has been used both
for incoming and outgoing actions (e.g. RFCOMM or L2CAP connect
requests) so without some modifications it cannot know which peer is
responsible for requesting authentication.
This patch adds a new "bool initiator" parameter to hci_conn_security()
to indicate which side is responsible for the request and updates the
current users to pass this information correspondingly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When a new hci_conn object is created the remote SSP authentication
requirement is set to the invalid value 0xff to indicate that it is
unknown. Once pairing completes however the code was leaving it as-is.
In case a new pairing happens over the same connection it is important
that we reset the value back to unknown so that the pairing code doesn't
make false assumptions about the requirements.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the current process is exiting, lingering on socket close will make
it unkillable, so we should avoid it.
Reproducer:
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#define BTPROTO_L2CAP 0
#define BTPROTO_SCO 2
#define BTPROTO_RFCOMM 3
int main()
{
int fd;
struct linger ling;
fd = socket(PF_BLUETOOTH, SOCK_STREAM, BTPROTO_RFCOMM);
//or: fd = socket(PF_BLUETOOTH, SOCK_DGRAM, BTPROTO_L2CAP);
//or: fd = socket(PF_BLUETOOTH, SOCK_SEQPACKET, BTPROTO_SCO);
ling.l_onoff = 1;
ling.l_linger = 1000000000;
setsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_LINGER, &ling, sizeof(ling));
return 0;
}
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
If user space has a NoInputNoOutput IO capability it makes no sense to
bother it with confirmation requests. This patch updates both SSP and
SMP to check for the local IO capability before sending a user
confirmation request to user space.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Commit 6c53823ae0 reshuffled the way the
authentication requirement gets set in the hci_io_capa_request_evt()
function, but at the same time it failed to update an if-statement where
cp.authentication is used before it has been initialized. The correct
value the code should be looking for in this if-statement is
conn->auth_type.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.16
Generic netlink tables can be const.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many multicast sources can have the same port which can result in a very
large list when hashing by port only. Hash by address and port instead
if this is the case. This makes multicast more similar to unicast.
On a 24-core machine receiving from 500 multicast sockets on the same
port, before this patch 80% of system CPU was used up by spin locking
and only ~25% of packets were successfully delivered.
With this patch, all packets are delivered and kernel overhead is ~8%
system CPU on spinlocks.
Signed-off-by: David Held <drheld@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch to using sk_nulls_for_each which shortens the code and makes it
easier to update.
Signed-off-by: David Held <drheld@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the bool variable 'pass'.
If the swith case exist return true or return false.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change cleans up ndo_dflt_fdb_del to drop the ENOTSUPP return value since
that isn't actually returned anywhere in the code. As a result we are able to
drop a few lines by just defaulting this to -EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we run broadcast packets over dual bearers/interfaces, the
current transmission code is flipping bearers between each sent
packet, with the purpose of leveraging the double bandwidth
available. The receiving bclink is resequencing the packets if
needed, so all messages are delivered upwards from the broadcast
link in the correct order, even if they may arrive in concurrent
interrupts.
However, at the moment of delivery upwards to the socket, we release
all spinlocks (bclink_lock, node_lock), so it is still possible
that arriving messages bypass each other before they reach the socket
queue.
We fix this by applying the same technique we are using for unicast
traffic. We use a link selector (i.e., the last bit of sending port
number) to ensure that messages from the same sender socket always are
sent over the same bearer. This guarantees sequential delivery between
socket pairs, which is sufficient to satisfy the protocol spec, as well
as all known user requirements.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the previous commit, we can now give the functions with temporary
names, such as tipc_link_xmit2(), tipc_msg_build2() etc., their proper
names.
There are no functional changes in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can now remove a number of functions which have become obsolete
and unreferenced through this commit series. There are no functional
changes in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this commit, we convert the socket multicast send function to
directly call the new multicast/broadcast function (tipc_bclink_xmit2())
introduced in the previous commit. We do this instead of letting the
call go via the now obsolete tipc_port_mcast_xmit(), hence saving
a call level and some code complexity.
We also remove the initial destination lookup at the message sending
side, and replace that with an unconditional lookup at the receiving
side, including on the sending node itself. This makes the destination
lookup and message transfer more uniform than before.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We add a new broadcast link transmit function in bclink.c and a new
receive function in socket.c. The purpose is to move the branching
between external and internal destination down to the link layer,
just as we have done with unicast in earlier commits. We also make
use of the new link-independent fragmentation support that was
introduced in an earlier commit series.
This gives a shorter and simpler code path, and makes it possible
to obtain copy-free buffer delivery to all node local destination
sockets.
The new transmission code is added in parallel with the existing one,
and will be used by the socket multicast send function in the next
commit in this series.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We convert the link internal users (changeover protocol, broadcast
synchronization) to use the new packet send function.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a previous commit series ("tipc: new unicast transmission code")
we introduced a new message sending function, tipc_link_xmit2(),
and moved the unicast data users over to use that function. We now
let the internal name table distributor do the same.
The interaction between the name distributor and the node/link
layer also becomes significantly simpler, so we can eliminate
the function tipc_link_names_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, only the four high bits of the tclass were maintained in the
ipv6 case. This matches the behavior of ipv4, though whether or not we
should reflect ECN bits may be up for debate.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/nf_tables fixes
The following patchset contains nf_tables fixes, they are:
1) Fix wrong transaction handling when the table flags are not
modified.
2) Fix missing rcu read_lock section in the netlink dump path, which
is not protected by the nfnl_lock.
3) Set NLM_F_DUMP_INTR in the netlink dump path to indicate
interferences with updates.
4) Fix 64 bits chain counters when they are retrieved from a 32 bits
arch, from Eric Dumazet.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed a bug that was introduced by my GRE-GRO patch
(bf5a755f5e net-gre-gro: Add GRE
support to the GRO stack) that breaks the forwarding path
because various GSO related fields were not set. The bug will
cause on the egress path either the GSO code to fail, or a
GRE-TSO capable (NETIF_F_GSO_GRE) NICs to choke. The following
fix has been tested for both cases.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With support of SCTP_SNDINFO/SCTP_RCVINFO as described in RFC6458,
5.3.4/5.3.5, we can now deprecate SCTP_SNDRCV. The RFC already
declares it as deprecated:
This structure mixes the send and receive path. SCTP_SNDINFO
(described in Section 5.3.4) and SCTP_RCVINFO (described in
Section 5.3.5) split this information. These structures should
be used, when possible, since SCTP_SNDRCV is deprecated.
So whenever a user tries to subscribe to sctp_data_io_event via
setsockopt(2) which triggers inclusion of SCTP_SNDRCV cmsg_type,
issue a warning in the log.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements section 8.1.31. of RFC6458, which adds support
for setting/retrieving SCTP_DEFAULT_SNDINFO:
Applications that wish to use the sendto() system call may wish
to specify a default set of parameters that would normally be
supplied through the inclusion of ancillary data. This socket
option allows such an application to set the default sctp_sndinfo
structure. The application that wishes to use this socket option
simply passes the sctp_sndinfo structure (defined in Section 5.3.4)
to this call. The input parameters accepted by this call include
snd_sid, snd_flags, snd_ppid, and snd_context. The snd_flags
parameter is composed of a bitwise OR of SCTP_UNORDERED, SCTP_EOF,
and SCTP_SENDALL. The snd_assoc_id field specifies the association
to which to apply the parameters. For a one-to-many style socket,
any of the predefined constants are also allowed in this field.
The field is ignored for one-to-one style sockets.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Geir Ola Vaagland <geirola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements section 5.3.6. of RFC6458, that is, support
for 'SCTP Next Receive Information Structure' (SCTP_NXTINFO) which
is placed into ancillary data cmsghdr structure for each recvmsg()
call, if this information is already available when delivering the
current message.
This option can be enabled/disabled via setsockopt(2) on SOL_SCTP
level by setting an int value with 1/0 for SCTP_RECVNXTINFO in
user space applications as per RFC6458, section 8.1.30.
The sctp_nxtinfo structure is defined as per RFC as below ...
struct sctp_nxtinfo {
uint16_t nxt_sid;
uint16_t nxt_flags;
uint32_t nxt_ppid;
uint32_t nxt_length;
sctp_assoc_t nxt_assoc_id;
};
... and provided under cmsg_level IPPROTO_SCTP, cmsg_type
SCTP_NXTINFO, while cmsg_data[] contains struct sctp_nxtinfo.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Geir Ola Vaagland <geirola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements section 5.3.5. of RFC6458, that is, support
for 'SCTP Receive Information Structure' (SCTP_RCVINFO) which is
placed into ancillary data cmsghdr structure for each recvmsg()
call.
This option can be enabled/disabled via setsockopt(2) on SOL_SCTP
level by setting an int value with 1/0 for SCTP_RECVRCVINFO in user
space applications as per RFC6458, section 8.1.29.
The sctp_rcvinfo structure is defined as per RFC as below ...
struct sctp_rcvinfo {
uint16_t rcv_sid;
uint16_t rcv_ssn;
uint16_t rcv_flags;
<-- 2 bytes hole -->
uint32_t rcv_ppid;
uint32_t rcv_tsn;
uint32_t rcv_cumtsn;
uint32_t rcv_context;
sctp_assoc_t rcv_assoc_id;
};
... and provided under cmsg_level IPPROTO_SCTP, cmsg_type
SCTP_RCVINFO, while cmsg_data[] contains struct sctp_rcvinfo.
An sctp_rcvinfo item always corresponds to the data in msg_iov.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Geir Ola Vaagland <geirola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements section 5.3.4. of RFC6458, that is, support
for 'SCTP Send Information Structure' (SCTP_SNDINFO) which can be
placed into ancillary data cmsghdr structure for sendmsg() calls.
The sctp_sndinfo structure is defined as per RFC as below ...
struct sctp_sndinfo {
uint16_t snd_sid;
uint16_t snd_flags;
uint32_t snd_ppid;
uint32_t snd_context;
sctp_assoc_t snd_assoc_id;
};
... and supplied under cmsg_level IPPROTO_SCTP, cmsg_type
SCTP_SNDINFO, while cmsg_data[] contains struct sctp_sndinfo.
An sctp_sndinfo item always corresponds to the data in msg_iov.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Geir Ola Vaagland <geirola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should check the blacklist no matter what, meaning also when we're
not connectable. This patch fixes the respective logic in the function
making the decision whether to accept a connection or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It is currently not possible for various wait_on_bit functions
to implement a timeout.
While the "action" function that is called to do the waiting
could certainly use schedule_timeout(), there is no way to carry
forward the remaining timeout after a false wake-up.
As false-wakeups a clearly possible at least due to possible
hash collisions in bit_waitqueue(), this is a real problem.
The 'action' function is currently passed a pointer to the word
containing the bit being waited on. No current action functions
use this pointer. So changing it to something else will be a
little noisy but will have no immediate effect.
This patch changes the 'action' function to take a pointer to
the "struct wait_bit_key", which contains a pointer to the word
containing the bit so nothing is really lost.
It also adds a 'private' field to "struct wait_bit_key", which
is initialized to zero.
An action function can now implement a timeout with something
like
static int timed_out_waiter(struct wait_bit_key *key)
{
unsigned long waited;
if (key->private == 0) {
key->private = jiffies;
if (key->private == 0)
key->private -= 1;
}
waited = jiffies - key->private;
if (waited > 10 * HZ)
return -EAGAIN;
schedule_timeout(waited - 10 * HZ);
return 0;
}
If any other need for context in a waiter were found it would be
easy to use ->private for some other purpose, or even extend
"struct wait_bit_key".
My particular need is to support timeouts in nfs_release_page()
to avoid deadlocks with loopback mounted NFS.
While wait_on_bit_timeout() would be a cleaner interface, it
will not meet my need. I need the timeout to be sensitive to
the state of the connection with the server, which could change.
So I need to use an 'action' interface.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Steve French <sfrench@samba.org>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20140707051604.28027.41257.stgit@notabene.brown
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
The current "wait_on_bit" interface requires an 'action'
function to be provided which does the actual waiting.
There are over 20 such functions, many of them identical.
Most cases can be satisfied by one of just two functions, one
which uses io_schedule() and one which just uses schedule().
So:
Rename wait_on_bit and wait_on_bit_lock to
wait_on_bit_action and wait_on_bit_lock_action
to make it explicit that they need an action function.
Introduce new wait_on_bit{,_lock} and wait_on_bit{,_lock}_io
which are *not* given an action function but implicitly use
a standard one.
The decision to error-out if a signal is pending is now made
based on the 'mode' argument rather than being encoded in the action
function.
All instances of the old wait_on_bit and wait_on_bit_lock which
can use the new version have been changed accordingly and their
action functions have been discarded.
wait_on_bit{_lock} does not return any specific error code in the
event of a signal so the caller must check for non-zero and
interpolate their own error code as appropriate.
The wait_on_bit() call in __fscache_wait_on_invalidate() was
ambiguous as it specified TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE but used
fscache_wait_bit_interruptible as an action function.
David Howells confirms this should be uniformly
"uninterruptible"
The main remaining user of wait_on_bit{,_lock}_action is NFS
which needs to use a freezer-aware schedule() call.
A comment in fs/gfs2/glock.c notes that having multiple 'action'
functions is useful as they display differently in the 'wchan'
field of 'ps'. (and /proc/$PID/wchan).
As the new bit_wait{,_io} functions are tagged "__sched", they
will not show up at all, but something higher in the stack. So
the distinction will still be visible, only with different
function names (gds2_glock_wait versus gfs2_glock_dq_wait in the
gfs2/glock.c case).
Since first version of this patch (against 3.15) two new action
functions appeared, on in NFS and one in CIFS. CIFS also now
uses an action function that makes the same freezer aware
schedule call as NFS.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> (fscache, keys)
Acked-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com> (gfs2)
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Steve French <sfrench@samba.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20140707051603.28027.72349.stgit@notabene.brown
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
When we have at least one LE slave connection most (probably all)
controllers will refuse to initiate any new connections. To avoid
unnecessary failures simply check for this situation up-front and skip
the connection attempt.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to be able to track slave vs master LE connections in
hci_conn_hash, and to be able to do that we need to know the role of the
connection by the time hci_conn_add_has() is called. This means in
practice the hci_conn_add() call that creates the hci_conn_object.
This patch adds a new role parameter to hci_conn_add() function to give
the object its initial role value, and updates the callers to pass the
appropriate role to it. Since the function now takes care of
initializing both conn->role and conn->out values we can remove some
other unnecessary assignments.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To make the code more understandable it makes sense to use the new HCI
defines for connection role instead of a "bool master" parameter. This
makes it immediately clear when looking at the function calls what the
last parameter is describing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Having a dedicated u8 role variable in the hci_conn struct greatly
simplifies tracking of the role, since this is the native way that it's
represented on the HCI level.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All HCI commands and events, including LE ones, use 0x00 for master role
and 0x01 for slave role. It makes therefore sense to add generic defines
for these instead of the current LE_CONN_ROLE_MASTER. Having clean
defines will also make it possible to provide simpler internal APIs.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This code section cannot compile as it refer to non existing variable
It also pre-date git history.
Signed-off-by: Yannick Brosseau <scientist@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Fix checkpatch warning:
WARNING: kfree(NULL) is safe this check is probably not required
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
commit 8f4e0a1868 ("IPVS netns exit causes crash in conntrack")
added second ip_vs_conn_drop_conntrack call instead of just adding
the needed check. As result, the first call still can cause
crash on netns exit. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add SO_TIMESTAMPING to sockets of type PF_INET[6]/SOCK_RAW:
Add the necessary sock_tx_timestamp calls to the datapath for RAW
sockets (ping sockets already had these calls).
Fix the IP output path to pass the timestamp flags on the first
fragment also for these sockets. The existing code relies on
transhdrlen != 0 to indicate a first fragment. For these sockets,
that assumption does not hold.
This fixes http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=77221
Tested SOCK_RAW on IPv4 and IPv6, not PING.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since Yuchung's 9b44190dc1 (tcp: refactor F-RTO), tcp_enter_cwr is always
called with set_ssthresh = 1. Thus, we can remove this argument from
tcp_enter_cwr. Further, as we remove this one, tcp_init_cwnd_reduction
is then always called with set_ssthresh = true, and so we can get rid of
this argument as well.
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This passes down NET_NAME_USER (or NET_NAME_ENUM) to alloc_netdev(),
for any device created over rtnetlink.
v9: restore reverse-christmas-tree order of local variables
Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on a patch from David Herrmann.
This is the only place devices can be renamed.
v9: restore revers-christmas-tree order of local variables
Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Reviewed-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on a patch by David Herrmann.
The name_assign_type attribute gives hints where the interface name of a
given net-device comes from. These values are currently defined:
NET_NAME_ENUM:
The ifname is provided by the kernel with an enumerated
suffix, typically based on order of discovery. Names may
be reused and unpredictable.
NET_NAME_PREDICTABLE:
The ifname has been assigned by the kernel in a predictable way
that is guaranteed to avoid reuse and always be the same for a
given device. Examples include statically created devices like
the loopback device and names deduced from hardware properties
(including being given explicitly by the firmware). Names
depending on the order of discovery, or in any other way on the
existence of other devices, must not be marked as PREDICTABLE.
NET_NAME_USER:
The ifname was provided by user-space during net-device setup.
NET_NAME_RENAMED:
The net-device has been renamed from userspace. Once this type is set,
it cannot change again.
NET_NAME_UNKNOWN:
This is an internal placeholder to indicate that we yet haven't yet
categorized the name. It will not be exposed to userspace, rather
-EINVAL is returned.
The aim of these patches is to improve user-space renaming of interfaces. As
a general rule, userspace must rename interfaces to guarantee that names stay
the same every time a given piece of hardware appears (at boot, or when
attaching it). However, there are several situations where userspace should
not perform the renaming, and that depends on both the policy of the local
admin, but crucially also on the nature of the current interface name.
If an interface was created in repsonse to a userspace request, and userspace
already provided a name, we most probably want to leave that name alone. The
main instance of this is wifi-P2P devices created over nl80211, which currently
have a long-standing bug where they are getting renamed by udev. We label such
names NET_NAME_USER.
If an interface, unbeknown to us, has already been renamed from userspace, we
most probably want to leave also that alone. This will typically happen when
third-party plugins (for instance to udev, but the interface is generic so could
be from anywhere) renames the interface without informing udev about it. A
typical situation is when you switch root from an installer or an initrd to the
real system and the new instance of udev does not know what happened before
the switch. These types of problems have caused repeated issues in the past. To
solve this, once an interface has been renamed, its name is labelled
NET_NAME_RENAMED.
In many cases, the kernel is actually able to name interfaces in such a
way that there is no need for userspace to rename them. This is the case when
the enumeration order of devices, or in fact any other (non-parent) device on
the system, can not influence the name of the interface. Examples include
statically created devices, or any naming schemes based on hardware properties
of the interface. In this case the admin may prefer to use the kernel-provided
names, and to make that possible we label such names NET_NAME_PREDICTABLE.
We want the kernel to have tho possibilty of performing predictable interface
naming itself (and exposing to userspace that it has), as the information
necessary for a proper naming scheme for a certain class of devices may not
be exposed to userspace.
The case where renaming is almost certainly desired, is when the kernel has
given the interface a name using global device enumeration based on order of
discovery (ethX, wlanY, etc). These naming schemes are labelled NET_NAME_ENUM.
Lastly, a fallback is left as NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, to indicate that a driver has
not yet been ported. This is mostly useful as a transitionary measure, allowing
us to label the various naming schemes bit by bit.
v8: minor documentation fixes
v9: move comment to the right commit
Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Reviewed-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Bluetooth pairing fixes from Johan Hedberg.
2) ieee80211_send_auth() doesn't allocate enough tail room for the SKB,
from Max Stepanov.
3) New iwlwifi chip IDs, from Oren Givon.
4) bnx2x driver reads wrong PCI config space MSI register, from Yijing
Wang.
5) IPV6 MLD Query validation isn't strong enough, from Hangbin Liu.
6) Fix double SKB free in openvswitch, from Andy Zhou.
7) Fix sk_dst_set() being racey with UDP sockets, leading to strange
crashes, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Interpret the NAPI budget correctly in the new systemport driver,
from Florian Fainelli.
9) VLAN code frees percpu stats in the wrong place, leading to crashes
in the get stats handler. From Eric Dumazet.
10) TCP sockets doing a repair can crash with a divide by zero, because
we invoke tcp_push() with an MSS value of zero. Just skip that part
of the sendmsg paths in repair mode. From Christoph Paasch.
11) IRQ affinity bug fixes in mlx4 driver from Amir Vadai.
12) Don't ignore path MTU icmp messages with a zero mtu, machines out
there still spit them out, and all of our per-protocol handlers for
PMTU can cope with it just fine. From Edward Allcutt.
13) Some NETDEV_CHANGE notifier invocations were not passing in the
correct kind of cookie as the argument, from Loic Prylli.
14) Fix crashes in long multicast/broadcast reassembly, from Jon Paul
Maloy.
15) ip_tunnel_lookup() doesn't interpret wildcard keys correctly, fix
from Dmitry Popov.
16) Fix skb->sk assigned without taking a reference to 'sk' in
appletalk, from Andrey Utkin.
17) Fix some info leaks in ULP event signalling to userspace in SCTP,
from Daniel Borkmann.
18) Fix deadlocks in HSO driver, from Olivier Sobrie.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (93 commits)
hso: fix deadlock when receiving bursts of data
hso: remove unused workqueue
net: ppp: don't call sk_chk_filter twice
mlx4: mark napi id for gro_skb
bonding: fix ad_select module param check
net: pppoe: use correct channel MTU when using Multilink PPP
neigh: sysctl - simplify address calculation of gc_* variables
net: sctp: fix information leaks in ulpevent layer
MAINTAINERS: update r8169 maintainer
net: bcmgenet: fix RGMII_MODE_EN bit
tipc: clear 'next'-pointer of message fragments before reassembly
r8152: fix r8152_csum_workaround function
be2net: set EQ DB clear-intr bit in be_open()
GRE: enable offloads for GRE
farsync: fix invalid memory accesses in fst_add_one() and fst_init_card()
igb: do a reset on SR-IOV re-init if device is down
igb: Workaround for i210 Errata 25: Slow System Clock
usbnet: smsc95xx: add reset_resume function with reset operation
dp83640: Always decode received status frames
r8169: disable L23
...
Currently, cftypes added by cgroup_add_cftypes() are used for both the
unified default hierarchy and legacy ones and subsystems can mark each
file with either CFTYPE_ONLY_ON_DFL or CFTYPE_INSANE if it has to
appear only on one of them. This is quite hairy and error-prone.
Also, we may end up exposing interface files to the default hierarchy
without thinking it through.
cgroup_subsys will grow two separate cftype addition functions and
apply each only on the hierarchies of the matching type. This will
allow organizing cftypes in a lot clearer way and encourage subsystems
to scrutinize the interface which is being exposed in the new default
hierarchy.
In preparation, this patch adds cgroup_add_legacy_cftypes() which
currently is a simple wrapper around cgroup_add_cftypes() and replaces
all cgroup_add_cftypes() usages with it.
While at it, this patch drops a completely spurious return from
__hugetlb_cgroup_file_init().
This patch doesn't introduce any functional differences.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Currently, cgroup_subsys->base_cftypes is used for both the unified
default hierarchy and legacy ones and subsystems can mark each file
with either CFTYPE_ONLY_ON_DFL or CFTYPE_INSANE if it has to appear
only on one of them. This is quite hairy and error-prone. Also, we
may end up exposing interface files to the default hierarchy without
thinking it through.
cgroup_subsys will grow two separate cftype arrays and apply each only
on the hierarchies of the matching type. This will allow organizing
cftypes in a lot clearer way and encourage subsystems to scrutinize
the interface which is being exposed in the new default hierarchy.
In preparation, this patch renames cgroup_subsys->base_cftypes to
cgroup_subsys->legacy_cftypes. This patch is pure rename.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@kernel.org>
Cc: Aristeu Rozanski <aris@redhat.com>
Cc: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The check for the blacklist in hci_le_conn_complete_evt() should be when
we know that we have an actual successful connection (ev->status being
non-zero). This patch fixes this ordering.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The params variable was just used for storing the return value from the
hci_pend_le_action_lookup() function and then checking whether it's NULL
or not. We can simplify the code by checking the return value directly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The l2tp [get|set]sockopt() code has fallen back to the UDP functions
for socket option levels != SOL_PPPOL2TP since day one, but that has
never actually worked, since the l2tp socket isn't an inet socket.
As David Miller points out:
"If we wanted this to work, it'd have to look up the tunnel and then
use tunnel->sk, but I wonder how useful that would be"
Since this can never have worked so nobody could possibly have depended
on that functionality, just remove the broken code and return -EINVAL.
Reported-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Acked-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Phil Turnbull <phil.turnbull@oracle.com>
Cc: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com>
Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
In l2tp driver call common function udp_sock_create to create the
listener UDP port.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added udp_tunnel.c which can contain some common functions for UDP
tunnels. The first function in this is udp_sock_create which is used
to open the listener port for a UDP tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code in neigh_sysctl_register() relies on a specific layout of
struct neigh_table, namely that the 'gc_*' variables are directly
following the 'parms' member in a specific order. The code, though,
expresses this in the most ugly way.
Get rid of the ugly casts and use the 'tbl' pointer to get a handle to
the table. This way we can refer to the 'gc_*' variables directly.
Similarly seen in the grsecurity patch, written by Brad Spengler.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Cc: Brad Spengler <spender@grsecurity.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on some other SCTP code, I noticed that some
structures shared with user space are leaking uninitialized
stack or heap buffer. In particular, struct sctp_sndrcvinfo
has a 2 bytes hole between .sinfo_flags and .sinfo_ppid that
remains unfilled by us in sctp_ulpevent_read_sndrcvinfo() when
putting this into cmsg. But also struct sctp_remote_error
contains a 2 bytes hole that we don't fill but place into a skb
through skb_copy_expand() via sctp_ulpevent_make_remote_error().
Both structures are defined by the IETF in RFC6458:
* Section 5.3.2. SCTP Header Information Structure:
The sctp_sndrcvinfo structure is defined below:
struct sctp_sndrcvinfo {
uint16_t sinfo_stream;
uint16_t sinfo_ssn;
uint16_t sinfo_flags;
<-- 2 bytes hole -->
uint32_t sinfo_ppid;
uint32_t sinfo_context;
uint32_t sinfo_timetolive;
uint32_t sinfo_tsn;
uint32_t sinfo_cumtsn;
sctp_assoc_t sinfo_assoc_id;
};
* 6.1.3. SCTP_REMOTE_ERROR:
A remote peer may send an Operation Error message to its peer.
This message indicates a variety of error conditions on an
association. The entire ERROR chunk as it appears on the wire
is included in an SCTP_REMOTE_ERROR event. Please refer to the
SCTP specification [RFC4960] and any extensions for a list of
possible error formats. An SCTP error notification has the
following format:
struct sctp_remote_error {
uint16_t sre_type;
uint16_t sre_flags;
uint32_t sre_length;
uint16_t sre_error;
<-- 2 bytes hole -->
sctp_assoc_t sre_assoc_id;
uint8_t sre_data[];
};
Fix this by setting both to 0 before filling them out. We also
have other structures shared between user and kernel space in
SCTP that contains holes (e.g. struct sctp_paddrthlds), but we
copy that buffer over from user space first and thus don't need
to care about it in that cases.
While at it, we can also remove lengthy comments copied from
the draft, instead, we update the comment with the correct RFC
number where one can look it up.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the null test on ctrl. ctrl is initialized at the
beginning of the function to &session->ctrl. Since session is
dereferenced prior to the null test, session must be a valid pointer,
and &session->ctrl cannot be null.
The following Coccinelle script is used for detecting the change:
@r@
expression e,f;
identifier g,y;
statement S1,S2;
@@
*e = &f->g
<+...
f->y
...+>
*if (e != NULL || ...)
S1 else S2
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the case that the key distribution bits cause us not to generate a
local LTK we should not try to re-encrypt if we're currently encrypted
with an STK. This patch fixes the check for this in the
smp_sufficient_security function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The sco_chan_get helper function is only used in two places and really
only protects conn->sk with a lock. So instead of hiding that fact,
just put the actual code in place where it is used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Use generic u64_stats_sync infrastructure to get proper 64bit stats,
even on 32bit arches, at no extra cost for 64bit arches.
Without this fix, 32bit arches can have some wrong counters at the time
the carry is propagated into upper word.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
An updater may interfer with the dumping of any of the object lists.
Fix this by using a per-net generation counter and use the
nl_dump_check_consistent() interface so the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR flag is set
to notify userspace that it has to restart the dump since an updater
has interfered.
This patch also replaces the existing consistency checking code in the
rule dumping path since it is broken. Basically, the value that the
dump callback returns is not propagated to userspace via
netlink_dump_start().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The dump operation through netlink is not protected by the nfnl_lock.
Thus, a reader process can be dumping any of the existing object
lists while another process can be updating the list content.
This patch resolves this situation by protecting all the object
lists with RCU in the netlink dump path which is the reader side.
The updater path is already protected via nfnl_lock, so use list
manipulation RCU-safe operations.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add const attribute to filter argument to make clear it is no
longer modified.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.17 stream...
This is primarily a Bluetooth pull. Gustavo says:
"A lot of patches to 3.17. The bulk of changes here are for LE support.
The 6loWPAN over Bluetooth now has it own module, we also have support for
background auto-connection and passive scanning, Bluetooth device address
provisioning, support for reading Bluetooth clock values and LE connection
parameters plus many many fixes."
The balance is just a pull of the wireless.git tree, to avoid some
pending merge problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The spinlock protecting the L2CAP ident number can be converted into
a mutex since the whole processing is run in a workqueue. So instead
of using a spinlock, just use a mutex here.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The forward declaration of sco_chan_del is not needed and thus just
remove it. Move sco_chan_del into the proper location.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The forward declaration of __sco_chan_add is not needed and thus just
remove it. Move __sco_chan_add into the proper location.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The allocation of inquiry cache entries is triggered as a result of
processing HCI events. Since the processing is done in the context
of a workqueue, there is no needed to allocate with GFP_ATOMIC in
that case. Switch it to GFP_KERNEL.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The support for LE encryption is optional and with that also the
LE Long Term Key Request event. If encryption is not supported, then
do not bother enabling this event.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The support for LE encryption is optional. When encryption is not
supported then also do not enable the encryption related events.
This moves the event mask setting to the third initialization
stage to ensure that the LE features are available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Read LE Advertising Channel TX Power command is not mandatory for
a Bluetooth HCI controller only supporting receiption. Move the command
to the third stage of the controller initialization and only execute it
when support for it has been indicated.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Drop cast on the result of kmalloc and similar functions.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
type T;
@@
- (T *)
(\(kmalloc\|kzalloc\|kcalloc\|kmem_cache_alloc\|kmem_cache_zalloc\|
kmem_cache_alloc_node\|kmalloc_node\|kzalloc_node\)(...))
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
...and add an new rpc_auth function to call it when it exists. This
is only applicable for AUTH_GSS mechanisms, so we only specify this
for those sorts of credentials.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@poochiereds.net>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
If rpc.gssd sends us an acceptor name string trailing the context token,
stash it as part of the context.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@poochiereds.net>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
This patch moves generic code which is used by bluetooth and ieee802154
6lowpan to a new net/6lowpan directory. This directory contains generic
6LoWPAN code which is shared between bluetooth and ieee802154 MAC-Layer.
This is the IPHC - "IPv6 Header Compression" format at the moment. Which
is described by RFC 6282 [0]. The BLTE 6LoWPAN draft describes that the
IPHC is the same format like IEEE 802.15.4, see [1].
Futuremore we can put more code into this directory which is shared
between BLTE and IEEE 802.15.4 6LoWPAN like RFC 6775 or the routing
protocol RPL RFC 6550.
To avoid naming conflicts I renamed 6lowpan-y to ieee802154_6lowpan-y
in net/ieee802154/Makefile.
[0] http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6282
[1] http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-6lowpan-btle-12#section-3.2
[2] http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6775
[3] http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6550
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The semantic patch that makes this transformation is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@ expression e; @@
-if (e) BUG();
+BUG_ON(e);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The semantic patch that makes the transformation is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@ expression e; @@
-if (e) BUG();
+BUG_ON(e);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a possibility for userspace to set various (so far
two) modes of generating addresses. This is useful for example for
NetworkManager because it can set the mode to NONE and take care of link
local addresses itself. That allow it to have the interface up,
monitoring carrier but still don't have any addresses on it.
One more use-case by Dan Williams:
<quote>
WWAN devices often have their LL address provided by the firmware of the
device, which sometimes refuses to respond to incorrect LL addresses
when doing DHCPv6 or IPv6 ND. The kernel cannot generate the correct LL
address for two reasons:
1) WWAN pseudo-ethernet interfaces often construct a fake MAC address,
or read a meaningless MAC address from the firmware. Thus the EUI64 and
the IPv6LL address the kernel assigns will be wrong. The real LL
address is often retrieved from the firmware with AT or proprietary
commands.
2) WWAN PPP interfaces receive their LL address from IPV6CP, not from
kernel assignments. Only after IPV6CP has completed do we know the LL
address of the PPP interface and its peer. But the kernel has already
assigned an incorrect LL address to the interface.
So being able to suppress the kernel LL address generation and assign
the one retrieved from the firmware is less complicated and more robust.
</quote>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MacAddressB is an array (unsigned char MacAddressB[ETH_ALEN]) and is allocated
as a part of *node_dst (which is a struct hsr_node). So the condition is always
false.
Detected by Dan Carpenter.
Signed-off-by: Arvid Brodin <arvid.brodin@alten.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the 'next' pointer of the last fragment buffer in a message is not
zeroed before reassembly, we risk ending up with a corrupt message,
since the reassembly function itself isn't doing this.
Currently, when a buffer is retrieved from the deferred queue of the
broadcast link, the next pointer is not cleared, with the result as
described above.
This commit corrects this, and thereby fixes a bug that may occur when
long broadcast messages are transmitted across dual interfaces. The bug
has been present since 40ba3cdf54 ("tipc:
message reassembly using fragment chain")
This commit should be applied to both net and net-next.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To get offloads to work with Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE), the
outer transport header has to be reset after skb_push is done. This
patch has the support for this fix and hence GRE offloading.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Joseph Gasparakis <joseph.gasparakis@intel.com>
Tested-By: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function send_write() must stop creating sges when it reaches the device
max and return the amount sent in the RDMA Write to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
When we need to make the decision whether to perform just-works or real
user confirmation we need to know the exact local authentication
requirement that was passed to the controller. So far conn->auth_type
(the local requirement) wasn't in one case updated appropriately in fear
of the user confirmation being rejected later.
The real problem however was not really that conn->auth_type couldn't
represent the true value but that we were checking the local MITM
requirement in an incorrect way. It's perfectly fine to let auth_type
follow what we tell the controller since we're still tracking the target
security level with conn->pending_sec_level.
This patch updates the check for local MITM requirement in the
hci_user_confirm_request_evt function to use the locally requested
security level and ensures that auth_type always represents what we tell
the controller. All other code in hci_user_confirm_request_evt still
uses the auth_type instead of pending_sec_level for determining whether
to do just-works or not, since that's the only value that's in sync with
what the remote device knows.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.16
There is no external user of the SCO timeout constants and thus
move them into net/bluetooth/sco.c where they are actuallu used.
In addition just remove SCO_CONN_IDLE_TIMEOUT since it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There exists no external user of struct sco_conn and thus move
it into the one place that is actually using it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There exists no external user of struct sco_pinfo and sco_pi and
thus move it into the one place that is actually using it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The list of L2CAP fixed channels increased with newer versions of the
specification. This just updates the constants for it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The internals of the HCI request framework should not be leaking to
its users. Move them all into net/bluetooth/hci_core.c and provide
a simple hci_req_pending helper function for the one user outside
the framework.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There exists no external user of struct hci_pinfo and hci_pi and thus
move it into the one place that is actually using it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_sec_filter socket filter details do not change. They are fixed
and with that they can also be delcared as const.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There is only single location using struct hci_sec_filter and with
that there is no point in putting this declaration into a global
header file. So move it right next to its user and make the code
a lot more simpler.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
d9333196572(ipv6: Allow accepting RA from local IP addresses.) made the wrong
check, whether or not to accept RA with source-addr found on local machine, when
accept_ra_from_local is 0.
Fixes: d9333196572(ipv6: Allow accepting RA from local IP addresses.)
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since at least before 2.6.30, it has not been possible to observe
a hung up file pointer in a tty driver's open() method unless/until
the driver open() releases the tty_lock() (eg., before blocking).
This is because tty_open() adds the file pointer while holding
the tty_lock() _and_ doesn't release the lock until after calling
the tty driver's open() method. [ Before tty_lock(), this was
lock_kernel(). ]
Since __tty_hangup() first waits on the tty_lock() before
enumerating and hanging up the open file pointers, either
__tty_hangup() will wait for the tty_lock() or tty_open() will
not yet have added the file pointer. For example,
CPU 0 | CPU 1
|
tty_open | __tty_hangup
.. | ..
tty_lock | ..
tty_reopen | tty_lock / blocks
.. |
tty_add_file(tty, filp) |
.. |
tty->ops->open(tty, filp) |
tty_port_open |
tty_port_block_til_ready |
.. |
while (1) |
.. |
tty_unlock | / unblocks
schedule | for each filp on tty->tty_files
| f_ops = tty_hung_up_fops;
| ..
| tty_unlock
tty_lock |
.. |
tty_unlock |
Note that since tty_port_block_til_ready() and similar drop
the tty_lock while blocking, when woken, the file pointer
must then be tested for having been hung up.
Also, fix bit-rotted drivers that used extra_count to track the
port->count bump.
CC: Mikael Starvik <starvik@axis.com>
CC: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Nilsson <jesper.nilsson@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Actually better than brctl showmacs because we can filter by bridge
port in the kernel.
The current bridge netlink interface doesnt scale when you have many
bridges each with large fdbs or even bridges with many bridge ports
And now for the science non-fiction novel you have all been
waiting for..
//lets see what bridge ports we have
root@moja-1:/configs/may30-iprt/bridge# ./bridge link show
8: eth1 state DOWN : <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 master br0 state
disabled priority 32 cost 19
17: sw1-p1 state DOWN : <BROADCAST,NOARP> mtu 1500 master br0 state
disabled priority 32 cost 100
// show all..
root@moja-1:/configs/may30-iprt/bridge# ./bridge fdb show
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev bond0 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev dummy0 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev ifb0 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev ifb1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev eth0 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev eth0 self permanent
33:33:ff:22:01:01 dev eth0 self permanent
02:00:00:12:01:02 dev eth1 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
00:17:42:8a:b4:05 dev eth1 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
00:17:42:8a:b4:07 dev eth1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev eth1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev gretap0 self permanent
da:ac:46:27:d9:53 dev sw1-p1 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev sw1-p1 self permanent
//filter by bridge
root@moja-1:/configs/may30-iprt/bridge# ./bridge fdb show br br0
02:00:00:12:01:02 dev eth1 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
00:17:42:8a:b4:05 dev eth1 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
00:17:42:8a:b4:07 dev eth1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev eth1 self permanent
da:ac:46:27:d9:53 dev sw1-p1 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev sw1-p1 self permanent
// bridge sw1 has no ports attached..
root@moja-1:/configs/may30-iprt/bridge# ./bridge fdb show br sw1
//filter by port
root@moja-1:/configs/may30-iprt/bridge# ./bridge fdb show brport eth1
02:00:00:12:01:02 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
00:17:42:8a:b4:05 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
00:17:42:8a:b4:07 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 self permanent
// filter by port + bridge
root@moja-1:/configs/may30-iprt/bridge# ./bridge fdb show br br0 brport
sw1-p1
da:ac:46:27:d9:53 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 self permanent
// for shits and giggles (as they say in New Brunswick), lets
// change the mac that br0 uses
// Note: a magical fdb entry with no brport is added ...
root@moja-1:/configs/may30-iprt/bridge# ip link set dev br0 address
02:00:00:12:01:04
// lets see if we can see the unicorn ..
root@moja-1:/configs/may30-iprt/bridge# ./bridge fdb show
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev bond0 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev dummy0 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev ifb0 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev ifb1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev eth0 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev eth0 self permanent
33:33:ff:22:01:01 dev eth0 self permanent
02:00:00:12:01:02 dev eth1 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
00:17:42:8a:b4:05 dev eth1 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
00:17:42:8a:b4:07 dev eth1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev eth1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev gretap0 self permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 vlan 0 master br0 permanent <=== there it is
da:ac:46:27:d9:53 dev sw1-p1 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev sw1-p1 self permanent
//can we see it if we filter by bridge?
root@moja-1:/configs/may30-iprt/bridge# ./bridge fdb show br br0
02:00:00:12:01:02 dev eth1 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
00:17:42:8a:b4:05 dev eth1 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
00:17:42:8a:b4:07 dev eth1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev eth1 self permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 vlan 0 master br0 permanent <=== there it is
da:ac:46:27:d9:53 dev sw1-p1 vlan 0 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev sw1-p1 self permanent
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dumping a bridge fdb dumps every fdb entry
held. With this change we are going to filter
on selected bridge port.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the controller is brought up using legacy ioctl, the setting of
the HCI_PAIRABLE flag should happen then. Previously it was set during
enumeration and when retrieving device information.
This change also will not set the HCI_PAIRABLE flag when the controller
is used with the HCI User Channel operation.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
During the initial setup phase, the controller is powered on and will
be powered off again if it is not used within the auto-off timeout.
Userspace using ioctl does not know about the difference between the
initial setup phase and a controller being present. It is a bad idea
to keep the controller powered by just looking at the device list or
device information. Instead just tell userspace that the controller
is still down.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Set Connectable/Discoverable mgmt handlers use a hci_request with a
proper callback to handle the HCI command sending. It makes therefore
little sense to have this extra function to be called from hci_event.c
for command failures.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the HCISETSCAN ioctl is the only non-mgmt user we care about for
setting the right discoverable state we can simply do the necessary
updates in the ioctl handler function instead. This then allows the
removal of the mgmt_discoverable function and should simplify that state
handling considerably.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With subsequent patches we'll also need to update the discoverable
state. As the code grows bigger it's better to move this out from the
switch statement into its own function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The mgmt_connectable function has been used to ensure that the right
actions to HCI_CONNECTABLE are taken when the HCI_Write_Scan_Enable
command is triggered by something else than mgmt. The only other user
that we really care about is the HCISETSCAN ioctl code, so we can
actually more simply perform the needed changes there instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The code for updating the HCI_CONNECTABLE flag was incorrectly using
test_and_set_bit instead of test_and_clear_bit when HCI_CONNECTABLE is
to be cleared.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the remote device tries to initiate bonding with us and we don't have
HCI_PAIRABLE set we should just flat out reject the request. This brings
SMP in line with how the flag is used for BR/EDR SSP.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we change the connectable state and have advertising enabled we
should update the advertising parameters no matter what. The code was
incorrectly only updating them if advertising was not already active.
This patch fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It is only tested, and declared, in the bootp code.
So, in ic_dynamic() guard it's setting with IPCONFIG_BOOTP.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netlink_dump() returns a negative errno value on error. Until now,
netlink_recvmsg() directly recorded that negative value in sk->sk_err, but
that's wrong since sk_err takes positive errno values. (This manifests as
userspace receiving a positive return value from the recv() system call,
falsely indicating success.) This bug was introduced in the commit that
started checking the netlink_dump() return value, commit b44d211 (netlink:
handle errors from netlink_dump()).
Multithreaded Netlink dumps are one way to trigger this behavior in
practice, as described in the commit message for the userspace workaround
posted here:
http://openvswitch.org/pipermail/dev/2014-June/042339.html
This commit also fixes the same bug in netlink_poll(), introduced in commit
cd1df525d (netlink: add flow control for memory mapped I/O).
Signed-off-by: Ben Pfaff <blp@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ic_dev_xid is only used in __init ic_bootp_recv under IPCONFIG_BOOTP
and __init ic_dynamic under IPCONFIG_DYNAMIC(which is itself defined
with the same IPCONFIG_BOOTP)
This patch fixes the following warning when IPCONFIG_BOOTP is not set:
>> net/ipv4/ipconfig.c:146:15: warning: 'ic_dev_xid' defined but not used [-Wunused-variable]
static __be32 ic_dev_xid; /* Device under configuration */
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the SMP context is created all flags default to zero. To determine
that we are the initiators it's therefore best to simply change the flag
value when we know we're sending the first SMP PDU. Clearing the flag
when receiving a Pairing Request is not correct since the request may be
a response to a previous Security Request from us (for which we would
already have correctly set the flag). Same goes for receiving a Security
Request which may be coming after us already starting pairing by sending
a Pairing Request.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Whether we bond or not should not have any impact on the user
interaction model. This patch removes an incorrect fall-back from
JUST_CFM to JUST_WORKS in case we're not bonding.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For incoming requests we want to let the user know that pairing is
happening since otherwise there could be access to MEDIUM security
services without any user interaction at all. Therefore, set the
selected method to JUST_CFM instead of JUST_WORKS and let it be
converted back to JUST_WORKS later if we are the initators.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When ERTM support is disabled, then do not even send ERTM configuration
option even if the remote side supports it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the white list is in use the code would not update the
HCI_CONNECTABLE flag if it gets changed through the ioctl code (e.g.
hciconfig hci0 pscan). Since the flag is important for properly
accepting incoming connections add code to fix it up if necessary and
emit a New Settings mgmt event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for looking up entries in the white list when
HCI_CONNECTABLE is not set. The logic is fairly simple: if we're
connectable check the black list, if we're not connectable check the
white list.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Page scan should be enabled either if the connectable setting is set or
if there are any entries in the BR/EDR white list. This patch implements
such behavior by updating the two places that were making decisions on
whether to enable page scan or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The conditions for accepting an incoming connections are already
non-trivial and will become more so once a white list is added. This
patch breaks up the checks for when to reject the request by creating a
helper function for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since page scan might be enabled by Add Device we should not implicitly
set connectable whenever something else than Set Connectable changes it.
This patch makes sure that we don't set HCI_CONNECTABLE for these cases
if there are any entries in the white list.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're removing the last item in the white list or adding the first
one to it and HCI_CONNECTABLE is not set we need to update the current
page scan. This patch adds a simple helper function for the purpose and
calls it from the respective mgmt command handlers.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch extends the Add/Remove device commands by letting user space
pass BR/EDR addresses to them. The resulting entries get stored in a new
hdev->whitelist list. The idea is that we can now selectively accept
connections from devices in the list even though HCI_CONNECTABLE is not
set (the actual implementation of this is coming in a subsequent patch).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We already have several lists with struct bdaddr_list entries, and there
will be more in the future. Since the operations for adding, removing,
looking up and clearing entries in these lists are exactly the same it
doesn't make sense to define new functions for every single list. This
patch unifies the functions by passing the list_head to them instead of
a hci_dev pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Authenticated Payload Timeout Expired event is valid for
controllers with BR/EDR Secure Connections support, but also for
LE only controllers supporting LE Ping feature. When either of them
is available enable this event. Previous it was not enabled when
the controller was only supporting LE operation.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After a bonding master reclaims the netpoll info struct, slaves could
still hold a pointer to the reclaimed data. This patch fixes it: as
soon as netpoll_async_cleanup is called for a slave (eg. when
un-enslaved), we make sure that this slave doesn't point to the data.
Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting just skb->sk without taking its reference and setting a
destructor is invalid. However, in the places where this was done, skb
is used in a way not requiring skb->sk setting. So dropping the setting
of skb->sk.
Thanks to Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> for correct solution.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=79441
Reported-by: Ed Martin <edman007@edman007.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Utkin <andrey.krieger.utkin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes 3 similar bugs where incoming packets might be routed into
wrong non-wildcard tunnels:
1) Consider the following setup:
ip address add 1.1.1.1/24 dev eth0
ip address add 1.1.1.2/24 dev eth0
ip tunnel add ipip1 remote 2.2.2.2 local 1.1.1.1 mode ipip dev eth0
ip link set ipip1 up
Incoming ipip packets from 2.2.2.2 were routed into ipip1 even if it has dst =
1.1.1.2. Moreover even if there was wildcard tunnel like
ip tunnel add ipip0 remote 2.2.2.2 local any mode ipip dev eth0
but it was created before explicit one (with local 1.1.1.1), incoming ipip
packets with src = 2.2.2.2 and dst = 1.1.1.2 were still routed into ipip1.
Same issue existed with all tunnels that use ip_tunnel_lookup (gre, vti)
2) ip address add 1.1.1.1/24 dev eth0
ip tunnel add ipip1 remote 2.2.146.85 local 1.1.1.1 mode ipip dev eth0
ip link set ipip1 up
Incoming ipip packets with dst = 1.1.1.1 were routed into ipip1, no matter what
src address is. Any remote ip address which has ip_tunnel_hash = 0 raised this
issue, 2.2.146.85 is just an example, there are more than 4 million of them.
And again, wildcard tunnel like
ip tunnel add ipip0 remote any local 1.1.1.1 mode ipip dev eth0
wouldn't be ever matched if it was created before explicit tunnel like above.
Gre & vti tunnels had the same issue.
3) ip address add 1.1.1.1/24 dev eth0
ip tunnel add gre1 remote 2.2.146.84 local 1.1.1.1 key 1 mode gre dev eth0
ip link set gre1 up
Any incoming gre packet with key = 1 were routed into gre1, no matter what
src/dst addresses are. Any remote ip address which has ip_tunnel_hash = 0 raised
the issue, 2.2.146.84 is just an example, there are more than 4 million of them.
Wildcard tunnel like
ip tunnel add gre2 remote any local any key 1 mode gre dev eth0
wouldn't be ever matched if it was created before explicit tunnel like above.
All this stuff happened because while looking for a wildcard tunnel we didn't
check that matched tunnel is a wildcard one. Fixed.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Popov <ixaphire@qrator.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch other modules are able to ask the bridge whether an
IGMP or MLD querier exists on the according, bridged link layer.
Multicast snooping can only be performed if a valid, selected querier
exists on a link.
Just like the bridge only enables its multicast snooping if a querier
exists, e.g. batman-adv too can only activate its multicast
snooping in bridged scenarios if a querier is present.
For instance this export avoids having to reimplement IGMP/MLD
querier message snooping and parsing in e.g. batman-adv, when
multicast optimizations for bridged scenarios are added in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a regression bug caused by:
067608e9d0 ("tipc: introduce direct
iovec to buffer chain fragmentation function")
If data is sent on a nonblocking socket and the destination link
is congested, the buffer chain is leaked. We fix this by freeing
the chain in this case.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 37e22164a8 ("tipc: rename and
move message reassembly function") reassembly of long broadcast messages
has been broken. This is because we test for a non-NULL return value
of the *buf parameter as criteria for succesful reassembly. However, this
parameter is left defined even after reception of the first fragment,
when reassebly is still incomplete. This leads to a kernel crash as soon
as a the first fragment of a long broadcast message is received.
We fix this with this commit, by implementing a stricter behavior of the
function and its return values.
This commit should be applied to both net and net-next.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_init_cmd_seq() and sctp_next_cmd() are only called from one place.
The call sequence for sctp_add_cmd_sf() is likely to be longer than
the inlined code.
With sctp_add_cmd_sf() inlined the compiler can optimise repeated calls.
Signed-off-by: David Laight <david.laight@aculab.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This warning is introduced by commit 7b30600cc6 ("appletalk:
fix checkpatch error with indent"), So fix it.
Signed-off-by: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-07-03
Please pull this first batch of wireless updates intended for the
3.17 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"The biggest thing here is probably Arik's TDLS rework, beyond that we
have smaller improvements and features like David's scanning IE thing,
Luca's queue work, some CSA work, etc. Also your PID rate control
removal, of course."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I have here a whole bunch of various things. Andy contributes
better debug prints for dvm specific flows and a module parameter to
completely disable power save for dvm. Andrei is sharing the premises
of his work on CSA - more to come. Eran and Liad keep on working
on the new devices. I have the regular amount of BT Coex stuff and
I continue to work on the firmware error report system adding more
debug capabilities. More to come on that subject too."
On top of that, there are some cleanups to the new rsi driver, some
continuing improvements to the rtl818x drivers, and the usual bundles
of updates to ath9k, b43, mwifiex, wil6210, and a few other bits here
and there.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
load_pointer() is already a static inline function.
Let's move it into filter.h so BPF JIT implementations can reuse this
function.
Since we're exporting this function, let's also rename it to
bpf_load_pointer() for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Zi Shen Lim <zlim.lnx@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If none of the slave interfaces are specified, struct nlattr *data[] may
be NULL. Make sure to check for that.
While I'm at it, fix the horrible error messages displayed when only one
of the slave interfaces isn't specified.
Signed-off-by: Arvid Brodin <arvid.brodin@alten.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the separate paths for frames coming from the outside, and
frames sent from the HSR device, and instead makes all frames go through
hsr_forward_skb() in hsr_forward.c. This greatly improves code readability and
also opens up the possibility for future support of the HSR Interlink device
that is the basis for HSR RedBoxes and HSR QuadBoxes, as well as VLAN
compatibility.
Other improvements:
* A reduction in the number of times an skb is copied on machines without
HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS, which improves throughput somewhat.
* Headers are now created using the standard eth_header(), and using the
standard hard_header_len.
* Each HSR slave now gets its own private skb, so slave-specific fields can be
correctly set.
Signed-off-by: Arvid Brodin <arvid.brodin@alten.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also try to prevent some possible slave dereference race conditions. This is
finalized in the next patch, which abandons the slave array in favour of
a list_head list and list RCU.
Signed-off-by: Arvid Brodin <arvid.brodin@alten.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also move the frame receive handler to hsr_slave.c.
Signed-off-by: Arvid Brodin <arvid.brodin@alten.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ic_dev_xid is only used in ipconfig.c
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All LE controllers always implicitly stop advertising when establishing
connections. Therefore, be sure to clear the flag in the event handler
for new LE connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the connectable state change doesn't require any special HCI commands
the set_connectable_update_settings() function is used instead of the
set_connectable_complete() function. We must therefore make sure to call
hci_update_background_scan() there as well. This code path is used also
when we're powered off, but that's fine since hci_update_background_scan()
has the necessary checks for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The connectable and discoverable mgmt settings are supported both for LE
and BR/EDR controllers so they do not belong behind a lmp_bredr_capable()
condition. This patch fixes the issue in get_supported_settings().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If any of the HCI commands from the hci_stop_discovery function were
successfully sent we need to set the discovery state to STOPPING. The
Stop Discovery code was already handling this, but the code in
clean_up_hci_state was not. This patch updates the hci_stop_discovery to
return a bool to indicate whether it queued any commands and the
clean_up_hci_state() function respectively to look at the return value
and call hci_discovery_set_state() if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are many different places that can disable LE scanning but we only
want to re-enable advertising in hci_cc_le_set_scan_enable() for a very
specific use case, which is when the active scanning part of Start
Discovery is complete. Because of this, fix the discovery state check to
test for the exact state.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Many controllers allow simultaneous active scanning and advertising
(e.g. Intel and Broadcom) but some do not (e.g. CSR). It's therefore
safest to implement mutual exclusion of these states in the kernel.
This patch ensures that the two states are never entered simultaneously.
Extra precaution needs to be taken for outgoing connection attempts in
slave role (i.e. through directed advertising) in which case the
operation that came first has precedence and the one that comes after
gets a rejection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Most controllers do not support advertising while initiating an LE
connection. We also have to first disable current advertising if the
initiation is going to happen through direct advertising. Therefore,
simply stop advertising as the first thing when starting to issue
commands to establish an LE connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When deciding to call disable_advertising() we're interested in the real
state instead of the mgmt setting. Use therefore HCI_LE_ADV instead of
the HCI_ADVERTISING flag.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
By adding support for disabling advertising when necessary and doing the
checks for existing LE connections inside the enable_advertising
function we can simplify the calling code quite a lot.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we have a flag for tracking the real advertising state we
should use that to determine whether it's safe to update the random
address or not. The couple of places that were clearing the flag due to
a pending request need to be updated too.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the real advertising state is now tracked with its own flag we can
simply set/unset the HCI_ADVERTISING flag in the
set_advertising_complete function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Having a single HCI_ADVERTISING flag is problematic since it tries to
track both the real advertising state and the corresponding mgmt
setting. To make the logic simpler and more reliable add a new flag that
only tracks the actual advertising state that has been written to the
controller.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
queue_con() bumps osd ref count. We should do the reverse when
canceling con work.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Introduce ceph_osdc_cancel_request() intended for canceling requests
from the higher layers (rbd and cephfs). Because higher layers are in
charge and are supposed to know what and when they are canceling, the
request is not completed, only unref'ed and removed from the libceph
data structures.
__cancel_request() is no longer called before __unregister_request(),
because __unregister_request() unconditionally revokes r_request and
there is no point in trying to do it twice.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
We should check if request is on the linger request list of any of the
OSDs, not whether request is registered or not.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Linger requests that have not yet been registered should not be
unregistered by __unregister_linger_request(). This messes up ref
count and leads to use-after-free.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
It is important that both regular and lingering requests lists are
empty when the OSD is removed.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Add some WARN_ONs to alert us when we try to destroy requests that are
still registered.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Add dout()s to ceph_osdc_request_{get,put}(). Also move them to .c and
turn kref release callback into a static function.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Add dout()s to ceph_msg_{get,put}(). Also move them to .c and turn
kref release callback into a static function.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Abstract out __move_osd_to_lru() logic from __unregister_request() and
__unregister_linger_request().
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
So that:
req->r_osd_item --> osd->o_requests list
req->r_linger_osd_item --> osd->o_linger_requests list
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Steven Rostedt (Red Hat)